Canadian VICS EDI
Implementation Guidelines
Version 5010 Electronic Commerce Council of Canada 885 Don Mills Road, Suite 201 Toronto, Ontario (416) 510-8039 www.eccc.org Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Disclaimer The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) is providing this voluntary standard as a service to the food and drug industry. This voluntary standard was developed through a consensus process of industry participants. Although efforts have been made to assure that the standard is correct, reliable, and technically accurate, the ECCC makes no warranty or representation, express or implied, that this standard is correct, will not require modification as experience and technological advances dictate, or will be suitable for any purpose or workable in any application, or otherwise. Use of the standard is with the understanding that the ECCC has no liability for any claim to the contrary, or for any damage or loss of any kind or nature. If a user perceives a need for a change to the standard, they should contact the ECCC. Users are cautioned that this is a voluntary industry standard. Should it conflict with government laws or regulations, the legal requirements supersede the standard.
ECCC – Industry Relations ii Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Table of Contents Message from Co-Chairs
Section I Statement of Direction
• Business Benefits of 5010 • Business Enablers of EDI • Acknowledgements
Section II Introduction to EDI Section III Extended Data Element Information Section IV Glossary Of Terms & Acronyms And Related Websites Section V Data Mapping Section VI Version Migration
• VICS EDI Change Summary • Canadian Data Mapping • Canadian EDI Guidelines Change Request Form
Section VII Business Examples Section VIII Appendix Transactions:
810 Invoice
850 Purchase Order
852 Product Activity Data
855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment
856 Ship Notice/Manifest
867 Product Transfer and Resale Report
870 Order Status Report
882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information
894 Delivery/Return Base Record
895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment
997 Functional Acknowledgment
ECCC – Industry Relations ii Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Message from Co-Chairs
Change is the only constant in today’s business world. This adage is no truer than in the world of technology. Five years ago we had to face the reality of a new millennium. This required companies from all around the world to adapt their computer applications to deal with the challenge of storing dates in the new century format.
The EDI standard used to exchange business documents was impacted and the adoption of the VICS standard, version 4010, by the Canadian Food and Drug companies, provided the opportunity for the publication of the “Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI”. This was made possible by collaboration between Canadian industry members and ECCC.
Since then, there have been several releases of the VICS EDI standard published culminating in 5010. Global data standards have also emerged with an emphasis on data synchronization between trading partners.
With this background the timing is right to publish an up-to-date version of the Canadian VICS EDI standard. This will give Canadian industries the opportunity to take advantage of the functional improvements that have been made since release 4010.
This version of the VICS EDI standard should be considered as an additional step to simplify the exchange of business documents within the Canadian industry and also in the global market arena.
We strongly encourage, that any Canadian company thinking of implementing EDI or upgrading to a newer release, use the updated VICS EDI version 5010.
In the short term, all Canadian companies should consider supporting two (2) versions of the VICS EDI standard, and these should be versions 4010 and 5010. This should help Canadian businesses transition to the latest release and stay in synch with current business requirements and technology.
John Tyler Serge Viau Kraft Canada Inc. Metro Inc.
Message from Co-Chairs iii Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section I Statement of Direction Page 1 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Section I
Statement of Direction
In 1998 the Canadian Food and Drug Industry identified the year 2000 as being a turning point and an opportunity for business to establish a standard way of communicating electronic business documents. This produced the “Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI” based on the VICS 4010 Release. Over the last five years there have been significant developments in both the business and e-commerce landscape. With new business requirements (such as: a need for data synchronization) at a global level, new functionality and transaction sets have been added for communicating data between trading partners. To address these changes, stakeholders from the representative industry sectors formed the Canadian VICS EDI Work Group. Their mandate was to develop and enhance these guidelines to respond to current and future business requirements. This work group has revised and expanded this guideline now renamed to “Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines”. This implementation guideline covers data mappings, business usage and associated benefits with examples for the transactions identified and conforms to all the DISA (Data Interchange Standards Association) ASC X12 (Accredited Standards Committee) conventions and is fully compliant with VICS EDI. Although compliance to these guidelines is voluntary, adherence is strongly encouraged to ensure that all transactions are aligned to a common standard. Any business requirements not addressed in this guideline may be submitted on-line at:
http://www.eccc.org/Members/Ecommerce/?langid=e&pageid=edixml
select - EDI/XML Change Request Form EDI Change Request, for review and consideration by the Canadian e-Commerce Committee. The “Approved Change Request” will then be submitted to either or both the GSMP (Global Standards Management Process) or the X12 Requirements Group (XRG) and DISA ASC X12, if required, for incorporation in a subsequent version. (See Appendix for Standards Hierarchy)
Business Benefits of 5010 In the last five years one key word that has become important to business is the word “Global”. In Version 005010 the ability to handle new functionality and transaction sets have been developed to allow business to communicate electronically in the global business environment. These standards allow the global identification of both:
1. Products and services via GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) and ePC (Electronic Product Code)
2. Global identification of locations GLN (Global Location Number).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section I Statement of Direction Page 2 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
The GTIN standard builds upon the current North American use of UPC and SCC14 codes. It allows these codes to be used globally. To do business globally, you must communicate information about your business electronically. GLNs allow the business to identify locations on the global scale similar to the current usage of North American DUNS numbers.
Business Enablers of EDI It is recognized, within Canadian Industry, that to fully realize all the identified benefits, that the implementation of key enablers such as EDI and bar coding will bring, will require the implementation of the Canadian VICS EDI suite of transaction sets across the entire supply chain as envisioned in the various Efficient Consumer Response initiatives. Within the supply chain a number of industry enablers are required across several business areas. These enablers are:
• The use of GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) to identify products and services Section IV Glossary Of Terms & Acronyms And Related Websites • Marked product with bar code symbology as follows:
o Consumer Unit packaging for POS (point of sale) o Shipping Case for selection, sorting and control o Pallet Identification for tracking and management
• The use of GLN (Global Location Number) to identify locations
See ECCC website for documentation on GLN Currently the Canadian VICS EDI Guideline includes the following EDI transactions:
810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order 852 Product Activity Data 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment 856 Ship Notice/Manifest 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report 870 Order Status Report 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information 894 Delivery/Return Base Record 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment 997 Functional Acknowledgment
In the future – the e-Commerce Committee will be addressing Canadian business requirements for additional transaction sets.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section I Statement of Direction Page 3 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Acknowledgements The Canadian VICS EDI Guideline Work Group
Company Name Representative Sector Type Sector
Atlas Cold Storage Rob Gordon Distributor Info/Mgmt Services
Atlas Cold Storage Phil Mayer Distributor Info/Mgmt Services
Bristol-Myers Squibb Jeanne Schembari Mfg HealthCare
H.J. Heinz Company of Canada Ltd.
Richard McTavish Mfg Grocery
Holt Renfrew Chris Ford Retailer Apparel
Hudson's Bay Company Theresa Shelton Retailer General Merchandise
Kraft Canada Inc. John Tyler Co-Chair Mfg Grocery
La Cie McCormick Canada Bob Crawford Mfg Grocery
Loblaw Companies Limited Renato Asdrubolini Retailer Grocery
Metro Richelieu Inc. Serge Viau Co-Chair Retailer Grocery
Nestle Canada Cherylyn Booth Mfg Grocery
Pfizer Consumer Healthcare Don Weston Mfg Rx
Procter & Gamble Brady Gick Mfg Grocery
Q.T.G. Canada Inc. (Quaker/Tropicana/Gatorade)
Sherie Dracup Mfg Grocery
Schneider Foods Louise Rudland Mfg Grocery
Thomas, Large & Singer Inc. Debi McOuat Dist. All
Unilever Canada Nicole Laurin Mfg Grocery
Wal-Mart Stores Inc. Teresa Breshears Retailer General Merchandise, Rx, Grocery, Hardlines
Electronic Commerce Council of Canada
Rita Laur Council All
Electronic Commerce Council of Canada
Angele Lapointe Council All
The ECCC wishes to recognize the Foresight Corporation for the use of the EDISIM® product that was used in the development and publication of this document.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section I Statement of Direction Page 4 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Appendix
Appendix A – ECCC The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) Note: in 2005 ECCC will be renamed to GS1 – Canada Toronto Office 885 Don Mills Road Suite 301 Toronto, Ontario M3C 1V9
Telephone: (416) 510-8039 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.eccc.org
Section IV – Glossary of Terms and Acronyms A listing is provided in section IV of this documentation and The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) provides a full listing of Glossary of Terms at the following website address: www.eccc.org (http://www.eccc.org/Standards/e-Commerce/index.asp?langid=e&pageid=glossary) Some specific terms and definitions relating to this document are: GTIN (Global Trade Item Number)
The GTIN is a globally unique EAN.UCC System identification number for products and services. A Global Trade Item Number may be 8, 12, 13, or 14 digits in length using the EAN/UCC-8, UCC-12, EAN/UCC-13, or EAN/UCC-14 Data Structure respectively.
Consumer Unit Packaging for POS (Point Of Sale) Retail good intended for sale to consumers. The consumer unit is defined as the most elementary unit that is or could be offered to consumers for purchase. That implies, among other things, that the product includes, in clearly visible form, all of the information required by law for products offered for sale to the public.
Shipping Case Within the shipping environment, this represents the container that holds product being shipped between trading partners.
Pallet Identification Pallet is a portable platform for transporting and storing loads. These pallets may be marked with a unique reference as its “identification”.
GLN (Global Location Number)
The GLN is a globally unique EAN.UCC System identification number for physical or legal entities. The Global Location Number uses the EAN/UCC-13 Data Structure.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 5 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Section II
Introduction to Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
INTRODUCTION The intent of this publication is to assist companies in implementing EDI, using the Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines. Many companies are already using computers to send business documents instead of mailing paper documents. Since computerized transmission of business data will ultimately replace traditional paper based systems, it is important for the Canadian industry to establish and maintain guidelines for these activities. This publication has been developed through the cooperative efforts of representatives from involved industry in Canada under the umbrella of The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). Any comments or questions concerning this publication may be directed to the Council by telephone at: (416) 510-8039 or by email at [email protected]. The different sections of this document have been written for different audiences; ranging from the General Manager who will be faced with the decision to implement the EDI project with all of the attendant business considerations, to the technicians who will perform the data requirements and the programming efforts.
EDI: THE CONCEPT
In order to evaluate the decision to implement EDI, let’s first review the general concept of electronic data interchange. EDI is simply the means to communicate between companies from one computer to another. In 1979 the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) formed the Accredited Standards Committee (ASC) X12 to eliminate the confusion in electronic communication between trading partners. The ASC X12 standards are recognized by the United Nations as the standard for North America. The VICS (Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard) EDI Retail Industry formats for EDI follow the ASC X12 standards.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 6 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
BENEFITS OF EDI
Why should retailers and suppliers-to-retail establish EDI links? The reasons for implementing EDI fall increasingly within the tactical rather than the strategic category. Competitive position within the marketplace is driving the decision more than any strategic considerations. Listed below are some of the major benefits identified by many companies already involved in EDI.
• Improved accuracy • Increased customer service • Increased sales • Reduced manual data entry • Reduced postage and handling cost • Reduced printing cost of forms • Reduced mail time • Reduced labour processing cost • Reduced order cycle time • Reduced lead times • Reduced filing of paperwork • Reduced inventory carrying cost
The most compelling reason to implement EDI is in response to major trading partners requesting the establishment of links in order to realize the benefits listed above. How much is it going to cost? The cost to implement EDI can and will vary widely among companies. The skills of the business and technical personnel, the design and condition of existing computer systems, but most importantly, the ability of the organization to absorb and adapt to change, will determine the cost of this effort. The companies that have implemented EDI have done so because they have realized that the benefits are tangible, that the benefits outweigh the costs, and that EDI has become the accepted practice for conducting business – referred to as “Best Practices”. Following is the EDI Implementation Considerations and Checklist, which provides a guideline for implementing the EDI project, and will provide assistance in identifying the costs and benefits of the project.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 7 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS
Implementation Introduction The purpose of this section is to provide a guideline for the successful implementation of EDI in your organization. EDI impacts many areas of a company’s structure. The management of the company must be involved in the approval phases of the project to ensure the commitment of needed personnel, resources and cross-functional cooperation. While the requirements for implementation vary from one business or organization to another, the following information is intended to present major areas for consideration within your implementation strategy.
1. Problems to avoid • Deviating from the published standards Without exception AVOID any deviations from the published VICS EDI Industry Conventions and Implementation Guidelines. Deviations will cause unnecessary customization to your system, which will complicate adding new trading partners and increase time and costs. • Too much too soon Do not begin your EDI implementation prematurely. Provide adequate time for education and exposure to the relevant business issues and standards. Talk to potential trading partners and other companies who have already implemented similar EDI functions to learn from their experiences. For additional educational opportunities, contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) at (416) 510-8039 or by email [email protected] • Be certain that the systems interfacing with EDI are working properly EDI is not a cure for the problems you may have in your existing systems. These problems may be accentuated by the EDI method of transmitting and receiving data for these systems. • Communication Guidelines This publication does not define a single communication standard. Instead, these guidelines describe the most commonly used methods for communicating between trading partners. The communication of the message syntax is accomplished in one of two ways: 1) commercial network interface, or 2) direct trading partner interface. • Commercial Network The commercial network acts as an intermediary for information passing between trading partners. The network’s data management function can be thought of as a large mailbox, where each user has an assigned slot. The network accepts messages from all
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 8 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
participants and stores them in the appropriate slots, where only the assigned users may access them. This simplifies EDI for the trading partners, who only need to interface with their mailbox slot on the network, instead of with each individual trading partner. This service is provided by “solution providers” who may be referred to as “VANs (Value Added Networks)” or a “Service Bureau”. • Direct Communication Direct Communication is a trading partner specific electronic communication link. No other organization is involved with the transmission and management of the EDI message. This method of communicating eliminates the ongoing expense of a commercial network (this means no VANS or Service Bureau intervention). However, direct communication with trading partners requires an in-house communication system and resources capable of providing the required business services. These services include: electronic mailbox capability, security to limit system access, and the ability to handle a variety of protocols and data transmission requirements. • EDI over the Internet The contemporary standard used is AS2, which allows for secure, trading partner to trading partner communication over the Internet.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 9 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
2. Implementation Checklist These steps highlight the critical considerations for the successful completion of your EDI Implementation Project. Each of the steps listed is then detailed.
1. Obtain commitment from management
2. Establish a plan
3. Education
4. Establish project team and define responsibilities
5. Designate EDI business contacts
6. Designate EDI technical contacts
7. Review internal system and business procedures
8. Secure the appropriate reference materials
9. Establish Trading Partner Contact
10. Conduct an EDI survey with trading partners
11. Review data contained in the documents to be exchanged
12. Determine what product information will be provided
13. Determine what partnership identification scheme will be used
14. Develop an overall systems design
15. Decide on translation software strategy
16. Decide on communication solution
17. Code and test the interface to in-house systems
18. Finalize network provider’s optional services
19. Implement the translation software
20. Network connection implementation
21. Conduct system test with translation and network
22. Conduct system test with your trading partner
23. Establish production cutover date criteria
24. Implementation
25. Re-Evaluate the checklist for future implementations
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 10 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
1. Obtain commitment from management Identify and obtain Key Management commitment and support for this EDI project. Involve all the departments that will be impacted by the implementation (e.g., accounts payable and receivables, merchandising and order processing, information technology, sales and marketing, etc.). Each department should be included in the analysis, testing, and implementation to insure the accuracy of the test results and promote the support of these groups. 2. Establish a plan
I. Identify Project – Purpose, Scope (and out of scope) components
II. Identify which business documents are be traded
III. Develop a work plan
IV. Identify as many of the tasks as possible
V. Provide cursory estimates to each task
VI. Define current document process costs to facilitate cost benefit analysis to be included in the project post mortem.
3. Education Take the time to learn what other companies are doing with EDI. This may help you to avoid the pitfalls that other companies have experienced. Education efforts should focus on: software, network/communication topics, and the adjustments to business practices by similar companies. One of the best opportunities to refine a basic understanding of EDI is to participate in the user groups and standards setting bodies for the industry. 4. Establish project team and define responsibilities Construct a Project Plan. This will help determine if enough resources have been identified to accomplish the EDI Implementation Project and its on-going maintenance. You should be specific about the deliverables expected from each task. Ensure communication and acceptance of Project and the Defined Responsibilities are signed off. 5. Designate EDI business contacts The core of the EDI Implementation Project Team should be from within your organization. Additional project personnel may be supplemented by contracting external experts who have previously participated in other successful EDI implementations.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 11 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Identify and list people who will be primary and secondary contacts for all areas. This list should have complete contact information with major responsibilities clearly defined and signed off. 6. Designate EDI technical contacts As with business contacts this group should include representatives from each trading partner, as well as your own internal staff. A contact list should be established with names, contact information and major responsibilities. Industry groups (e.g. Electronic Commerce Council of Canada), network providers and other retailers and vendors are a good source to provide direction to your in-house staff. 7. Review internal system and business procedures A thorough current system analysis should be undertaken. The present process that creates the business documents and the flow of the documents should be recorded. Rules or procedures that affect its life as a document need to be included.
I. Determine how EDI should be integrated into existing systems
II. Develop a preliminary scope of the effort to achieve integration 8. Secure the appropriate reference materials Your list should include:
• Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines • EDI Architecture Guides • Internal systems documentation
For addit ional information or questions contact the ECCC (416) 510-8039 or send an email to [email protected] 9. Establish Trading Partner Contacts This will serve to initially establish the contacts within each trading partner organization for both business and communication related requirements. For each contact, the following information should be obtained:
• Name of contact and position • What their responsibilities are in relation to EDI • How they may be contacted
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 12 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
10. Conduct an EDI survey with trading partners Survey your trading partners to identify their EDI capabilities including:
• EDI Transactions • EDI Standards and Versions • Communication methods (e.g. Commercial Network / Direct Connection / EDI
over the internet) 11. Review data contained in the documents to be exchanged A thorough review of the data mapping requirements for each business document should be performed against the Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines. Through this process you will be able to determine whether your internal system documents contain all of the required/mandatory data elements. Optional data elements can be identified and discussed with each trading partner to determine applicability. All outstanding issues should be identified and addressed with each trading partner. 12. Determine what product information will be provided Product information/identification does vary widely from one retailer or supplier to another. Whether a unique product code structure or any of the existing options will be used must be identified. 13. Determine what partnership identification scheme will be used A unique trading partner identifier needs to be established for each trading division of your organization. (Example: GLN or any unique sequence of characters that uniquely identify the trading partner). 14. Develop an overall systems design Some of the elements likely to be included:
• General systems narrative • System data flow diagram • Functional analysis • Inputs/outputs • Processing • Controls • Backup/restart specifications • Program descriptions • Impact on facilities • Detailed specifications of the computer programs • Specifications of the data formats and data mappings
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 13 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
• Specifications of the communications mechanisms • Specifications of billing procedures and any back up statistical reports • Details of security procedures • Operational procedures • Documentation of all processes and programs
15. Decide on translation software strategy There are two options to handle this. Purchase transla tion software or outsource the services to a third party solution provider. Factors for either Purchasing or Outsourcing that should be used considered are:
• Estimated Transaction Volume • Current technology infrastructure • Internal resource availability • Analyze the costs and maintenance for initial and future development • Integration to existing systems
16. Decide on communication solution The results of your EDI Survey with your trading partners will influence your choice of communication solution. The timing of this decision should be made very early, as it will influence many of the future decisions you will have to make. VAN Solution Providers have standard cost contracts and commercial price lists, all of which should be reviewed before making your decision. Direct connection is an alternative to using commercial networks (VANS). This decision requires the trading partners to accept the burden of maintaining the connection, coordinating the polling schedule, providing audit reports, and generating invoices if the costs (if any) are to be shared and related responsibilities. EDI over the Internet is another communication solution. The cost and maintenance of the Internet solution should be investigated. 17. Code and test the interface to in-house systems It will be necessary to develop programs, which interface between your internal applications and files generated by translation software, in order to process the business information. It is also important to test that these programs are functioning properly. 18. Finalize network provider’s optional services Compliance checking is one of many types of services that are offered. Various reports that could be useful to determine the status of transmissions can be made available. Be sure to establish the cost of the optional services — they are not always offered for free!
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 14 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
19. Implement the translation software The implementation time will vary. If a vendor has supplied you with this software, make sure implementation and education support is available. 20. Network connection implementation If you contracted with a network service provider, follow the installation checklist that has been provided. You will find that many of the networks offer a facility by which you can send an EDI transmission into the network and have the network send it back to you for validation. NOTE: Some networks also have a facility for data validation of transmissions on a per request basis. This can be particularly useful in initial testing for your pilot and subsequent trading partners. 21. Conduct system test with translation and network The purpose of this will be to verify the following capabilities:
Sending Documents • Generate the data from the internal system • Translate the data into the EDI document format • Send document to the network • If applicable, receive functional acknowledgement Receiving Documents • Receive transmission from the network • Translate the document into your data files • Interface data into internal system • If applicable, generate and send a functional acknowledgment
Determine cost associated with testing. 22. Conduct system test with your trading partner The purpose of this test is to be able to verify the following capabilities:
• Send and receive transmission to and from your trading partner through your selected communication provider and process functional acknowledgment
• For received documents, translate into internal file and interface with your systems
• For sent documents, receive data from the internal systems and translate into required document formats
• Validate received or sent documents were successfully transmitted
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section II Introduction to EDI Page 15 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
• Validate the content of the documents against the specific business event such as: order, invoice, etc.
• Send paper documents in parallel to your trading partner for validation of the documents sent electronically. You may wish to extend this practice for some pre-determined period following your EDI implementation.
Extensive system testing should be done prior to implementation. 23. Establish production cutover date criteria Develop a signoff document that includes all the participants (Example: internal departments and all external trading partners) in the EDI Implementation Project. Following the testing and resolution of all outstanding issues, the cutover date can be defined. 24. Implementation One document transmitted successfully will be more rewarding than hundreds with problems. Selecting your initial trading partner for piloting will be key to the overall success of the project. It is recommended that you collect data during the first few months for use in a post mortem review of the project. This information will be useful for your management and new or potential trading partners. 25. Re-Evaluate the checklist for future implementations Eliminate unnecessary tasks and simplify the process of establishing new trading relationships. This is also a good time to review whether assumptions about the benefits have been realized (e.g. reductions in data entry/data validation/data corrections, lower inventory levels etc).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 16 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Section III Extended Data Element and External Code Source
Index
Extended Data Element Information................................................................... 17
Data Element 23 Commodity Code Qualifier ...................................................... 17
Data Element 235 Product / Service ID Qualifier ................................................ 18
Data Element 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code........................................ 20
Data Element 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Introduction .......... 24
Data Element 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix .............. 25
Data Element 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge................................ 40
Data Element 1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix......... 70
External Code Source...................................................................................... 73
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 17 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Extended Data Element Information
Data Element 23 Commodity Code Qualifier
Data Element: 23 Commodity Code Qualifier Code Code Definition and Extended Definition
0 National Association of Convenience Stores SEE CODE SOURCE 850
2 Dun's SIC 2+2, Dun & Bradstreet SEE CODE SOURCE 117
3 Empty Non-hazardous Last Contained (HMRC) Code SEE CODE SOURCE 13
4 Chemical Abstract Service Registry Number SEE CODE SOURCE 69
5 National Drug Code SEE CODE SOURCE 134
A Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States Annotated Classification of imported merchandise for rate of duty and statistical purposes SEE CODE SOURCE 6
B U.S. Foreign Trade Schedule B, Statistical Classification of Domestic and Foreign Commodities Exported from the United States SEE CODE SOURCE 7
C Canadian Freight Classification SEE CODE SOURCE 8
D Department of Defense Unique Codes
E Coordinated Motor Freight Classification SEE CODE SOURCE 9
F National Stock Number SEE CODE SOURCE 27
G Canadian Wheat Board, Grain Code for Terminal Elevator Accounting
H Brussels Nomenclature SEE CODE SOURCE 10
I Milstamp AITC or Water Commodity Code SEE CODE SOURCE 350
J Harmonized System-Based Schedule B Classification of exported merchandise SEE CODE SOURCE 75
K Federal Supply Classification SEE CODE SOURCE 27
L Last Contained Contents STCC SEE CODE SOURCE 13
M Dun & Bradstreet Standard Product and Service Code SEE CODE SOURCE 572
N National Motor Freight Classification (NMFC) SEE CODE SOURCE 11
P Bulk Petroleum Codes SEE CODE SOURCE 261
Q Quota Category SEE CODE SOURCE 146
R North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) Code SEE CODE SOURCE 672
S Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) SEE CODE SOURCE 12
T Standard Transportation Commodity Code (STCC) SEE CODE SOURCE 13
U Uniform Freight Classification (UFC) SEE CODE SOURCE 25
V Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code SEE CODE SOURCE 113
W Department of Defense Commodities and Services Code SEE CODE SOURCE 879
Z Mutually defined
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 18 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element 235 Product / Service ID Qualifier
Data Element:235 Product / Service ID Qualifier Code Code Definition and Extended Definition
AG Age Used only by the alcohol beverage industry.
BC Supplier Brand Code
BL Brand/Label BO Buyers Color BV Beverage Common Code
Used only by the alcohol beverage industry. See External Code Source 467 in Section III for reference document.
CG Commodity Grouping CH Country of Origin Code CM National Retail Federation Color Code
This is the three-digit NRF code. See External Code Source 88 in Section III for reference document.
CN Commodity Name Used only by the alcohol beverage industry.
EN EAN/UCC-13 Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN).
EO EAN/UCC-8 Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN).
FV Drug Identification Number (DIN) See External Code Source 874 in Section III for reference document.
IB International Standard Book Number (ISBN) IN Buyer’s Item Number IS International Standard Serial Number (ISSN) IT Buyer’s Style Number IZ Buyer’s Size Code LT Lot Number MN Model Number ND National Drug Code (NDC)
Used only by the Canadian pharmaceutical retail industry. OC Old U.P.C./EAN Consumer Package Code
This code will be marked for deletion in Version 005020 (May 2005) and will no longer appear in Version 005030 (May 2006).
P8 Retail Price Look Up Number (PLU) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
PI Purchaser’s Item Code This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
PJ Product Date Code SM National Retail Federation Size Code
This is the five-digit NRF code. See External Code Source 88 in Section III for reference document.
SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code U2 U.P.C. Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 19 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element:235 Product / Service ID Qualifier Code Code Definition and Extended Definition
UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UB U.P.C./EAN Multipack Code This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UC U.P.C. Suffix (Defines Packing Variations) The two or five digit code used to further define the contents of a consumer unit or multipack, also referred to as an ADD-ON code.
UD U.P.C./EAN Consumer Package Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UE U.P.C./EAN Module Code (2-5-5) (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UH Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code (1-2-4-6-1) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International. Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN).
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UP UP UCC-12 Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.).
VA VA Vendor’s Style Number VE VE Vendor Color VN VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number VT VT Vintage
Used only by the alcohol beverage industry. ZZ ZZ Mutually Defined
Self-Identifying Container via Radio Frequency ID Device
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 20 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Data Element:355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Code Code Definition and Extended Definition
12 12 Packet 15 15 Stick 1N 1N Count 26 26 Actual Tons 2W 2W Bin 50 50 Actual Kilograms AF AF Centigram AM AM Ampoule AR AR Suppository AS AS Assortment AV AV Capsule AZ AZ British Thermal Units (BTUs) per Pound BA BA Bale BF BF Board Feet BG BG Bag BK BK Book BO BO Bottle BP BP 100 Board Feet BR BR Barrel BX BX Box C3 C3 Centiliter CA CA Case CC CC Cubic Centimeter CE CE Centigrade, Celsius Degrees CF CF Cubic Feet CH CH Container CI CI Cubic Inches CM CM Centimeter CN CN Can CR CR Cubic Meter CT CT Carton CW CW Hundred Pounds (CWT) CX CX Coil CY CY Cubic Yard DA DA Days DC DC Disk (Disc) DD DD Degree DG DG Decigram DL DL Deciliter DM DM Decimeter DO DO Dollars, U.S.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 21 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element:355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Code Code Definition and Extended Definition DR DR Drum DS DS Display DZ DZ Dozen EA EA Each EP EP Eleven pack F2 F2 International Unit FA FA Fahrenheit Degrees FG FG Transdermal Patch FO FO Fluid Ounce FT FT Foot / Feet FZ FZ Fluid Ounce (Imperial) GA GA Gallon GN GN Gross Gallons GR GR Gram GS GS Gross H3 H3 18-pack H5 H5 22-pack H6 H6 30-pack H7 H7 38-pack H8 H8 62-pack H9 H9 75-pack HC HC Hundred Count HL HL Hundred Feet Linear HR HR Hours HS HS Hundred Square Feet IH IH Inhaler IN IN Inch J1 J1 80-pack J3 J3 81-pack J4 J4 82-pack J5 J5 84-pack J6 J6 85-pack J7 J7 96-pack J8 J8 5000-pack J9 J9 Left Unit JC JC Caplet
To denote items in caplet form JX JX Exposure
To be used to indicate the number of exposures on a roll of film JV JV Ovule
Refers to products which come in “ovule” form JN JN Pan
Refers to items in a pan (such as eye shadow) and would be associated with the number of different colors
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 22 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element:355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Code Code Definition and Extended Definition
JL
JL Refill Refers to the number of refill units in a package
JT
JT Tin Refers to giftware products in a tin
JS
JS Use Refers to the number of uses from a product (such as a box of laundry detergent that provides sixty washes)
JP
JP Prepak To indicate this is “n” assortment product with different UPC codes on it
KE KE Keg KG KG Kilogram KT KT Kit L1 L1 Right Unit LB LB Pound LF LF Linear Foot / Running Feet LT LT Liter LY LY Linear Yard / Running Yard M4 M4 Monetary Value MC MC Micrograms ME ME Milligram MJ MJ Minutes ML ML Milliliter MM MM Millimeter MO MO Months MR MR Meter NG NG Net Gallons OP OP Two pack OZ OZ Ounce - Av P1 P1 Percent P3 P3 Three pack P4 P4 Four-pack P5 P5 Five-pack P6 P6 Six pack P7 P7 Seven pack P8 P8 Eight-pack P9 P9 Nine pack PC PC Piece PD PD Pad PF PF Pallet (Lift) PH PH Pack (Pak) PK PK Package PL PL Pallet/Unit Load PR PR Pair PT PT Pint
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 23 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element:355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Code Code Definition and Extended Definition QB QB Pages-Hardcopy QT QT Quart RL RL Roll S9 S9 Slipsheet SH SH Sheet ST ST Set SX SX Shipment SY SY Square Yard SZ SZ Syringe TB TB Tube TC TC Truckload TE TE Tot e TH TH Thousand TK TK Tank TM TM Thousand Feet (Board) TP TP Ten-pack TS TS Thousand Square Feet U2 U2 Tablet UN UN Unit V2 V2 Pouch VI VI Vial
WG WG Wine Gallon Y4 Y4 Tub YD YD Yard YR YR Years Z7 Z7 13-pack marketing Z9 Z9 14-pack marketing ZF ZF 16-pack marketing ZG ZG 48-pack component parts ZH ZH 51-pack component parts ZI ZI 52-pack component parts ZJ ZJ 60-pack gift pack ZK ZK 72-pack gift pack ZL ZL 83-pack gift pack ZM ZM 10-pack marketing ZN ZN 120-pack promotional ZO ZO 150-pack component parts ZQ ZQ 200-pack component parts ZR ZR 1000-pack component parts ZS ZS 15-pack
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 24 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Introduction VICS EDI has defined a coding structure to represent variations of the item in a Semi-Custom product environment. This code is for PID04, Data Element 751, however, this code and combinations of, text in PID05, placement location in PID06, and measurement values in additional MEA segments, may be needed to completely describe the product. The ten (10)-position code is structured into four (4) parts as follows: Part 1 Position 01-02 Product Category Code Part 2 Position 03-04 Format Option Code Part 3 Position 05-08 Description Code Part 4 Position 09-10 Locator Placement Code Within each part of the code the values are left justified, blank filled. Parts 3 and 4 code values are dependent on the combination of code values in Parts 1 and 2, e.g., specific code values in Parts 3 and 4 may only be used with specific code values in Parts 1 and 2. The ten (10) position code may not be parsed. The complete codes are shown in the Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix. Part 1 Product Category Code The Product Category Code defines the broad product category. Currently there are eleven product categories identified for use within the retail industry:
AT Automotive Note: Used in support and maintenance of older vehicles where exact U.P.C.s, for specific parts, were not assigned.
CB Cabinets FC Floor Coverings FN Furniture FS Fire Screens IA Intimate Apparel JW Jewelry LB Linens and Bedding OP Optical SD Doors WC Window Treatments WP Wall Coverings
Part 2 Format Option Code The Format Option Code defines the use and requirement of Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code. It informs the receiver what other codes to expect to define the exact product.
01 Part 3 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners.
02 Part 3 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code required. The MEA segment is not used.
03 Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code are required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners. PID05 is not used.
04 Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code are required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners. Additional text description is contained in PID05.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 25 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
AT Automotive
01
END Engine Displacement; actual measurement contained in the MEA segments
02
MAK Make (Manufacturer) of Vehicle; name, number, or description contained in PID05
MOD Model of Vehicle; name, number, or description contained in PID05
YER Model Year of Vehicle; name, number, or description contained in PID05
03
CRB Carburetion
BA 2 Barrel BB 4 Barrel BC Dual Quad (two 4 barrels) BD Three Duces (three 2 Barrels) BE 1 Barrel BA 2 Barrel
ENG Engine Type
CA 4 Cylinder CC 8 Cylinder CD 12 Cylinder CE V8 CF V6
CB Cabinets
01
CBS Cabinet Box Size
02
DRA Drawer Accessories
04
CBF Cabinet Box Frame
ES Extended stile; name, number or description contained in PID05
FT Flushed toe; name, number or description contained in PID05
DBC Drawer Box Construction
SL Slides; name, number or description contained in PID05
TC Type of construction; name, number or description contained in PID05
WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 26 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
DOR Door Options
CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05
ET Edge treatment; name, number or description contained in PID05
FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05
GI Glass insert; name, number or description contained in PID05
HG Hinge swing; name, number or description contained in PID05
LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05
PU Pull; name, number or description contained in PID05
SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05
SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05
WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05
DFR Drawer Front
CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05
ET Edge treatment; name, number or description contained in PID05
FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05
GI Glass insert; name, number or description contained in PID05
HG Hinge swing; name, number or description contained in PID05
LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05
PU Pull; name, number or description contained in PID05
SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05
SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05
WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05
EBC Exterior Cabinet Box Construction
CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05
FB Finished back; name, number or description contained in PID05
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 27 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05
SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05
SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05
TO Toe; name, number or description contained in PID05
WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05
FSC Cabinet Finish Stain & Color
CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05
FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05
LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05
SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05
IBC Interior Cabinet Box Construction
CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05
FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05
LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05
PU Pull; name, number or description contained in PID05
SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05
SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05
WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05
INA Installed Accessories
BA Cabinet box accessories; name, number or description contained in PID05
DA Drawer accessories; name, number or description contained in PID05
IN Installation instructions; name, number or description contained in PID05
PEN Peninsula
AD Add doors; name, number or description contained in PID05
IN Installation instructions; name, number or description contained in PID05
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 28 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
FC Floor Coverings
01
BND Bound Size; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)
FGR Fringe Required
RLL Roll Width; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment
RUN Runner; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)
USD Cut Size (Unbound); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
FN Furniture
01
ARM Arm Coverlets Required
CST Coasters Required
EXL Extended Leg Rest Required
HED Head Coverlets Required
SLF Self-Deck Required
SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
STG Stain Guard Required
SVL Swivel Base Required
02
BOK Book Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BTC Bottom Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
FTB Fabric Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05
LOT Lot Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05
MAT Mattress Firmness or Type; name, number or description contained in PID05
TMC Trim Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
TMS Trim Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
TPC Top Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
TPD Tablepad requirements; name, number, or description contained in PID05; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)
03
SEL Sector Location
LT Left RT Right
FS Fire Screens
03
SN Screen Type; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
FD Front LT Left
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 29 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
RT Right IA Intimate Apparel
03
MSB Mastectomy Brassiere (bra) Type; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
BI Bilateral LT Left RT Right
JW Jewelry
01
GAG Gauge; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
LTH Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
RGS Ring Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
STW Stone Weights; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
WRS Wire; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
02
BZN Bezel Name; name, number, or description contained in PID05
CNS Chain or Bracelet Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
DAT Date in the format of YYMMDD contained in PID05
STC Stone Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
STL Stone Clarity; name, number, or description contained in PID05
STQ Stone Quality; name, number, or description contained in PID05
STQ Stone Quality; name, number, or description contained in PID05
STT Stone Letter; name, number, or description contained in PID05
03
EAR Earring Type
CP Clip LT Left PN Post - Normal Cap PS Post - Screw Cap RT Right
LOK Lock Type
BL Barrel FF Safety FH Fish Hook NO None SP Spring
MEF Metal Finish
BR Brushed CS Cast
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 30 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
DM Diamond Cut ET Etched FO Florentine HM Hammered PO Polished RP Rhodium Plated TA Stamped
MET Metal Type
GP Gold Plated MT Multiple (white and yellow gold) PL Platinum SV Silver TM Trillium WG White Gold YG Yellow Gold
RGH Ring Hand
LT Left RT Right
RSD Ring-Side
LL Left Lower LU Left Upper RL Right Lower RU Right Upper
STM Stone or Gem Month. Note: PID06 may be used to indicate the relative placement of the stone for multiple stones in the item.
MA January MB February MC March MD April ME May MF June MG July MH August MI September MJ October MK November ML December MM Blank
STK Stone Cut
FF Faceted Fireburst FT Faceted SE Smooth with Encrusted Initial SF Smooth Fireburst SM Smooth SU Smooth with Under-Stone Initial
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 31 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
STS Stone Cut or Shape
SA Brilliant SB Round SC Heart SD Marquis SE Emerald SF Pear SG Baqiette SH Oval SI Trilliant
TOP Topography, of item
FL Flat PF Puffed
04
STN Stone or Gem Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
RL Real (natural) SY Synthetic
LB Linens and Bedding
01
QLT Quilting Required RFC Custom Ruffle Requirements; actual measurement
contained in the MEA segment(s) RUF Standard Ruffle Required SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement
contained in the MEA segment(s) 02
QTS Quilt Style or Pattern; name, number, or description contained in PID05
03
CK California King FU Full KG King QQ Queen TW Twin
OP Optical
03
AD Axis Degree AP Add Power BC Base Curve C1 Curve 1 C2 Curve 2 CL Cylinder D1 Degree 1 D2 Degree 2
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 32 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
DE Dot in Eye DI Diameter LZ Lenticular Optical Zone OZ Optical Zone PC Peripheral Curves PM Prism SC Secondary Curves SH Segment Height SP Sphere ST Segment Height after truncation VT Vertex TI Trial Indicator TK Thickness TR Truncation
SD Doors
01
DOR Door Measurements (height; width); actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)
SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)
03
HNG Hinge Replacement
LT Left
RT Right
WC Window Treatments
01
ABL Angle Bracket Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
ABT Angle Bottom; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
ACN Angled Corner
AGB Angle Bind
ALD Angle Left Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
AOS Arch Over Standard Shade
ARD Angle Right Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
AWD Angle Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
BAW Bay Window - Degree Angle; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
BRW Bottom Rail Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
BTC Bottom Chain required
CDL Cord Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
COH Cutout Height; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 33 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
COS Cutout Start; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
COW Cutout Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
CRD Cord cleat
CRL Cord loop
CTL Control Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
CVL Continuous Valance; actual measurements contained in the MEA segment(s)
DAC Disc arch cover
DCV Dust cover
DOR Door Measurements (height; width); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
EBL Extension Bracket (length); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
EPL Extension plate
EXP Extension pole
FHL Fixed height lift cord
HDB Hold Down Breaket required
HGA Hinged adapter
HMZ Hem Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
LIN Lining required
LSD Left Side Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
LSR Left Side Rail Reduction; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
LSW Left Stack Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
LTL Limited tilt
MUL Multi-color; use MEA segment for number of colors
OEP Override End Route Position; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
ORA Orientation Angle; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
PVP Pivot plate
RNG Ring pull
RSC Rounded slat corners
RSD Right Side Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
RSR Right Side Rail Reduction; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
RTD Restrict Tilt Down; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
RTU Restrict Tilt Up; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
SDD Sher Delight Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
SIL Sill Height; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 34 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
SKY Skylight Pole
SSD Short Side Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
STG Stain Guard required
TCL Top Lock Cord Lock
TIE Tiebacks required
TMP Template available
TNP Tension Pulley
TPC Two Position Cord Lock
TRS Track Stop
TRW Top Rail Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
VGL VG Left Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segments(s)
VGR VG Right Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
VRL Valance Return Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
VWD Valance Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
WTH Number of Widths (fullness); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
WIN Window Measurements (height; width); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
02
AGL Angled Location; name, number, or description contained in PID05
APP Application; name, number, or description contained in PID05
ART Arch Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BAC Backing Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BAP Butt and Pass; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BAT Backing Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BGS Bridges; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BKC Swivel Bracket Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BKS Brackets; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BUB Butt Blinds; name, number, or description contained in PID05
BYB Bypass Blinds; name, number, or description contained in PID05
CBC Cable Tape Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
CDC Cord Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
CHP Channel Panel; name, number, or description contained in PID05
CNC Cornice Frame Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
CNY Control Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
COL Product Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
DHS Decorative Hem Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
DPF Drapery Fullness; name, number, or description contained in PID05
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 35 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
EBL Extension Bracket; name, number, or description contained in PID05
FCL Fabric Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
FCT Fabric Color Top; name, number, or description contained in PID05
FHA Free Hanging/anchored; name, number, or description contained in PID05
FTT Fabric Type Top; name, number, or description contained in PID05
FTY Fabric Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
GRC Groover Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
GTC Gear Track Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
HMS Hem Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
HMT Hem Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
HRC Head Rail Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
HRY Headrail Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
HWC Hardware Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
HWT Hardware Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
IGR Insert/Groover Required; name, number, or description contained in PID05
LNC Lining Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
LNF Lining/Sheer Fullness; name, number, or description contained in PID05
LNS Lining Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
MOT Motorized; name, number, or description contained in PID05
MVE Moveable; name, number, or description contained in PID05
OMU Overlap or Multi-Unit; name, number, or description contained in PID05
PLS Pull Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
PLC Pull Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
RDC Rod Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
RDR Roll Direction; name, number, or description contained in PID05
ROT Rotation Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
RTC Retainer Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
SAS Shade Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
SBL Number of Spacer Blocks; name, number, or description contained in PID05
SBS Side By Side Blinds; name, number, or description contained in PID05
SBY Support Bracket Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
SCL Scallop Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
SDC Sheer Delight Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
SSP Specialty Shape; name, number, or description contained in PID05
STY Stack Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
TAC Tape Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 36 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
TER Tier; name, number, or description contained in PID05
TKS Track System; name, number, or description contained in PID05
TLC Tilt Control Type; name, number or description contained in PID05
TMC Trim Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
TMS Trim Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05
VAD Vane Description; name, number, or description contained in PID05
VCO Valance Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05
VLT Valance Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05
VMT Valance Mount; name, number, or description contained in PID05
03
ACH Arch Tops
DD Standard (Height is one half of window width) DR Diagram Required
CNK Crank Type
SK Skylight CPS Control Position
LT Left RT Right
CRN Corner or Cornice Treatments
DE Dental ED Egg & Dart PT Pass Track RP Rope TT Butt Track
CTC Cord Control Placement or Measurement; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
BT Both LT Left NO None RT Right
CTO Cutouts
CT Center DE Side DR Diagram Required LT Left RT Right TS Two Sided
DRW Draw (stacking)
AK Stack Center CT Center LA Left Angle Stack LT Left OP Open
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 37 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
RA Right Angle Stack RT Right SI Side SP Split UN Uneven
HDS Heading Style
PP Pinch Pleated ST Standard Rod Pocket
LFT Lift Position
BT Both CS Cordless CT Center LT Left NO None RT Right
MBU Multi Blind Units
CC Center Cord CI Center Tilt CW Center Width LC Left Cord LI Left Tilt LW Left Width RC Right Cord RI Right Tilt RW Right Width
MNT Mounting
AS Attach to Shade AQ Attach to Wall BO Bottom CL Ceiling DO Door EI Exact Inside EM End Mount EO Exact Outside IN Inside IO Inside Bracket Outside Mount OI Outside Bracket Inside Mount OT Outside TP Top
OVP Overlap Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
LT Left RT Right
PRF Perforation
PL Pinlight
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 38 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
SV Sheerview PRH Per Headrail Size
CZ Center Size LZ Left Size RZ Right Size ZC Spacing Center ZL Spacing Left ZR Spacing Right
RTL Roller Type
CH Chain SP Spring
RTZ Return (bracket clearance) Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
LT Left NA Not Applicable RT Right
STL Slant Top Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
LL Slant Bottom Left LR Slant Bottom Right SL Straight Bottom Left SR Straight Bottom Right
TAP Tape Type
BR Braided C1 Cotton FT Fabric Twill Tapes P1 Plastic Tapes VT Vinyl
TCT Tilt Control Placement
CT Center LT Left NO None RT Right
TLC Tilt Control Type
CH Chain CO Cord NO None WA Wand
TLF Tilt/Lift Position
CN Tilt Center & Lift None LN Tilt Left & Lift Left RL Tilt Right & Lift Left RN Tilt Left & Lift Right RR Tilt Right & Lift Right
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 39 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION
Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04
TLT Tiltward Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
CT Center LT Left RT Right
WP Wall Coverings
01
WPC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)
02
BOK Book Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05
LOT Lot Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05
PAT Pattern; name, number, or description contained in PID05
03
ROL Roll Identification
DB Double Roll DR Diagram Required ON Single Roll
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 40 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
A010 Absolute Minimum Charge
A020 Access Charge - Federal
A030 Access Charge - State
A040 Access Charges
A050 Account Number Correction Charge
A060 Acid (Battery)
A070 Acknowledgment of Delivery Fee (AOD)
A080 Activation of Carnet
A090 Ad Valorem
A100 Add on - Destination
A110 Add on - Origin
A112 Add to Make Market Value
A120 Additional Copies of Freight Bill
A121 Additional Commercial Invoices
A122 Additional Tariff Classifications
A130 Additional Material
A140 Address Correction
A150 Adjustment for Maximum Charges Billing
A160 Adjustment for Minimum Average Time Requirement Billing
A170 Adjustments
A172 Administrative
A180 Advance Charges Handling
A190 Advance Destination Amount
A200 Advance Destination Fee
A210 Advance Fee
A220 Advance Lading Charge
A230 Advance Origin Amount
A240 Advance Origin Fee
A250 Advances
A260 Advertising Allowance
A270 Affidavit
A280 Agent Disbursement - Destination
A290 Agent Disbursement - Origin
A300 Air Export Certificate
A310 Air Express Charge
A320 Air Transportation Charge
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 41 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
A330 Aircraft On Ground (AOG)
A340 Airline Opening Fee
A350 Airport Terminal Handling Charge
A360 Alcoholic Beverage Report Charge
A370 Allegheny County, PA Delivery Charge
A380 Allowance Advance
A390 Allowance for Consignment Merchandise
A400 Allowance Non-performance
A410 “Alterations”
A420 Amending Export Documentation
A430 Anneal/Heat (Steel or Glass Treatment)
A440 Anodizing Charge
A445 Anti-dumping Duty
A450 Appointment (Notification)
A460 Arbitrary (In Addition to Through Rates and Charges)
A470 Art Work
A480 Assembly
A485 Assist Amount
A490 Attachments to Bill of Lading Charge
A500 Bad Debt
A510 Banking Drafts
A520 Base Charge
A530 Basic Reorder Allowance
A540 Beaming Charge
A550 Bedding/Feeding/Disinfecting
A555 Beef Fee
A560 Beyond Charge
A570 Beyond Freight Charges
A580 Bill and Hold
A590 Bill of Lading Attendancy
A600 Bill of Lading Charge
A610 Billed Demand
A620 Black Lung Tax
A630 Blocking and Bracing Charge
A640 Blower Charge
A650 Bobtail Charges
A658 Bond Amount
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 42 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
A660 Bond Charge
A670 Bordeaux Arbitraries
A680 Both-Flat
A690 Break Bulk Surface Charge
A691 Breakbulk Services
A700 Bridge Toll
A710 Broken Lot
A720 Broken Package Charge
A721 Brokerage
A730 Brokerage or Duty
A740 Bunker Surcharge
A750 Burning
A760 Buyer Hand Carry
A770 Buyers Car Allowance
A780 Cable Pressurization
A790 Cables (sending of)
A800 Call Tag
A810 Camp Arbitrary
A820 Canada Great Lakes Additionals
A830 Canadian C.Q.Customs Clearance
A840 Canadian Currency Exchange
A850 Canadian Import Termination Fee
A860 Canadian Reconsignment Fee
A870 Canadian Remanifest Fee
A880 Cancellation Charge
A890 Cancelled Order, Heavy Duty Flatcar
A900 Capping
A910 Car Loading
A920 Car Rental
A930 Carrier Credit Allowance
A940 Carrier Debit Allowance
A950 Carrier Notification Charge
A960 Carrier
A970 Cartage Charge
A980 Cartage
A990 Cataloging Services
ADOW Payroll Additives, Overtime Labor
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 43 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
ADRW Payroll Additives, Straight Time Labor
AFEE Fee
ALPT Port Changes
B000 Central Buy
B010 Cents Off
B015 Bop Sheet
B020 Certificate of Conformance
B030 Certificate of Origin
B040 Certificate of Registration
B050 Certification
B060 Chain and Binders
B070 Chamber of Commerce Service Charge
B080 Change of Airbill - Service Fee
B090 Charges Forward/Advance Charge
B091 Charter Services
B100 Chassis Transfer
B110 Chemical Milling Charge
B120 Chicago Loop Charge
B130 Cigarette Stamping
B140 City Delivery
B150 City maintenance fee
B160 City Pickup
B170 City Terminal Charge
B180 Cleaning Charge
B190 Closing & Sealing
B200 Co-manufacturing Discount
B210 Co-op Credit
B220 Coating (Dip, Rustproof, EDP)
B230 COD Amount
B240 COD Charges
B250 Collect on Delivery Alteration Charge
B260 Collect on Delivery Deletion Charge
B270 Collect Surcharge
B280 Combination Performance and Non-performance
B290 Combination
B300 Combine All Same Day Shipment
B310 Commission Amount
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 44 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
B320 Competitive Allowance
B330 Competitive Car Allowance
B340 Competitive Price
B350 Compressor Charge
B360 Concession Credit
B370 Concession Money
B380 Congestion Surcharge
B390 Connect Charge
B400 Conservation research fee
B500 Consignee Unload
B510 Consolidation
B520 Constant Surveillance Service - Armed
B530 Constant Surveillance Service
B540 Consular Legalization Service
B550 Consularization Fee
B551 Consulting Service
B555 Consumer Service Provider Charge
B560 Container Allowance
B570 Container Deposits
B580 Container Destuffing
B581 Container Discount
B590 Container Leasing
B600 Container Service Charge UK/EUR
B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada
B620 Container Stuffing
B630 Container/Trailer Allowance
B650 Continuous Mileage
B660 Contract Allowance
B670 Contract Escalation
B680 Contract Service Charge
B690 Controlled Atmosphere
B700 Converting
B720 Cooperative Advertising/Merchandising Allowance (Performance)
B730 Copy of Bill of Lading Charge
B740 Copy of Delivery Receipt Charge
B742 Copying
B750 Core Charge
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 45 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
B760 Cost Recovery Factor
B770 Cost recovery/adjustment
B775 Cotton Fee
B780 Count and Recount
B785 Coupon Reimbursement
B787 Countervailing Duty
B790 Crafting
B791 Crating
B800 Credit
B801 Credit Card Processing Fee
B802 Credit Card Processing Fee - Automated Dial-up Line
B803 Credit Card Processing Fee - Leased Line
B804 Credit Card Processing Fee - Fleet Cards
B810 Currency Adjustment Factor
B820 Currency Adjustment
B830 Currency Discount
B840 Customer Account Identification
B850 Customer Equipment Allowance
B860 Customs Broker Fee
B870 Customs Charge
B872 Customs Duty
B880 Customs Entry
B881 Customs Exam
B890 Customs Formalities
B900 Customs Invoice - Additional Page
B910 Customs Invoice
B911 Customs Penalty
B920 Cut and Parallel
B930 Cut
B940 Cutting Charge
B950 Damaged Merchandise
B960 Data/Drawing Charge
B970 De-Installation
B980 Deadhead Mileage Charge
B990 Deaf and Disabled Surcharge
B992 Declared Value for Carriage
B994 Declared Value for Customs
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 46 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
B996 Declared Value for Insurance
B998 Deduct to Make Market Value
BU2T Bunker Adjustment - 20 Foot Container
BU4T Bunker Adjustment - 40 Foot Container
BUAT Bunker Adjustment
BURD Burden, Overhead, or Allowance for Indirect Costs
C000 Defective Allowance
C010 Deficit Freight
C020 Delay Furnishing Destination Weights
C030 Delivery Surcharge
C040 Delivery
C050 Demand charge
C060 Demurrage - Average Agreement
C070 Demurrage - Special
C080 Demurrage
C090 Deposit Charges
C100 Deposit in Lieu of Order
C110 Deposit
C120 Deramping
C130 Derrick Charge
C140 Designated Supplier Inspection
C150 Destination Charge
C160 Detention - Special Type Flat Car
C170 Detention Loading
C180 Detention of Power Units
C190 Detention of Trailers
C200 Detention Unloading
C210 Determined Freight
C220 Development Charge
C230 Die Service Charge
C231 Disbursement
C240 Disconnect Charge
C250 Discount - Drop Box/Convenience Ctr.
C260 Discount - Incentive
C270 Discount - Multiple Shipment
C280 Discount - Service Option (Delivery)
C290 Discount - Service Option (Pickup)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 47 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
C300 Discount - Special
C310 Discount
C320 Display Allowance
C330 Distribution Fee
C340 Distribution Service
C350 Distributor Discount/Allowance
C360 Diversion and Reconsignment
C370 Diversion Charge
C380 Diversion to Air Charge
C390 Dockage - Boat Detention
C400 Documentation Charge
C401 Document Handling
C402 Door-to-Door
C410 Dowel Pin Charge
C420 Drayage
C430 Drayage/Line Haul
C440 Driver Assisted Unloading
C450 Driver’s Wages
C460 Drop Dock
C470 Drop Yard
C480 Drum Cost
C490 Drum Deposit
C500 Drum Up Charge
C510 Dry Ice
C520 Dryer Charge
C530 Duty Charge
C531 Duty Drawback
C540 Early Buy Allowance
C550 Early Payment Allowance
C560 Early Ship Allowance
C570 Early Ship Allowance
C580 Emergency Service
C590 Emergency Surcharge
C600 Empty Weighing Charge
C610 Enclosure
C630 Endorsement Fee
C640 Energy charge
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 48 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
C650 Energy Surcharge (Fuel Adjustment Factor)
C660 Engineering Charge
C670 Engraving
C675 Entered Value
C680 Environmental Protection Service
C690 Escalation
C700 Escort Service
C710 Eur1 Presentation Fee
C720 European Port Charges
C730 Excess Mileage Charge
C740 Excess Periods
C750 Excess Value Fee
C760 Excess Weight
C770 Excessive Value Charge
C780 Exchange Access Credit
C790 Exclusive Use Of Equipment
C800 Exclusive Use
C810 Exhibition Delivery Charge
C820 Exhibition Pickup Charge
C830 Expanded Service
C840 Expedited One Day Consular Service
C850 Expedited Service Charge
C860 Expedited Shipments
C870 Expediting Fee
C880 Expediting Premium
C890 Export Customs Clearance
C900 Export Declarations - Automated
C910 Export Declarations - U.S. Shippers
C920 Export License Application
C930 Export Shipping Charge
C940 Export/Import Charge
C950 Extra Copies and Mailings
C960 Extra Labor (Helper Service)
C970 Extra Length
C980 Extra Service - Counter-to-Counter
C990 Fabrication Charge
CA2T Currency Adjustment - 20 Foot Container
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 49 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
CA4T Currency Adjustment - 40 Foot Container
CFCT Customs Fees - Container Level
CFLT Customs Fees - Lift Level
CGTT Cargo Taxes
CLDT Container Loss/Damage
COMM Communications Charges
CONC Container Charge
CRLT Container Lease
CUFT Currency Adjustment - Break Bulk
D000 Facsimile Charges - Additional Pages
D010 Facsimile Charges
D015 Dunnage
D020 Failed Lamp Panel Charge
D025 Fax Pre-alert
D030 Federal Transfer Surcharge
D040 Finance Charge
D050 First Article Charge
D060 First Flight Out
D070 Flat Rate
D080 Floor Stock Protection
D100 Food and Lodging
D101 Foreign Office Advance
D103 Foreign Customs Duty
D110 Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Rental
D120 Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Special Charge
D130 Forwarding Agent Commission
D140 Forwarding Charge
D141 Forward Coupons
D142 Capture Additional Data
D143 Provide Name and Address
D144 Provide Household Identifier
D150 Franchise fee
D160 Free Domicile Shipment Processing
D170 Free Goods
D180 Freight Based on Dollar Minimum
D190 Freight Charges to Border
D200 Freight Charges to Destination
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 50 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
D210 Freight Equalization
D220 Freight Passthrough
D230 Freight Surcharge
D240 Freight
D242 Freight, International
D244 Freight, International, U.S. Dollars
D246 Freight, International, Non-U.S. Dollars
D250 Freshness/Leaker Allowance
D260 Fuel Charge
D270 Fuel Surcharge
D280 Full Service
D290 Full Truckload Allowance
D292 Fumigation
D300 Garment District
D301 Gateway Fee
D310 Gas Pressure
D320 Glaze
D330 Gold Factor
D340 Goods and Services Charge
D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance
D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge
D370 Government Inspection
D380 Government Warehouse Fee - Destination
D390 Government Warehouse Fee - Origin
D400 Grain Doors
D410 Grain Flow Charge
D420 Grinding
D430 Gross Receipts Surcharge
D440 Groupage Discount
D450 Grouped Items
D460 Guaranteed Inspection Technical Service
D470 Gulf Port Delivery Charge
D480 Handling Charges on Distribution Freight Forwarded Beyond
D490 Handling Freight At Positions Not Immediately Adjacent To Vehicle Charge
D500 Handling
D501 Harbor Maintenance Report
D502 Harbor Maintenance Fee
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 51 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
D510 Hauling and Hoisting to be Direct Billed
D520 Hauling and Hoisting
D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge
D540 Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - Domestic
D550 Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - International
D560 Hazardous Storage
D570 Heat in Transit Charges
D580 Heat Treat Charge
D590 Heavy Duty Flat Car Charge
D600 Heavy Lift
D610 High Security Red In-bond Seal Charge
D620 Highway Interchange
D630 Hointins and Hauling
D640 Holding Charge
D650 Home Line Freight Charge
D655 Honey Fee
D660 Hook-up charge
D670 Hose Charge Special
D680 Hose Charge
D690 Household Goods Pickup or Delivery
D700 IATA Airbill Preparation
D701 International Air Transport Association (IATA) Commission
D710 IATA Fee
D711 International Air Transport Association (IATA) Markup
D720 Identification
D730 Import Service Fee
D740 In Transit Price Protection
D750 Inbound Freight Charges
D760 Income Freight (Manufacturing to Shipping Point)
D770 Incorrect Billing Account Charge
D780 Industry Price Allowance
D790 Initial License Fee
D800 Inland Transportation
D810 Inside Cable Connectors
D820 Inside Delivery
D830 Inside Pickup
D840 Inspect at Destination
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 52 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
D850 Inspect at Origin
D870 Inspection
D880 Installation & Warranty
D890 Installation and Training
D900 Installation
D910 Insulated Tank Charge
D920 Insurance Fee
D930 Insurance Placement Cost Charge
D940 Insurance Premium
D950 Insurance Provided by Lessee
D960 Insurance Provided by Lessor
D970 Insurance Surcharge
D980 Insurance
D990 Interdivision Profit
D995 Interest Amount
DCET Damage to Carrier Equipment
DCVT Damage to Carrier Vessel
DDZT Drayage at Port of Debarkation (Rate Zone)
DEZT Drayage at Port of Embarkation (Rate Zone)
DFDT Keep From Freezing Percent Differential
DGET Damage to Government Equipment
DOVT Container Diversion
DPDT Drayage at Port of Debarkation
DPET Drayage at Port of Embarkation
E000 Interest on refund
E010 Interest on Security Deposit
E020 Interim Use Permitted at Special Rate
E022 International Courier
E030 International Door-to-Door Handling Fee
E040 Interplant Charge
E050 Intersta te/Highway Toll
E060 Intra-plant Charge
E063 Invoice Additional Amount
E065 Invoice Adjustment
E067 Invoice At-Cost Amount
E068 Invoice Delivery Terms Amount
E069 Invoice No-Charge Amount
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 53 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
E070 Invoice Services
E080 Invoice with Goods
E090 Irish Arbitraries
E100 Island Delivery Charge
E110 Island Pickup Charge
E120 Italian Release Charge
E130 Item Percentage
E140 Item-Unit
E150 Koshering
E160 Label Allowance
E170 Labeling
E180 Labor (Repair and Return Orders)
E190 Labor Charges
E191 Labor, Straight-time
E192 Labor, Overtime
E193 Labor, Premium Overtime
E200 Labor Cost of Removal
E210 Labor Service
E220 Labor, Modify
E230 Labor, No Trouble Found
E240 Labor, Test and Calibrate
E250 Lading Adjustment Charge
E260 Lashing
E270 Late Order Charge
E280 Late Payment Charge
E290 Layout/Design
E300 Layover Charges
E310 Lead Factor
E320 Leaking Underground Storage Tax (LUST)
E330 Lease Shortfall Consideration
E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge
E350 Letter of Credit Processing
E360 License and Title
E370 Lifeline Surcharge
E380 Lift Gate (Truck) or Forklift Service at Pickup/Delivery
E381 Lime Fee
E382 Liquidation Anti-Dumping Duty
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 54 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
E384 Liquidation Countervailing Duty
E386 Liquidation Tax Amount
E388 Liquidation Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS)
E389 Liquidation Total Fees
E390 Load Weighing Charge
E400 Loading (Labor Charges)
E410 Loading
E420 Loan Fee
E430 Local Delivery/Drayage
E440 Locomotive Delayed in Switching Service
E450 Locomotive Under Own Power
E460 Lot Charge
E470 Lump Sum
E480 Machining Charge
E485 Mail Fee
E490 Mail Invoice to Each Location
E500 Mail Invoice
E510 Mailing - Postage Cost
E520 Mailing - Service Fee
E530 Manifest Charge
E540 Manufacturing
E550 Market Development Funds
E560 Marking or Tagging Charge
E565 Markdown Allowance
E570 Marriage Rule
E580 Memo Returnable Container
E585 Merchandise Processing Fee
E590 Message Charge
E600 Message Rate Adjustment
E610 Messenger Service
E620 Metals Surcharge
E630 Meter Charge
E640 Mileage Fee (For Repair and Return)
E650 Mileage or Travel
E660 Monthly Rental
E670 Mount/Demount
E680 Mounting
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 55 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
E690 Municipal Surcharge
E695 Mushroom Fee
E700 N.H.D. Wharfage
E710 New Discount
E720 New Distribution Allowance
E730 New Item Allowance
E740 New Store Allowance
E750 New Store Discount
E760 New Warehouse Discount
E770 New Warehouse
E780 New York Delivery Charge
E790 New York Pickup Charge
E800 No Return Credit Allowance
E805 Non-Dutiable Charges
E810 Non Generated Freight
E820 Non-returnable Containers
E830 Normal Pump Charge
E840 Notarized Affidavit
E850 Notify Consignee Before Delivery
E860 Notify Consignee
E870 Nozzle Charge
E880 Ocean Charges - Hazardous
E890 Ocean Freight
E900 Offshore - Alaska/Hawaii
E910 On Carriage
E920 On Hand Service
E930 One - Day Service
E940 One Time Engineering Charge
E950 One-Time License Fee
E960 One-Time-Only Charge
E970 Onetime Tooling
E980 Operator Credit
E990 Option Charge (Color Fabric Office Furniture)
ENGA Engineering Supplies
EXLT Extra Length Surcharge
F000 Optional Charge
F010 Optional Software Support for Operational Support Systems
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 56 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
F020 Optional Software Support for Switching Systems
F030 Order Notify Charge
F040 Order-Flat
F050 Other (See related description)
F060 Other Accessorial Service Charge
F061 Other Advances
F062 Other Export Charges
F063 Other Government Agency Declaration
F065 Other Government Agency Exam
F067 Other Import Charge
F070 Out of Route Miles
F080 Out of Zone Pickup or Delivery
F090 Outside Cable Connectors
F100 Over Dimension
F110 Overrun Charge
F120 Oversized Premium
F130 Overtime Loading
F140 Pack Invoice with Shipment
F150 Packaging Service
F155 Packaging
F160 Painting (Primer or Finish)
F170 Pallet Exchange Charge
F180 Pallet
F190 Palletizing
F200 Paralleling
F210 Parish/County Sales Tax (only)
F220 Passing Shippers Export Entry
F225 Pecan Fee
F230 Penalty Charge
F240 Per Item Charge
F250 Per Order Charge
F260 Per Pound Charge
F270 Percent of Product
F271 Percent of Shipped Quantity that is Returnable
F272 Percent of Shipment Value that is Returnable
F280 Performance Allowance
F290 Performance Award
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 57 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
F300 Permit Charge
F310 Permits Bonds Escort Attendant
F320 Phosphatizing (Steel Treatment)
F330 Pickup and Delivery
F340 Pick/Up
F350 Pickle and Oil
F360 Pickup - Out of Area
F370 Pickup Surcharge
F380 Pier Charges - Wharfage
F390 Pier Charges Other Than Wharfage
F400 Pier Pickup and/or Delivery
F401 Pier Unloading
F410 Pilot Inspection
F420 Placement and/or Removal Charge
F430 Plating
F440 Pole, Wood-service Charge
F445 Pork Fee
F450 Positioning at Origin
F460 Postage
F465 Potato Fee
F470 Power Factor Adjustment
F480 Pre-carriage Excess
F490 Pre-carriage
F500 Pre-Positioned Inventory Service
F510 Precious Metal Content
F520 Preloading Charge
F530 Prelodge Charge
F540 Premise Use
F550 Premium Charge
F560 Premium Transportation
F570 Prepaid Usage Allowance
F580 Preparation and Delivery
F590 Preparation of Air Waybill - Origin
F600 Preparation of Canadian Customs Invoice
F610 Preparation of Commercial Invoice
F620 Preparation of Export Entry
F630 Preparation of Insurance Certificate
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 58 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
F640 Preparation of U.S. Export Documentation
F650 Preparation
F660 Previous Billing
F670 Price and Marketing Allowance
F680 Price Deviation
F690 Prior Balance
F700 Prior Billing Amount
F710 Prior Delivery Of Bill Charge
F720 Prior Month Credit
F730 Priority Service
F740 Process in Transit Privilege
F750 Processing Charge
F760 Processing
F765 Procurement Charge
F770 Professional Fees
F780 Proforma Invoice
F790 Progress Payment Requirement
F800 Promotional Allowance
F810 Promotional Discount
F820 Proof & Composition
F830 Proof of Delivery
F840 Protective Service - Cold
F850 Protective Service - Heat
F860 Protective Service Charge
F870 Pulling Eyes
F880 Pump Air Charge
F890 Pump Charge
F900 Purchase Option
F910 Quantity Discount
F920 Quantity Surcharge
F930 Equipment Manufacturer Restoration Audit
F940 Ramping
F950 Rate Code
F955 Rate Reduction Bond
F960 Re-Bill Charge
F970 Rebate
F980 Rebilled Drayage - Destination
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 59 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
F990 Rebilled Drayage - Origin
F991 Receiving
FAKT Barge Freight All Kinds Service
FLST Flatrack Surcharge
G000 Recipient Address Correction
G010 Reclamation, Federal
G020 Reclamation, State
G025 Reconciliation
G030 Reconnect charge
G040 Reconsign Consignee Charge
G050 Reconsign Delivery Charge
G060 Reconsignment Charge
G070 Recoopering (at Owner’s or Shipper’s Expense)
G080 Record/Filing
G090 Recovery Fee
G100 Recovery
G110 Recrating/Recoopering - Destination
G120 Recrating/Recoopering - Origin
G130 Recurring Hardware Maintenance Charge
G140 Recurring License Fee
G150 Recurring Software Maintenance Charge
G160 Redelivery
G170 Redistribution Allowance
G180 Reduction Prepalletized Cargo
G190 Reel Cable
G200 Reel Deposit
G210 Reel
G220 Refrigeration
G230 Refrigeration/Mechanical Detention
G240 Refund
G250 Refurbishing Charge
G260 Regain
G270 Registration of Export for Reentry
G280 Registration of Export Shipments
G290 Regulatory Fee
G300 Regulatory required refund
G310 Reliability Charge
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 60 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
G320 Relinquishment Charge
G322 Reliquidation Anti-Dumping Duty
G324 Reliquidation Countervailing Duty
G326 Reliquidation Tax Amount
G328 Reliquidation Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS)
G329 Reliquidation Total Fees
G330 Rental Charge
G340 Rental Deduction
G350 Rents and Leases
G360 Repack Charge
G370 Repair at Buyers Expense Charge
G380 Repair at Customer Expense Charge
G390 Repair at Government Expense Charge
G400 Repair
G410 Repickup
G420 Request Via Canada
G430 Research & Development Fee
G440 Resellers Discount
G450 Residential Delivery
G460 Residential Pickup
G470 Restocking Charge
G480 Restricted Article Fee
G490 Retainer
G500 Return Cargo Charge
G510 Returnable Container
G520 Returned Load
G530 Rework
G540 Riding Attendant Charge
G550 Rocky Mountain Bureau 583 Item 1100 Arbitrary Charge
G560 Roll Out Adjustment
G570 Roll Rebate
G580 Royalties
G590 Salvage
G600 Same - Day Service
G610 Saturday Delivery
G620 Saturday Pickup or Delivery Charge
G630 Saturday Pickup
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 61 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
G640 Scale Charge Unloading
G650 Scale Charge
G660 Scrap Allowance
G670 Security Signature Service
G680 Segregating (Sorting)
G690 Select Charge
G700 Self Unloader
G710 Seller Hand Carry
G720 Service Assistance Program Surcharge
G730 Service Charge (with Cash Discount)
G740 Service Charge
G750 Service Upgrade
G760 Set-up
G770 Shearing
G775 Sheep Fee
G780 Ship to Stock Quality Audit
G790 Shipper Load and Count
G800 Shipper Load Carrier Count
G810 Shipper Load Consignee Unload
G820 Shipper Load
G821 Shipping
G830 Shipping and Handling
G840 Shipside Pickup
G850 Shotblasting
G860 Shrink Allowance
G870 Shrink-Wrap Charge
G880 Shrinkage Allowance
G890 Single Invoice Allowance
G900 Single Pickup
G910 Single Shipment Fee
G920 Sleeving
G930 Slip Sheet Unloading Allowance
G940 Slip Sheet, Rail
G950 Slip Sheet, Truck
G960 Slotting Allowance
G970 Small Order Charge
G980 Software Support Service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 62 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
G990 Source Inspection
GMST Garment Surcharge
H000 Special Allowance
H010 Special Buy
H020 Special Circus Trains
H030 Special Credit
H040 Special Delivery
H050 Special Detention Charge
H060 Special Equipment Charge
H070 Special Finish Charge
H080 Special Freight Supplements
H090 Special Handling
H100 Special Mileage Movements
H110 Special Packaging
H120 Special Permits
H130 Special Pickup
H140 Special Pump Charge
H150 Special Seal Charge
H151 Special Services
H160 Special Test Equipment Charge
H170 Special Tooling Charge
H180 Special Tooling rework charge
H190 Special Train Movement
H200 Special Use
H210 Special Vehicle Rent
H215 Specific Duty
H220 Specification Review
H230 Split Delivery
H240 Split Pickup at Pier Charge
H250 Split Pickup
H260 Spool Charge
H270 Spotting of Trailer
H280 Spreader Charge
H290 Stamp Fee
H300 Stamping
H310 Standby Charge
H320 State Motor Fuel
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 63 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
H330 State Sales Charge
H340 State Surcharge
H350 State/Metropolitan Transit Authority Surcharge
H360 Steaming Charge
H370 Stenciling Charge
H380 Stop-off at Pier Charge
H390 Stop-off Charge
H400 Stopcharge
H410 Stopping in Transit
H420 Storage in Transit
H430 Storage
H440 Straightening Charge
H450 Strapping
H460 Street lamps charge
H470 Stripping, Sorting, and Consolidation
H480 Subject to Cooperative Advertising Allowance
H490 Subject to Tax on Resale
H500 Sufferance Warehouse Charge (Export or Import)
H505 Sugar Fee
H507 Sum of Adds and Deducts to Make Market Value
H510 Sunday or Holiday Pickup or Delivery
H520 Super Bag Charge
H530 Supervisor Charge
H535 Supplemental Duty
H540 Supplemental Items
H550 Surcharge
H551 Surety Bond
H560 Swell
H570 Switch Charge
H580 Switching Charge
H590 Tank Car Allowance
H600 Tank Rental
H605 Tarping
H610 Tax - Airport Tax, Destination
H620 Tax - Airport Tax , Origin
H625 Tax - Beverage Tax
H630 Tax - City Sales Tax (Only)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 64 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
H640 Tax - Excise Tax - Destination
H650 Tax - Excise Tax - Origin
H660 Tax - Federal Excise Tax, FET
H670 Tax - Federal Excise Tax, FET, on Tires
H680 Tax - Governmental
H690 Tax - Handling Charge Tax
H700 Tax - Local Tax
H710 Tax - Metropolitan Transit Tax
H720 Tax - Regulatory Tax
H730 Tax - Local Sales Tax
H740 Tax - Sales and Use
H750 Tax - Sales Tax (State and Local)
H760 Tax - State Hazardous Substance
H770 Tax - State Tax
H780 Tax - Super Fund Excise Tax
H790 Tax - Use Tax
H800 Tax - Value Added Tax (VAT)
H806 Tax Credit
H810 Tax Liability - Amortized
H820 Tax Liability - One Time
H830 Tax on Miscellaneous Charges
H840 Tax on Transportation
H850 Tax
H855 Tea Fee
H860 Technology Exchange
H870 Telegram Chargeback
H880 Telephone - Destination
H890 Telephone - Origin
H900 Telephone Charge
H910 Temperature Protection
H920 Temporary Allowance
H930 Temporary Voluntary Allowance
H935 Tendered as Truckload
H940 Terminal Charge
H950 Terminal Differential
H960 Terminal Service Fee
H970 Terms Allowance
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 65 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
H980 Test/Qualification Charge
H990 Testing Services Charge
HZDT Hazardous Cargo on Deck
I000 Testing
I010 Third Party Allowance
I020 Third Party Pallets
I030 Throughput Allowance
I040 Throughput Container Charge
I050 Thruway Charge
I060 Ticketing Service
I070 Tobacco Products Report Charge
I080 TOFC Service Charge
I090 Tool Charge
I100 Tooling Rework Charge
I110 Tooling
I120 Tools for Printing
I130 Total Assessorial Charges
I131 Total Fees
I132 Total Invoice Amount
I133 Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS)
I134 Total Invoice Amount, U.S. Dollars
I136 Total Invoice Amount, Non-U.S. Dollars
I138 Total Material Invoice Amount
I140 Tracing Inbound Via Other Carriers
I150 Tracing Service Fee
I160 Track Storage
I170 Trade Discount
I180 Trade In
I190 Trailer Rental Charge
I200 Transfer Charge
I210 Transfer of Lading Charge
I220 Transferred Charges
I230 Transit
I235 Transmission Charge
I240 Transportation And Setup
I250 Transportation Charge (Minimum Rate)
I260 Transportation Direct Billing
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 66 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
I270 Transportation Third Party Billing
I280 Transportation Vendor Provided
I290 Trimming Charge
I300 Truck Detention
I310 Truckload Discount
I320 Turning Charge
I330 Two - Day Service
I340 Two Door Pickup
I350 U.S. Vehicles
I360 Unabsorbed Switching
I370 Unitized
I380 Unloading (Labor Charges)
I390 Unloading
I400 Unloading/Reloading Charge
I410 Unsaleable Merchandise Allowance
I411 Unscheduled Fee
I420 Up Charge
I430 Usage Plan Detail Charge
I431 U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Flat Assist Amount
I432 U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Maximum Assist Amount
I440 USDA Inspected, Stamping Certification
I450 Use - Special Type Flat Car
I460 Use Charge Tooling/Personnel
I470 Valuation Fee
I480 Vehicle Ordered but Not Used
I490 Vehicle Prep Charge (Courtesy Delivery)
I495 Vehicle Road Charge
I500 Vendor Freight
I510 Venting Instructions
I520 Virgin Island Transfer Charge
I530 Volume Discount
I540 Voluntary Contribution Charge
I550 Waiting Time
I560 War Risk Surcharge
I570 Warehouse
I580 Warehousing
I590 Warranties
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 67 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
I595 Watermelon Fee
I600 Waybill and Invoice Distribution
I610 Weather Protection
I620 Weight Verification Charge
I630 Wharfage & Handling
I640 Wharfage Charge
I650 Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS) Usage Credit
I660 Will Call Charge
I670 Written Proof of Delivery
I680 X-ray Charge
I690 Gratuity
I700 Escrow
I710 Payment
I720 Direct Product Handling (DPC)
I730 Price Adjustment Percent (PCT)
I740 Post Damaged Handling (PDC)
I750 Reclamation Center Handling (Chute)
I760 Reclamation Shared Responsibility (SRS)
I770 Mid-Tier Lottery Winners
I780 Mid-Tier Lottery Cashing Bonus
I790 Lottery Cross Redeemed
I800 Low-Tier Lottery Winners
I810 Low-Tier Lottery Cashing Bonus
I820 Lottery Charge Back
I830 Tote
I840 Extra Hour Charges
I850 Refused Delivery Charge
I860 Reimbursement for Online Cashing Bonus
I870 Reimbursement for Online Winners
I880 Online Sales Bonus
I890 Instant Sales Bonus
IDCT Improper Documentation
LC2T Land Currency Adjustment Factor - 20 Foot Container
LC4T Land Currency Adjustment Factor - 40 Foot Container
LCLT Percent Differential - Less Than Container
LECT Less Than Container
LFDT Linehaul from Port of Debarkation
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 68 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
LMDT Liner Terms at Port of Embarkation
LNDT Liner Terms at Port of Debarkation
LPDT Linehaul Percent Differential
LQDT Liquidated Damages
LTET Linehaul to Port of Embarkation
MATT Modified Atmosphere
OCNT Over Height Container
OFFA Office Supplies
OODT On Deck Break Bulk Differential
OTHR Other Miscellaneous Earning or Additive
OWCT Over Width Container
PFCH Prepared Food Charge
PRST Stuffing Charge
PTAX Payroll Taxes
PVPT Private Owned Vehicle Processing
R020 Personal Property, Member
R030 Personal Property, Spouse
R040 Port Handling and Unloading
R060 Packing, Crating, and Handling Charge
R080 Packing, Crating, Handling, and Transportation Charge
RDHT Railhead Handling
RFMT Reefer Maintenance
RPDT Reefer Cargo Percent Differential
RSTT Respotting
SFBT Single Factor Origination/Destination
SFDT Single Factor Origination/Port of Debarkation
SFET Single Factor Port of Embarkation/Destination
SSCT Stripping, Sorting and Consolidation
SSUT Pole Lashing Equipment (PLE) Surcharge
STDT Stop-off at Destination
STFT Stuffing
STOT Stop-off at Origination
TERT Terminal Handling Charges
VCLT Van Cleaning
WBBT Wharfage - Breakbulk
WCFT Wharfage - Container
WFTT Wasted/Futile Trip
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 69 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
Code CODE DEFINITION
WRBT War Risk Crew Insurance
WRIT War Risk Insurance
X001 Auto Towing
X002 Late Return
X003 One Way/Drop Off
X004 Passenger Facility Charge
X005 Lodging
X006 Business Center
X007 Gift Shop
X008 Health Club
X009 Laundry/Dry Cleaning
X010 In-room Movie
X011 In-room Mini-bar
X012 Meals
X013 Parking
X014 Prepaid Amount
X015 Liquor Charge
ZZZZ Mutually Defined
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 70 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element 1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix
Data Element: 1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code Matrix
Code CODE DEFINITION Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 Part 05
AR Assembly Requested CS Custom Service
(Service type code in SAC13 and/or description of service in SAC15) GC Gift Card
(Gift card type in SAC13, gift card message in SAC15) GP Graphic Print
(Graphic print type code in SAC13 and/or description in SAC15) GW Gift Wrap
(Gift wrap type code in SAC13 and/or description in SAC15) HA Hanger Service IN Inscription
(Inscription text in SAC15) MO Monogram
(Monogram letters in SAC15) MR Mounting Requested OH Order Handling
BH Bill and Hold Goods DC Direct to Consumer DS Drop Ship FC First Cost Order
(Retailer, customer of importer, pays cost of getting the product into the country) KO Close Out Order KT Key Titles (Music/Software/Video) LO Landed Order
(Importer, third party, pays all costs of getting the product into the country) NP New Product Introduction Offer NS New Store Order PR Promotional Order PU Prepack U.P.C.
A prepack U.P.C. request is one in which a U.P.C. number is specified in a batch request and all the prepack U.P.C.s for which the specified U.P.C. is a component are returned.
RC Raincheck Order RO Rush Order SB Seasonal Build Up Order SI Sibling U.P.C.
A sibling U.P.C. request is one in which a U.P.C. number is specified in a batch request and all U.P.C.s belonging to the Product ID of the specified U.P.C. are returned.
SP Sample Order SO Special Order ZQ Mutually Defined Order Type
(Code in SAC13) RE Response Level
PC Product ID & Color ID PS Product ID & Size ID
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 71 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code Matrix
Code CODE DEFINITION Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 Part 05
SC Selection Code UP U.P.C. VC Product ID
TC Ticketing Service 01 No Ticket 02 Hang Tag (Swiftach) 03 Gummed label 04 Pin Ticket 05 String Ticket (String around button) 06 Hang Tag (Securtach) 07 Dumbell Gum (Jewelry) 08 Double Gummed Label (Peel off on gummed label) 09 As Agreed to By Trading Partners 10 Do Not Price
This code is used to override an agreement between trading partners that the supplier will apply the retail price to the product prior to shipment.
11 Clearance 99 Non Standard Ticket
The codes in Part 03 may be used with any code in Part 02. 01 1 Part Ticket 02 2 Part Ticket 03 3 Part Ticket 04 4 Part Ticket 05 5 Part Ticket 06 6 Part Ticket 07 7 Part Ticket 08 8 Part Ticket 09 9 Part Ticket 10 10 Part Ticket 11 11 As Agreed to by Trading Partners 12 12 Retailer Provides and Vendor Applies Ticket 13 13 Vendor Produces and Applies Ticket 14 14 Vendor Produces and Retailer Applies Ticket
The codes in Part 04 may be used with any code in Part 03. 01 Mutually Defined Code (Code in SAC13) 02 Ticket Text (Text in SAC15)
03 Both Code & Text (Code in SAC13, Text in SAC15) 04 Tickets Included In Carton Not Attached to
Merchandise (Carton Seed) 05 Tickets Attached to Merchandise 06 Clearance 07 Ticket attached with 1" swift 08 Ticket attached with 3" swift 09 Ticket attached with 5" swift 10 Ticket attached with 3" secure 11 Ticket attached with 3" and 9" secure
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 72 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Data Element: 1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code Matrix
Code CODE DEFINITION Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 Part 05
12 Ticket attached with 5" secure 13 Ticket attached with 3/4" secure 14 Ticket attached with 16" elastic and 3” secure 15 Ticket attached with 16" elastic 16 Ticket attached over ISBN bar code 17 Ticket attached around shank 18 Ticket attached rattail back of pad 19 Ticket attached through neck label 20 Ticket attached left armhole 21 Ticket attached bottom of merchandise 22 Ticket attached inside brim 23 Ticket attached, vendor defined placement. The
codes in Part 05 may be used with any code in Part 04.
01 Ticket with U.P.C. and with or without retail and color by size of product (Text in SAC15)
02 Ticket without U.P.C. and with retail price (Text in SAC15)
03 Ticket with U.P.C. and with retail price (Text in SAC15)
04 Ticket with U.P.C. only (Text in SAC15)
05 Ticket with retail price only (Text in SAC15)
06 Ticket U.P.C. perforated (Text in SAC15)
07 Ticket with retail price perforated (Text in SAC15)
08 Ticket with size only (Text in SAC15) 09 Ticket with size, color and description
(Text in SAC15) 10 Ticket with color and description
(Text in SAC15) 11 Ticket with size and color (Text in
SAC15) 12 Ticket - clearance only (Text in
SAC15) 13 Ticket with color only (Text in SAC15) 14 Ticket with style only (Text in SAC15)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 73 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
External Code Source
Code Code Source Information
2 Airlines Code
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
4, 66/4
SOURCE
IATA Traffic Handbook - Part II
ACT Trade Practice Manual
Resolution No. 5.38, 11/1/74
AVAILABLE FROM
Air Transport Association of America
1301 Pennsylvania Ave, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004-1707
ABSTRACT
This handbook lists two-letter air carrier codes.
NOTES
The air carrier data element is assigned a field length of 3 because of
planned expansion by IATA.
4 ABA Routing Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
20, 66/13, 506/01, 647/806
SOURCE
Key to American Bankers Association Routing Numbers
AVAILABLE FROM
Rand McNally & Company
P. O. Box 7600
Chicago, IL 60680
ABSTRACT
Contains the Federal Reserve Routing Codes. The first four digits identify
the Federal Reserve District, the next four the institution, and the last
is a check digit.
5 Countries, Currencies and Funds
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
26, 100, 1715, 66/38, 235/CH, 955/SP
SOURCE
Codes for Representation of Names of Countries, ISO 3166-(Latest
Release)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 74 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
Codes for Representation of Currencies and Funds, ISO 4217-(Latest
Release)
AVAILABLE FROM
American National Standards Institute
25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10036
ABSTRACT
Part 1 (Country codes) of the ISO 3166 international standard establishes
codes that represent the current names of countries, dependencies, and
other areas of special geopolitical interest, on the basis of lists of country
names obtained from the United Nations. Part 2 (Country subdivision
codes) establishes a code that represents the names of the principal
administrative divisions, or similar areas, of the countries, etc. included
in Part 1. Part 3 (Codes for formerly used names of countries) establishes
a code that represents non-current country names, i.e., the country names
deleted from ISO 3166 since its first publication in 1974. Most currencies
are those of the geopolitical entities that are listed in ISO 3166 Part 1,
Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries. The code may be
a three-character alphabetic or three-digit numeric. The two leftmost
characters of the alphabetic code identify the currency authority to which
the code is assigned (using the two character alphabetic code from ISO
3166 Part 1, if applicable). The rightmost character is a mnemonic
derived from the name of the major currency unit or fund. For currencies
not associated with a single geographic entity, a specially-allocated
two-character alphabetic code, in the range XA to XZ identifies the
currency authority. The rightmost character is derived from the name of
the geographic area concerned, and is mnemonic to the extent possible.
The numeric codes are identical to those assigned to the geographic
entities listed in ISO 3166 Part 1. The range 950-998 is reserved for
identification of funds and currencies not associated with a single entity
listed in ISO 3166 Part 1.
6 TSUSA Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
23/A
SOURCE
Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (Supplement 1) Annotated,
1992; Publication 2449
AVAILABLE FROM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 75 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
ABSTRACT
Supplement 1, 1992 of the HTSUSA is an extensive redraft of the original
1992 edition, a classification and identification code for imported merchandise,
for use in determining rates of duty and for statistical purposes.
11 National Motor Freight Classification
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
59, 23/N, 1270/NK, 22
SOURCE
National Motor Freight Classification, NMF 100 Series
AVAILABLE FROM
American Trucking Associations
2200 Mill Road
Alexandria, VA 22314-4677
ABSTRACT
An identification code for commodities transported by motor carriers.
The commodity code is a six-digit numeric of the form: ddddddA seventh
digit is added where necessary to indicate supplementary information
such as density ranges, different forms of shipment, special packaging
requirements, etc.
13 STCC Code
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
23/3, 23/L, 23/T, 1270/STC
SOURCE
Standard Transportation Commodity Code (STCC)
Tariff STCC 6001-T, 1992
AVAILABLE FROM
STCC/Hazardous Materials Shipping Description
Rail inc/Association of American Railroads
Suite 200
7001 Weston Parkway
Cary, NC 27513
ABSTRACT
A numeric code that identifies commodities that are transported by
multi-modal carriers in the U.S. The STCC code is a 2 to 7 digit numeric
that may identify a commodity, a product class, an individual industry, a
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 76 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
minor industry group, or a major industry group. The code is of the form:
dd=2-digit level=major industry group dd d=3 digit level=minor industry
group dd dd=4 digit level=an industry dd ddd=5 digit level=product class
dd ddd dd=7 digit level=description of an article The number of digits
indicates the level of a given code in the hierarchical structure of the
STCC. The higher the level number, the more detailed is the data
represented by the code. A code of 49 at the 2 digit level identifies a
hazardous material or substance. This code is of the form: dd=2 digit
level=hazardous material or substance dd dd=4 digit level=hazard class
as designated by the U.S. Department of Transportation dd ddd=5 digit
level=hazard class group dd ddd dd=7 digit level=U.S. Department of
Transportation proper shipping name or description (bridged to descriptions
coded at 2 digit levels 01 through 47)
14 Identification Marking Code for Freight Containers
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
24
SOURCE
Freight Containers - Coding, Identification and Marking (ISO
6346:1995)
AVAILABLE FROM
American National Standards Institute
25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10036
ABSTRACT
This international standard relates to an identification marking code for
freight containers which is intended to provide information on both
containers and the documentation and communications associated with
their movement. The information is presented in such a manner as to be
informative to operating personnel upon visual inspection and is suitable
for automatic data processing. Data elements are derived from: Annex
B, Size Code Designations: 2 numeric characters; Annex C, Type Code
Designations: 2 numeric characters.
16 D-U- N-S Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
860, 66/1, 66/9, 128/DNS, 128/DUN
SOURCE
Dun & Bradstreet
AVAILABLE FROM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 77 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
U.S. D-U-N-S Number assignment and lookup services are available
through EDI, on-line, several types of mainframe and personal computer
media, through a 900 Number Service (900-990-3867), and in print.
Dun & Bradstreet Information Services
Information Quality Department
D-U-N-S Number Administration
899 Eaton Avenue
Bethlehem, PA 18025-0001
ABSTRACT
The D-U-N-S Number is a non-indicative nine-digit number assigned
and maintained by Dun & Bradstreet to identify unique business establishments.
D-U-N-S Numbers are assigned to businesses worldwide. The
ninth digit of the D-U-N-S Number is a Modulus Ten Check Digit which
catches 100% of single digit errors and 98% of single transposition
errors. D-U-N-S Numbers provide positive identification of business
locations possessing unique, separate, and distinct operations. Through
the D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet maintains linkage between units
of an organization to easily identify corporate family relationships, such
as those between headquarters, branches, subsidiaries, and divisions. The
D-U-N-S Number is the non-indicative computer “address” of a business
for which detailed marketing and credit information is maintained by
Dun & Bradstreet.
17 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
140, 206, 296, 298, 66/2, 66/ND, 309/RS
SOURCE
Directory of Standard Carrier Alpha Codes (SCAC), NMF 101 Series
AVAILABLE FROM
National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc.
2200 Mill Road
Alexandria, VA 22314-4654
ABSTRACT
The standard carrier alpha code (SCAC) lists and codes transportation
companies. The SCAC program contemplates that each company will be
assigned a unique two to four letter (alpha) code for use as an abbreviation
or to identify a particular company for transportation data processing
purposes. The combination of letters used by any one carrier does not
conflict with those assigned to other carriers, even though such other
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 78 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
carriers may belong to a different mode. The SCAC directory contains
two sections. Section 1 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier names.
Section 2 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier codes. The Standard
Carrier Alpha Code directory is available as a printed directory or as a
data file on CD-ROM and 9-Track Tape.
18 Federal Maritime Commission
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
66/3
SOURCE
Federal Maritime Commission (FMC)
Forwarder License Number
Federal Maritime Commission
Automatic Tariff Filing Interface
AVAILABLE FROM
Federal Maritime Commission
1100 L Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20573
ABSTRACT
The Federal Maritime Commission (FMC) number is the licenser number
assigned to independent ocean freight forwarders by the FMC. The
Tariff Modification Code describes the type of modification to be applied
to a particular tariff.
21 Standard Point Location Code (SPLC)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
154, 1244, 66/20, 120/SPLC, 128/SPL, 309/CS, 309/SL
SOURCE
Continental Directory of Standard Point Location Codes (SPLC)
AVAILABLE FROM
The SPLC for motor carrier points in the United States, Canada, and
Mexico and railroad stations in the United States and Mexico is copy-righted
by, and available in hard copy, CD-ROM, and magnetic tape
from:
National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc.
2200 Mill Road
Alexandria, VA 22314-4654
A separate SPLC system for Canada, used by the railroad industry is
available from:
Canadian Transportation Agency
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 79 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0N9
The only factor common to both the NMFTA and CTA systems is that
the basic code for a point in Canada begins with “0".
ABSTRACT
The standard point location code is designed to provide each point
originating freight and each point receiving freight with a unique six-digit
code number so constructed as to identify the point with its geo-graphic
location. SPLC is based on a system of nesting recognized
entities and numbering them in a standard geographic pattern. The
system is state-county-city (point) using two digits to identify each.
Different nomenclatures for areas equivalent to these three are substituted
as they occur. Commonwealth, province and territory are synonymous
with state, while parish, municipio and census district or census
division are synonymous with county. Cities, borough, municipalities,
rail stations, towns, villages, named rural areas, or the like, constitute the
point list. To identify motor carrier locations requiring definition beyond
the six-digit level, as defined above, the SPLC is appended with an
additional three digits referred to as the sub-code. The sub-code is
assigned in conjunction with existing six-digit SPLC. Certain groups of
sub-codes are reserved for use as follows: Sub-Codes 001 - 199 Parts of
(example: Georgetown part of Washington, DC). Sub-Codes 200 - 239
Colleges, Universities, Hospitals, Prisons, Museums, Post Offices, Stadiums,
Buildings - including government (non-military). Sub-Codes 240
- 299 Military Facilities. 240 - 249 Air Force 250 - 259 Army 260 - 269
Coast Guard 270 - 279 Defense Logistics Agency 280 - 289 Marine Corps
290 - 299 Navy Sub-Codes 300 - 499 Plant Sites, Warehouses, Power
Stations, Docks, Piers. Sub-Codes 500 - 599 Delivery Zones. Sub-Codes
600 - 699 Resorts, Tracks, Parks, Racetracks, Amusement Centers, Zoos,
Shopping Centers, Resorts, Historical Monuments, Miscellaneous. Sub-Codes
700 - 999 Reserved for use by code subscribers for their internal
usage to define locations peculiar to their own needs.
NOTES
The SPLC data element is assigned a field length of 9 to allow for a
subcode when necessary to specify a rating point, switching point, or pier
number.
22 States and Provinces
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
156, 66/SJ, 235/A5, 771/009
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 80 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
SOURCE
ISO 3166-2 Codes for the representation of names of countries and their
subdivisions
AVAILABLE FROM
DIN,
Germany
http://www.din.de/gremien/nas/nabd/iso3166ma
ABSTRACT
Provides names, abbreviations, and codes for the states, provinces and
sub-country codes for all countries registered with ISO. Non-normative
Note: The U.S. state codes may be obtained from: U.S. Postal Service
National Information Data Center P.O. Box 2977 Washington, DC 20013
www.usps.gov The Canadian province codes may be obtained from:
http://www.canadapost.ca
The Mexican area codes may be obtained from: Servicio Postal Mexicano
Nezahualcoyotl 109 Centro 06082 MEXICO, D.F. MEXIQUE
http://rtn.net.mx/sepomex
35 Incoterms
SIMPLE DA TA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
SOURCE
Guide to Incoterms 1990
AVAILABLE FROM
ICC Publishing, Inc.
156 Fifth Avenue, Ste 308
New York, NY 10010
ABSTRACT
41 EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN), includes
Universal Product Code
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT REFERENCES
438, 766
SIMPLE CODE REFERENCES
88/UC, 88/UP, 235/AV, 235/EN, 235/EO, 235/O0, 235/O7, 235/O8,
235/R0, 235/R7, 235/R8, 235/U2, 235/UA, 235/UB, 235/UC, 235/UD,
235/UE, 235/UG, 235/UH, 235/UI, 235/UJ, 235/UK, 235/UL, 235/UN,
235/UP, 235/UR, 559/FD
SOURCE
Uniform Code Council Solutions Center
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 81 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
AVAILABLE FROM
Uniform Code Council, Inc.
7887 Washington Village Drive; Suite 300
Dayton, OH 45459
ABSTRACT
The EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) is a globally unique
number for the identification of products and services. The Universal
Product Code (U.P.C.) encodes a 12-digit GTIN.
The identification number may be 8, 12, 13 or 14 digits in length using
the EAN/UCC-8, UCC-12, EAN/UCC-13, and EAN/UCC-14 data structures
respectively. The EAN/UCC-8 comprises (from left to right) an
EAN/UCC-8 Prefix, Company and Item Reference, and a Check Digit.
The UCC-12 comprises (from left to right) a UCC Company Prefix, an
Item Reference, and a Check Digit. The EAN/UCC-13 comprises (from
left to right) an EAN.UCC Company Prefix, an Item Reference, and a
Check Digit. The EAN/UCC-14 comprises (from left to right) an Indicator
Digit, an EAN.UCC Company Prefix, an Item Reference, and a
Check Digit. Its Application Identifier (AI) is ’01’.
Some existing EDI Codes make specific assumptions about the construction
of the GTIN, including eliminating certain digits. A specific GTIN
may not conform to these construction assumptions. A GTIN must be
used in its entirety to ensure uniqueness.
There also exist EDI codes related to a GTIN for coupons, product
variants and additional product identification.
46 Telecommunications Industry Codes
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
150, 560, 1000, 1301, 66/42, 235/SH, 235/SV, 235/TY, 235/WJ, 559/TI
SOURCE
Telecommunication Industry Forum (TCIF) Guidelines
TCIF Service Characteristic Qualifiers and Codes
AVAILABLE FROM
Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions, Secretariat1200 G
Street, NW Suite 500 Washington, DC 20005
ABSTRACT
The TCIF Guidelines and Service Characteristic Qualifiers and Codes
list the suggested codes to be used in the industry. The codes in the
Guidelines are subsets of the ASC X12.3 Data Element Dictionary. The
Service Characteristic Qualifiers and Codes contain the industry-maintained
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 82 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
codes for the service ordering and billing processes for the
industry.
51 ZIP Code
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
116, 66/16, 309/PQ, 309/PR, 309/PS, 771/010
SOURCE
National ZIP Code and Post Office Directory, Publication 65
The USPS Domestic Mail Manual
AVAILABLE FROM
U.S Postal Service
Washington, DC 20260
New Orders
Superintendent of Documents
P.O. Box 371954
Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954
ABSTRACT
The ZIP Code is a geographic identifier of areas within the United States
and its territories for purposes of expediting mail distribution by the U.S.
Postal Service. It is five or nine numeric digits. The ZIP Code structure
divides the U.S. into ten large groups of states. The leftmost digit
identifies one of these groups. The next two digits identify a smaller
geographic area within the large group. The two rightmost digits identify
a local delivery area. In the nine-digit ZIP Code, the four digits that follow
the hyphen further subdivide the delivery area. The two leftmost digits
identify a sector which may consist of several large buildings, blocks or
groups of streets. The rightmost digits divide the sector into segments
such as a street, a block, a floor of a building, or a cluster of mailboxes.
The USPS Domestics Mail Manual includes information on the use of
the new 11-digit zip code.
52 Hazardous Materials ID, DOT
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
62, 64, 208/9, 208/D, 559/DO, 665/P, 665/R
SOURCE
Code of Federal Regulations, Transportation. Title 49, parts 100 to 177,
revised as of November 1, 1983, pages 75-170.
AVAILABLE FROM
Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 83 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
Washington, DC 20402
ABSTRACT
Provides codes, names, and hazard classes for materials designated by
the U.S. Department of Transportation as hazardous for purposes of
transportation in commerce. The identifier of the materials listed is
alphanumeric of the form: “AAdddd”. The numeric portion of the identifier
has no significance. The alphabetic prefix may be: UN for materials
appropriate for both international and domestic shipments: or NA for
materials appropriate only for domestic shipments and shipments to and
from Canada.
53 United Nations Number (Dangerous Goods)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
62, 64, 208/U, 559/UN
SOURCE
“Transportation of Dangerous Goods”, Recommendations of the Committee
of Experts of the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Third Revised
Edition United Nations ST/SG/AC10/1/REV. 3, 1983, SALES NO. E.
83. VIII. 1
AVAILABLE FROM
United Nations Publications
Polaris des Nations
CH - 1211 Geneva 10
Switzerland
ABSTRACT
Provides codes, names and hazard classes for materials designated as
dangerous for purposes of transport in commerce. The identifier of the
dangerous goods listed is numeric of the form “dddd”.
54 Schedule D Location Qualifier
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
66/D, 309/D
SOURCE
Schedule D, Customs District Classification
AVAILABLE FROM
The Bureau of Census
Foreign Trade Division
Room 2179, Bldg. 3
Washington, DC 20036
ABSTRACT
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 84 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
Numbering system of the Customs districts and ports.
55 Schedule K Location Qualifier
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
66/K, 309/K
SOURCE
Schedule K, Classification of Foreign Ports and Geographic Trade Area
and Country
AVAILABLE FROM
Bureau of Census
Foreign Trade Division
Room 2179-Bldg. 3
Washington, DC 20036
ABSTRACT
A listing of the major ports of the world directly handling waterborne
shipments in the foreign trade of the United States and the numeric code
numbers by which such ports are designated in tabulations.
60 (DFI) Identification Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
507
SOURCE
a) Thompson Bank Directory: American Bankers Association (ABA)
Routing Numbers
b) New York Clearinghouse Association: Clearinghouse Interbank Payment
System (CHIPS) Participant Numbers
c) Canadian Payments Association Directory: Canadian Bank Transit
Numbers
d) ISO/S.W.I.F.T. Bank Identifier Code Directory: ISO Bank Identifier
Codes
AVAILABLE FROM
a) Thompson Financial Publishing
P.O. Box 65
Skokie, IL 60076-0065
b) New York Clearinghouse Association
450 West 33rd Street
New York, New York 10001
c) Bowne of Toronto
60 Gervais Drive
Toronto, Ontario
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 85 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
Canada M3C 1Z3
d) S.W.I.F.T. SC
Avenue Adele 1
B-1310 La Hulpe
Belgium
ABSTRACT
Assigned alphanumeric codes identifying depository financial institution.
70 Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standards (VICS)
EDI
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
559/VI
SOURCE
VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines for EDI
AVAILABLE FROM
Uniform Code Council, Inc.
8163 Yankee Road, Suite J
Dayton, OH 45459
ABSTRACT
Conventions and implementation guidelines for electronic data inter-change
utilizing the ASC X12 Standards within the retail industry.
71 U.P.C. Shipping Container Code
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
88/UC
SOURCE
U.P.C. Shipping Container Code and Symbol Specification Manual
AVAILABLE FROM
Uniform Code Council, Inc.
8163 Yankee Road, Suite J
Dayton, OH 45459
ABSTRACT
The U.P.C. Shipping Container Code is a 14 digit code, that identifies
shipping containers of fixed content (products sold on a fixed
weight/fixed unit of measure basis).
75 United States Harmonized Code System
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
23/J
SOURCE
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 86 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
HS-Based Schedule B - 1992 Edition
Publication of U.S. Department of Commerce
Bureau of the Census
Foreign Trade Division
Washington, DC 20233
AVAILABLE FROM
Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
ABSTRACT
The HS-based schedule B code is a ten-digit number, the first six of which
is the harmonized code. The remaining four digits represent statistical
subdivisions. The schedule is a statistical classification of domestic and
foreign commodities exported from the United States.
77 X12 Directories
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
721, 725
SOURCE
X12.3 Data Element Dictionary
X12.22 Segment Directory
AVAILABLE FROM
Data Interchange Standards Association, Inc. (DISA)
Suite 200
1800 Diagonal Road
Alexandria, VA 22314-2852
ABSTRACT
The data element dictionary contains the format and descriptions of data
elements used to construct X12 segments. It also contains code lists
associated with these data elements. The segment directory contains the
format and definitions of the data segments used to construct X12
transaction sets.
94 International Organization for Standardization (Date
and Time)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
623
SOURCE
ISO 8601
AVAILABLE FROM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 87 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
American National Standards Institute
25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10036
ABSTRACT
ISO Standards code list for representation of date and time.
98 SSCC-18 and Application Identifier
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
88/GM, 235/UO
SOURCE
a) Application Specification for the UCC/EAN-128 Serial Shipping
Container Code
b) UCC/EAN Code 128 Application Identifier Standard
AVAILABLE FROM
Uniform Code Council, Inc.
8163 Old Yankee Street, Suite J
Dayton, OH 45458
ABSTRACT
The SSCC-18 and Application Identifier is a twenty-character code
which is unique within the UCC/EAN numbering system. 2 Digits
SSCC-18 Application Identifier (00) 18 Digits SSCC-18 Identification
Number
102 Languages
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
819, 66/LE
SOURCE
Code for the representa tion of names of languages (ISO 639)
AVAILABLE FROM
American National Standards Institute
25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10036
ABSTRACT
A set of symbols used to designate languages.
108 U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Agency (OHSA)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
559/OS
SOURCE
Code of Federal Regulations
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 88 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
Department of Labor
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Title 29, Part 1910
AVAILABLE FROM
Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
ABSTRACT
OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard establishes regulations on
manufacturers and importers of hazardous chemicals to provide employees
with information by means of hazard communication programs,
including labels, material safety data sheets, training, and access to
written records. Specific Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) are cited
for individual chemicals.
121 Health Industry Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
66/21, 128/HI, 1270/HI, I0 5/20
SOURCE
Health Industry Number Database
AVAILABLE FROM
Health Industry Business Communications Council
5110 North 40th Street
Phoenix, AZ 85018
ABSTRACT
The HIN is a coding system, developed and administered by the Health
Industry Business Communications Council, that assigns a unique code
number to hospitals other provider organizations, and manufacturers and
distributors.
123 Open and Prepay Station List Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
309/OL
SOURCE
Official List of Open and Prepay Stations
ICC OPSL 6000-K
AVAILABLE FROM
Station List Publishing
906 Olive Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 89 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
ABSTRACT
A published tariff that contains a listing of all valid railroad stations and
their associated reference number. Note: In some circumstances the
number published for a given railroad is the same as published in the
Freight Station Accounting Code.
146 U.S. Customs Quota Category Codes
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
23/Q
SOURCE
Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System
AVAILABLE FROM
Customs Co-operational Council
26-38 Rue de l’Industrie
B 1040 Brussels
Belgium
ABSTRACT
The Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System, commonly
referred to as the Harmonized System (HS), is a multipurpose
goods nomenclature combining in a single integrated instrument the
descriptions required for customs tariffs, statistical nomenclatures, and
transport classifications. The role of the Harmonized System in many
other areas such as for tariff-related negotiations, determination of origin
of a commodity, etc. is becoming increasingly important. The Harmonized
System consists of structured nomenclature (5,018 groups of goods
identified by a six-digit code) and is provided with necessary definitions
and rules to ensure its uniform applications. It is supplemented by
Explanatory Notes, an Alphabetical Index, a Compendium of Classification
Opinions, and Trailing Modules. An Electronic HS Commodity Data
Base, providing an enormous listing of commodities traded internationally
with their corresponding 6-digit HS code numbers, is now under
preparation. All United Nations economic classifications use the HS
subheadings as building blocks. Thus, for examples, all of 3,118 basic
headings in the SITC, Revision 3 are correlated to the 5,018 HS subheadings.
The content of each SITC heading corresponds to one or more of
the HS subheadings to which it is keyed.
197 Packaging Requirement Codes
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
753/CD, 753/CT, 753/IC, 753/LP, 753/PK, 753/PM, 753/UC, 753/WM,
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 90 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
753/CUD, 753/OPI, 753/PML, 753/SMK, 753/UCL, 1270/JF, 1270/JG,
1270/JH, 1270/JI
SOURCE
Packaging Requirement Codes, MIL-STD-2073-2
AVAILABLE FROM
Standardization Document Order Desk Building 4D 700 Robbins Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094
ABSTRACT
MIL-STD-2073-2C establishes and defines codes used in describing
packaging material and techniques specified in Department of Defense
contracts. Data Element 1270 Code JF Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C,
Table IX. Provides a comprehensive list of Department of Defense codes
which identify the Level A packing requirements for an item. Code
JG Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a Reference MIL-STD-
2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a comprehensive list of Department
of Defense codes which identify the Level B packing requirements for
an item. Code JH Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a
comprehensive list of Department of Defense codes which identify the
Level C packing requirements for an item. Code JI Reference MIL-STD-2073-
2C, Table VII. Provides a comprehensive list of Department of
Defense codes which identify the intermediate container requirements
for an item.
289 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
(WHMIS)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
559/WH
SOURCE
WHMIS Core Manual
AVAILABLE FROM
Workers Compensation Board
Attn: Publications
6951 Westminster Highway
Richmond, British Columbia V7C 1C6
Canada
ABSTRACT
A resource manual for the application and implementation of the Canadian
Federal Hazardous Products Act using the rules and components of
WHMIS. The manual includes topic and subtopic requirements, expo-sure
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 91 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
limits, and ingredient disclosure lists.
307 National Association of Boards of Pharmacy Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
128/D3
SOURCE
National Council for Prescription Drugs (NCPDP) Provider Number
Database and listings
AVAILABLE FROM
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs (NCPDP)
4201 North 24th Street, Suite 365
Phoenix, AZ 85016-6268
ABSTRACT
A unique number assigned in the U.S. and its territories to individual
clinic, hospital, chain, and independent pharmacy and dispensing physician
locations that conduct business by billing third-party and dispensing
physician locations that conduct business by billing third-party drug
benefit payers. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs
(NCPDP) maintains this database. The NCPDP Provider Number is a
seven-digit number with the following format SSNNNNC, where
SS=NCPDP assigned state code number, NNNN=sequential numbering
scheme assigned to pharmacy locations, and C=check digit calculate by
algorithm from previous six digits.
320 National Alcohol Beverage Control Association
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
66/WR, 559/AL, 1270/AC, 1270/CU, 1270/ST
SOURCE
Alcohol Beverage Industry Implementation Guideline for Electronic
Data Interchange
AVAILABLE FROM
National Alcohol Beverage Control Association
4216 King Street West
Alexandria, VA 22302-1507
ABSTRACT
The Alcohol Beverage Industry Implementation Guideline for Electronic
Data Interchange contains implementation guidelines for electronic data
interchange based on the ASC X12 Standards. The guideline also includes
industry maintained codes and definitions used to exchange
information between trading partners.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 92 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
321 Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department
of the Treasury
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
750/B8, 750/TZ
SOURCE
Laws and Regulations under the Federal Alcohol Administration Act,
Title 27, United States Code of Federal Regulations
AVAILABLE FROM
Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
ABSTRACT
This handbook outlines U.S. Government laws pertaining to the advertisement,
sale and distribution of alcoholic beverages as well as containing
code lists that categorize the class, type, formula content, etc. of
alcoholic beverages.
421 EDI Council of Australia Communications ID Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
I05/19
SOURCE
EDI Council of Australia Communications ID Number
AVAILABLE FROM
EDI Council of Australia (EDICA)
854 Glenfeme Road, 2nd Floor
P.O. Box 521
Hawthorn, Victoria 3122
Australia
ABSTRACT
A 13-digit number assigned by the EDI Council of Australia (EDICA)
to uniquely identify trading partners as either the sender or receiver of a
transmission.
467 NABCA/DISCUS Common Code
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
235/BV
SOURCE
NABCA/DISCUS Common Code Tables
AVAILABLE FROM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 93 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
National Alcohol Beverage Control Association
4216 King Street West
Alexandria, VA 22302
ABSTRACT
The National Alcohol Beverage Control Association (NABCA)/Distilled
Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS) Common Code is a code
that links a specific alcohol beverage product with a unique identifier
which is assigned by the aforementioned agencies to aid interested
parties in tracking product movement and inventory.
497 AMECOP
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
I05/AM
SOURCE
Association Mexicana Del Codigo De Producto (AMECOP)
AVAILABLE FROM
AMECOP (Association Mexicana del Codigo de Producto)
Horacio #1855 6* Piso
Col. Chapultepec Morales
11570 Mexico, D.F.
ABSTRACT
A 13-digit number assigned by AMECOP to uniquely identify trading
partners as either the sender or the receiver of a transmission.
583 EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
66/UL, I05/07
SOURCE
EAN.UCC Location Number
AVAILABLE FROM
Uniform Code Council, Inc.
7887 Washington Village Drive, Suite 300
Dayton, OH 45459
EAN International
Rue Royal 145
1000 Bruxelles,
Belgium
ABSTRACT
The EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN) is a globally unique
number for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 94 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
It is comprised (from left to right) of a Company Prefix, Location
Reference, and a Modulus 10 Check Digit. The EAN.UCC Company
Prefix is assigned by the Numbering Authority. The Location Reference
is assigned by the company and is unique within that company. The
EAN.UCC GLN is a 13 digit data structure.
664 SSCC-18
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
88/AA
SOURCE
a) Application Specification for the UCC/EAN-128 Serial Shipping
Container Code
b) UCC/EAN Code 128 Application Identifier Standard
AVAILABLE FROM
Uniform Code Council, Inc.
8163 Old Yankee Street, Suite J
Dayton, OH 45458
ABSTRACT
The SSCC-18 is an eighteen-character code which is unique within the
UCC/EAN numbering system. 18 Digits SSCC-18 Identification Number
707 Uniform Fire Code (UFC)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
208/B
SOURCE
Uniform Fire Code (UFC)
AVAILABLE FROM
International Fire Code Institute (IFCI)
5360 Workman Mill Road
Whittier, CA 90601-2298
ABSTRACT
Volumes I and II of the Uniform Fire Code (UFC) contain the United
States’ premier model fire code and sets forth provisions necessary for
fire prevention and fire protection. It is endorsed by the Western Fire
Chiefs Associates, the International Association of Fire Chiefs and the
International Conference and Buildings Officials (ICBO).
708 Poly-America Plastic Product Index
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
753/02
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 95 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
SOURCE
Poly-America Plastic Product Index
AVAILABLE FROM
American Plastics Council
1275 K Street NW, Suite 500
Washington, DC 20005
ABSTRACT
The Poly-America Plastic Product Index is a list of plastic categories
used for packaging consumer goods.
715 Cancellation and Rejection Reason Code
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
128/R9, 1270/Z
SOURCE
Cancellation and Rejection Reason Code List
AVAILABLE FROM
Collision Industry Electronic Commerce Association (CIECA)
P.O. Box 74404
Romulus, MI 48174
ABSTRACT
An industry maintained code list to identify codes for reasons an auto-mobile
rental was not processed.
850 National Association of Convenience Stores’ Category
and Sub-category Codes
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
23/0, 750/05, 750/06
SOURCE
Category Definition and Numbering Guide
AVAILABLE FROM
National Association of Convenience Stores
1605 King Street
Alexandria, VA 22314-2792
ABSTRACT
Contains codes for the categorization of goods and services sold in
convenience stores.
852 UCC Bill of Lading Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
128/UCB, 128/UCM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 96 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Code Code Source Information
SOURCE
UCC/EAN-128 Application Identification Standard
AVAILABLE FROM
Uniform Code Council, Inc.
7887 Washington Village Drive
Suite 300
Dayton, OH 45459-8605
ABSTRACT
Application Identifier 402 is a shipment identification number assigned
by the consignor (initial shipper) of a shipment. It provides a globally
unique number that identifies a grouping of shipping containers for the
purpose of a transport shipment. AI 402 is used as a bill of lading number
and as a reference in EDI messages. The data structure is seventeen digits
in length and is constructed in three parts: a UCC/EAN company prefix,
a serial number assigned by the consignor, and a check digit. For
companies with a UCC number, the company prefix is seven digits long
and is composed of a zero in front of the six digit UCC company number.
874 Drug Identification Number
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
235/FV
SOURCE
Health Protection Branch, Canadian Federal Government
AVAILABLE FROM
Bureau of Policy and Coordination
Therapeutic Products Programme
Health Canada
Tunney’s Pasture
Locator 0201A1
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0L2
Canada
ABSTRACT
The Drug Identification Number (DIN) is a non-unique number assigned
by the Health Protection Branch of the Canadian Federal Government
which identifies the active ingredient and its strength on Over The
Counter (OTC) and pharmacy products.
881 Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 97 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
480
SOURCE
Data Interchange Standards Association
AVAILABLE FROM
Data Interchange Standards Association
333 John Carlyle Street, Suite 600
Alexandria, VA 22314
ABSTRACT
Code indicating the version, release, sub-release, and industry identifier
of the EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if
code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the
version number; positions 4-6 are the release and sub-release, level of
the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association
identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment
is T, then other formats are allowed.
894 National Association of Pharmacy Regulatory Authorities
(NAPRA)
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES
559/NP
SOURCE
National Association of Pharmacy Authorities (NAPRA)
AVAILABLE FROM
NAPRA
222 Somerset Street
Ottawa, Ontario K2P 2G3
Tel: (613) 569-9658
Fax: (613) 569-9659
ABSTRACT
The National Association of Pharmacy Regulatory Authorities (NAPRA)
was founded to enable members to take a national approach in addressing
common issues. As an umbrella association of the regulatory authorities,
NAPRA offers harmonization of standards with credibility, depend-ability,
and acceptance. NAPRA is incorporated under the Canada Corporations
Act as a voluntary, not-for-profit organization.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 98 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Section IV
GLOSSARY OF TERMS & ACRONYMS and RELATED WEBSITES American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American National Standards Institute ANSI Standard A document published by ANSI that has been approved through the consensus process of public announcement and review. Each of these standards must have been developed by an ANSI committee and must be revisited by that committee within five years for update. Referred to as “Draft Standards” For Trial Use. Application Acknowledgment A transaction set whose purpose is to respond to a transaction set which has been received and processed in an application program. The Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) is an example of an application acknowledgment, can be used to respond to the Purchase Order Transaction Set (850) presenting information, such as, whether the receiver can fulfill the order and it can be done on time. ASC X12 (DISA Data Interchange Standard Association Inc) Accredited Standards Committee, X12 (sub-group of DISA) comprised of industry members for the purpose of creating EDI standards. ATA American Trucking Associations, Inc. Authentication A mechanism which allows the receiver of an electronic transmission to verify the sender and the integrity of the content of the transmission through the use of an electronic ‘‘key’’ or algorithm which is shared by the trading partners. May be referred to as an electronic signature. Assortment A single SKU, as defined in the purchase order, that represents multiple items (e.g., men’s three piece suit, ordered as a set). This information is found in the Trade Item Identification Communication (TIIC) Document (contact the ECCC for information). Communication Protocol The rules or specifications allowing computers to communicate with each other Communication System Computer programs and hardware used for transmitting information electronically.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 99 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Compliance Checking The process used to ensure that a transmission complies with “EDI” standards syntax rules. Composite Data Element A composite data structure consists of two or more component data elements preceded by a data element separator. Conditional (X) A data element requirement designator indicates that the presence of a specified data element is dependent on the value or presence of other data elements in the segment. The condition must be stated and must be processed by computer. Consumer Unit Packaging for POS (Point Of Sale) Retail goods intended for sale to consumers. The consumer unit is defined as the most elementary unit that is or could be offered to consumer for purchase. That implies, among other things, that the product includes, in clearly visible form, all of the information required by law for products offered for sale to the public. Control Segment A control segment has the same structure as a data segment but is used for transferring control information for grouping data segments. Control Segments are Loop Control Segments (LS/LE), Transaction Set Control Segments (ST/SE), and Functional Group Control Segments (GS/GE), and Interchange Control Segments (ISA/IEA). Control Validation Confirmation that information within the control segments is correct. Customer An individual or firm purchasing goods and/or services from a supplier Data Element A data element can represent a qualifier, a value, or text (such as a description). Each data element is identified by a number used for reference in the Data Element Dictionary, which defines specifications for each simple data element.
Data Element Description Each data element is defined in a description statement that specifies the purpose of the data element.
Data Element Length This is the range, minimum to maximum, of the number of character positions available to represent the data element value. A data element may be of variable length with range from minimum to maximum, or it may be of fixed length in which the minimum is equal to the maximum. The range length is shown in the standard as MIN and MAX (minimum and maximum, respectively). Length may be defined differently for different types of data elements.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 100 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Data Element Reference Number Data elements are assigned unique reference numbers. This reference number is used in all segments to aid in locating the data element definitions in the Data Element Dictionary. If the reference number begins with a “C”, this indicates that the data element is a composite data structure. Data Element Requirement Designator The code defining the need for a data element value to appear in the segment if the segment is transmitted. The codes available are mandatory (M), optional (O), or conditional (X). Data Element Separator Each data element in a segment is preceded by a separator character, or, in the case of composite data structures, a sub-element separator, both specified by the interchange sender in the Interchange Control Header segment (ISA). The data element separator and sub-element separator have ranges of influence from this header to the next Interchange Control Trailer segment (IEA). The data element separator and sub-element separator must be different from the segment terminator and, once specified in the ISA, must not appear in a data element value with the exception of their possible appearances in Data Element #785, Binary Data. If optional data elements occurring at the end of a segment are not used, the data element separators need not be transmitted. If optional data elements at the end of a composite data structure are not used, the sub-element separators need not be transmitted.
Data Element Position Data elements are assigned a specific position within a segment. In a transmission, the segment is terminated after the last data element used. In this case, the transmission of the segment terminator signifies that the remaining data elements have been omitted. The omission of data elements other than at the end of a segment is signified by successive data element separators or, in the case of a composite data structure, sub-element separators. Data Element Type A data element may be one of eight types: numeric, decimal, identifier, string, date, time, binary, or fixed-length string. The symbols used to designate the data element types are as follows.
Numeric (Nn) The numeric type of data element is symbolized by the two-position representation Nn. N indicates a numeric, and n indicates the decimal places to the right of a fixed, implied decimal point. The decimal point is not transmitted in the character stream. For negative values, the leading minus sign (-) is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) should not be transmitted. Leading zeros should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. The length of the data element is the number of
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 101 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
digits used. The minus sign (-) is not counted when determining the length of the data element value. Decimal Number (R) The decimal type of data element is symbolized by the representation R. The decimal point is optional for integer values, but required for fractional values. For negative values the leading minus (-) sign is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) should not be transmitted. Leading zeros should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. The minus sign and the decimal point are not counted when determin ing the length of the data element value. Identifier (ID) The identifier type of data element is symbolized by the representation ID. An identifier data element must always contain a value from a predefined list of values. The value is left justified. Trailing spaces should be suppressed. String (AN) The string type of data element is symbolized by the representation AN. Contents of string-type data elements are a sequence of any letters, digits, spaces, and/or special characters and contain at least one nonspace character. The significant characters must be left justified. Leading spaces, if used, are assumed to be significant characters. Trailing spaces should be suppressed. Date (DT) The date type of data element is symbolized by the representation DT. Format for the date type is either YYMMDD or CCYYMMDD in which CC is the first two digits of the calendar year, YY is the last two digits of calendar year, MM is the month (01 to 12), and DD is the day in the month (01 to 31). Time (TM) The time type of data element is symbolized by the representation TM. Format for this type is expressed in 24-hour clock format, HHMMSSd..d. HH is the numeric expression of the hour (00-23), MM is the numeric expression of the minute (00-59), SS is the numeric expression of the second (00-59), and d..d is the numeric expression of decimal seconds. Binary (B) The binary type of data element is symbolized by the representation B. The binary type is any sequence of octets ranging in value from binary 00000000 to binary 11111111. This data element type has no defined maximum length; actual length is specified by the immediately preceding data element. The B type may only exist in the BIN or BDS segments
Data Mapping The Data Mapping is the format in which the EDI message is transmitted. Delimiters The delimiters consist of two levels of separators and a terminator. The delimiters are an integral part of the transferred data stream. Delimiters are specified in the interchange header and may not be used in a data element value elsewhere in the interchange. From highest to lowest level, the separators and terminator are segment terminator, data element separator, and sub-element separator.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 102 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Detail (Transaction Set Level) The detail area used within a transaction set containing various segments and attributes. The Detail area is after the header and before the summary area of the transaction set. DISA (Data Interchange Standards Association) Data Interchange Standards Association (DISA) is a non-profit organization, which serves as the secretariat for the ASC X12 organization. Direct Transmission Direct transmission is the exchange of data from computer to computer. Delivery/Return Base Record (894) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Delivery/Return Base Record Transaction Set (894) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to enable a Direct Store Delivery (DSD) vendor to communicate the details of a DSD delivery and is to be used during the check-in procedure. Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment (895) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Transaction Set (895) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to enable a distributor or Direct Store Delivery (DSD) vendor to communicate adjustments to a DSD delivery or to acknowledge the completion of a delivery. The transaction set contains changes to the Delivery/Return Base Record identified during the check-in procedure. A Delivery/Return Acknowledgment and/or Adjustment Transaction containing no changes is considered to be an acceptance of the preceding Base Record or Adjustment. The transaction set will contain only the detail data, which is to be changed. Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Direct Store Delivery Summary Information Transaction Set (882) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. This transaction set can be used to summarize detailed delivery, return and adjustment information which was previously reconciled at time of delivery in a retail direct store delivery environment, and also to request payment for the products delivered. This transaction set will provide only a summary of direct store deliveries and adjustments without product detail. ECR Efficient Consumer Response (ECR) is an industry cost-reduction initiative. Companies throughout the grocery industry are working together to find ways to eliminate inefficient practices that are not value-added to the consumer. www.ecr.ca EDI Electronic Data Interchange, the computer-to-computer exchange of business information previously communicated via paper documents.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 103 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
EAN/UCC-13 Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Used for product or service identification of a non-North American item. EAN/UCC-8 Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Used for product or service identification of a non-North American small package item. EDI Translation The conversion of application data to and from the EDI standard format. EDI Translator Computer software used to perform the conversion of application data to and from the EDI standard. Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) The computer application to computer application exchange of business information in a standard format. Electronic Envelope Electronic information which groups a set of transmitted documents being sent from one sender to one receiver. Element Delimiter Single character delimiter follows the segment identifier and each data element in a segment except the last. Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (Website www.eccc.org ) To be renamed to GS1 – Canada in 2005 Electronic Mailbox A term used to refer to the place where an EDI transmission is stored for pickup or delivery within a third party service provider’s system. Trading partners can also maintain mailboxes within their own domain. Encryption A process of transforming cleartext (data in its original, unencrypted form) into ciphertext (encrypted output of a cryptographic algorithm) for security or privacy. Functional Acknowledgment A transaction set (997) transmitted by the receiver of an EDI transmission to the sender, indicating receipt and syntactical acceptability of data transmitted according to the VICS EDI standards. The functional acknowledgment allows the receiving party to report back to the sending party problems encountered by the syntax analyzer as the data is interpreted. It is not intended to serve as an acknowledgment of data content.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 104 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Functional Group A group of one or more transaction sets bounded by a functional group header segment and a functional group trailer segment. Functional Group Segments GS/GE segments identify a specific functional group of documents such as purchase orders. GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) The GTIN is a globally unique EAN.UCC System identification number for products and services. A Global Trade Item Number may be 8, 12, 13, or 14 digits in length using the EAN/UCC-8, UCC-12, EAN/UCC-13, or EAN/UCC-14 Data Structure respectively. GLN (Global Location Number) The GLN is a globally unique EAN.UCC System identification number for physical or legal entities. The Global Location Number uses the EAN/UCC-13 Data Structure. Header (Transaction Set Level) The header area used within a transaction set containing various segments and attributes. The Header area is at the start of Transaction Set. Industry Guideline Defines the EDI environment for using conventions within an industry. It provides assistance on how to implement the Canadian VICS EDI standard. Interchange Control Segments ISA/IEA segments identify a unique interchange being sent from one sender to one receiver. Interchange Control Structure The interchange header and trailer segments envelope one or more functional groups or interchange related control segments and perform the following functions: 1) defines the data element separators and the data segment terminators, 2) Identifies the sender and receiver, 3) provides control information for the interchange, and 4) allows for authorization and security information. ISO International Standards Organization Invoice (810)
This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Invoice Transaction Set (810) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the billing for goods and services provided.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 105 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Loop A group of semantically related segments; these segments may be either bounded or unbounded. The N1 loop, which includes segments N1 to PER for name and address information, is an example of a loop. Mailbox Function Computer system to deposit EDI documents into and extract from, with each trading partner having a unique address. Mandatory (M) A data element/segment requirement designator which indicates the presence of a specified data element/segment is required. Max Use Specifies the maximum number of times a segment can be used at a given location in a transaction set. Message Entire data stream including the outer envelope. Modem A device that modulates and demodulates signals transmitted over communications facilities. Network A central hub (location) for EDI communications, providing computer power, communications facilities and interfaces with trading partners and applications Optional (O) A data element/segment requirement designator which indicates the presence of a specified data element/segment is at the option of the sending party, which can be based on the mutual agreement of the interchange parties. Order Status Report (870) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Order Status Report Transaction Set (870) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to report on the current status of a requirement forecast, an entire purchase order, selected line items on a purchase order, selected products/services on a purchase order, or purchase orders for a specific customer in their entirety or on a selection basis. The transaction set can also be used to report on the current status of single or multiple requisitions. The report format allows for the inclusion of "reasons" relative to the status. This transaction set may also be used to update the supplier's scheduled shipment or delivery dates. This transaction set can result from either an inquiry or a prearranged schedule agreed to by the trading partners.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 106 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Pallet Identification Pallet is a portable platform for transporting and storing loads. These pallets may be marked with a unique reference as its "identification". Purchase Order (850) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information. Product Activity Data (852) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Activity Data Transaction Set (852) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to advise a trading partner of inventory, sales, and other product activity information. Product activity data enables a trading partner to plan and ship, or propose inventory replenishment quantities, for distribution centers, warehouses or retail outlets. The receiver of the transaction set will maintain some type of inventory/product movement records for its trading partners to enable replenishment calculations based on data provided by the distributor, warehouse or retailer. Product Transfer and Resale Report (867) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Transfer and Resale Report Transaction Set (867) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to: (1) report information about product that has been transferred from one location to another; (2) report sales of product from one or more locations to an end customer; or (3) report sales of a product from one or more locations to an end customer, and demand beyond actual sales (lost orders). Report may be issued by either buyer or seller. Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice rela tive to a seller's acknowledgment of a buyer's purchase order. This transaction set can also be used as notification of a vendor generated order. This usage advises a buyer that a vendor has or will ship merchandise as prearranged in their partnership. Qualifier A data element which identifies or defines a related element, set of elements, or a segment. The qualifier contains a code taken from a list of approved codes. Retailer Business which buys for resale to the ultimate consumer.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 107 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Security System screening which denies access to unauthorized users and protects data from unauthorized uses.
Segment A segment is the intermediate unit of information in a transaction set. Segments consist of logically related data elements in a defined sequence. Segments have a unique segment identifier that comprises the first characters of the segment. When segments are combined to form a transaction set, their relationship to the transaction set is defined by a segment condition designator and a segment sequence. Some segments may be repeated, and groups of segments may be repeated as loops. The transaction sets in which the segments are used are listed under the heading “TRANSACTION SETS USED IN,” referenced by transaction set ID. Segment Identifier A unique identifier for a segment composed of a combination of two or three uppercase letters and digits. The segment identifier occupies the first character positions of the segment. The segment identifier is not a data element. The segment identifier in EDIFACT is a component data element — part of a composite data element consisting of a segment identifier and an explicit looping designator. Segment Terminator A unique character appearing at the end of a segment to indicate the termination of the segment. Each segment ends with a segment terminator specified by the interchange sender in the Interchange Control Header segment (ISA). The segment terminator has a range of influence from this header to the next Interchange Control Trailer segment (IEA). The segment terminator must be different from the data element separator and, once specified in the ISA segment, it must not appear in a data element value with the exception of its possible appearance in Data Element #785, Binary Data. Shipping Case Within the shipping environment, this represents the container that holds product being shipped between trading partners. Ship Notice/Manifest (856) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Ship Notice/Manifest Transaction Set (856) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to list the contents of a shipment of goods as well as additional information relating to the shipment, such as order information, product description, physical characteristics, type of packaging, marking, carrier information, and configuration of goods within the transportation equipment. The transaction set enables the sender to describe the contents and configuration of a shipment in various levels of detail and provides an ordered flexibility to convey information. The sender of this transaction is the organization responsible for detailing and communicating the contents of a shipment, or shipments, to one or more receivers of the transaction set. The receiver of this transaction set can be any
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 108 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
organization having an interest in the contents of a shipment or information about the contents of a shipment. SKU Stock Keeping Unit, a SKU usually identifies an item at the color and size level through one code or a set of codes. Sub Element Separator A unique character used to delimit the component data elements within a composite data element. Summary (Transaction Set Level) The summary area used within a transaction set containing various segments and attributes. The Summary area is at the end of Transaction Set. Syntax The grammar or rules, which define the structure of the EDI standards (e.g., the use of loops, qualifiers, etc.) Trading Partner The sending and/or receiving party involved in the exchange of electronic data interchange transmissions. Transaction Set The transaction set unambiguously defines, in a standard syntax, information of business one or more segments in a specified sequence. The various areas used within a transaction set are header, detail and summary containing specific segments and attributes. Transaction Set Id An identifier that uniquely identifies the transaction set. This identifier is the first data element of the transaction set header segment. Translation The act of accepting documents in other than standard format and translating them to the standard. Uniform Code Council (UCC) Uniform Code Council UCC-12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International. Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 109 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Value Added Network (VAN) Value Added Network are third party service organizations for Electronic Data Interchange. Vendor Any individual, firm or corporation from whom purchases are made. Vendor Pack Package of two or more retail selling units which has been pre-defined by the retailer and the vendor. Retailers often order merchandise by pack instead of by selling unit. Version/Release Identifies the publication of the standard being used for the generation or the interpretation of data in the VICS EDI standard format. May be found in the Functional Group Header Segment (GS) and in the Interchange Control Header Segment (ISA). See Control Segment. VICS EDI Committee (VICS) Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard for Electronic Data Inter-change WINS Warehouse Information Network Standard X12 (DISA) The Accredited Standards Committee (ASC) X12 was chartered in 1979 by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) to develop uniform standards for inter-industry electronic exchange of business transactions – specifically electronic data interchange (EDI).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section IV Glossary Page 110 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
RELATED WEBSITE CANADIAN SITES
Efficient Consumer Response (ECR) http// www.ecr.ca Efficient Consumer Response Pharmaceutical (ECRx) http:// www.ecrx.org Efficient Foodservice Response (EFR) http// www.efrcanada.org Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) http// www.eccc.org
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA SITES
Data Interchange Standards Association (DISA) Secretariat for X-12 http// www.disa.org Uniform Code Council Inc. (UCC) http// www.uc-council.org
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section V
DATA MAPPING EDI Standards are laid out in the following format in the Implementation Guideline. Each of the areas listed below are detailed in this section.
TABLE OF CONTENTS CANADIAN INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION IMPLEMENTATION GUIDELINE FORMAT CANADIAN VICS EDI SEGMENT HIERARCHY VICS EDI CONVENTIONS ENVELOPE & GROUP MAPPING
Control Segments (ISA, IEA, GS, GE) ISA Interchange Control Header IEA Interchange Control Trailer GS Functional Group Header GE Functional Group Trailer
Transaction Sets
810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order 852 Product Activity Data 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment 856 Ship Notice/Manifest 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report (In or Out) 870 Order Status Report 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information 894 Delivery/Return Base Record 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment 997 Functional Acknowledgment
Section V Data Mapping Page 111 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
CANADIAN INTRODUCTION
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
UCC VICS EDI Standard
DISA ASC X12 Standard DISA X12 Standard The DISA (Data Interchange Standards Association) ASC (Accredited Standards Committee) X12 is the base standard for EDI that includes everything (transactions, segments, and elements). UCC VICS EDI Standard The UCC (Uniform Code Council) VICS (Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard) is a subset of ASC X12 designed for Retail Business. Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines The Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines are a subset of the UCC VICS EDI Standards specifically designed to make EDI easier for Canadian Industry.
INTRODUCTION The purpose of this section is to provide the necessary information to enable trading partners to utilize the VICS EDI standards for the exchange of electronic business documents within the retail industry. The EDI message transmission, in the VICS EDI format, is comprised of an outer envelope (transmission envelope), which identifies the sender and receiver. Within the transmission envelope are one or more functional groups. The functional groups are analogous to batches of like documents, e.g. purchase orders, invoices, etc. Each functional group contains one or more transaction sets (electronic documents). Each transaction set is an ordered collection of segments. Each segment is an ordered collection of data elements. (See Envelope and Group Mapping) Each segment has been assigned a two or three character identifier. This identifier marks the beginning of each segment. Each element within the segment is separated by a data element
separator character such as a ‘‘*’’ is used to depict the data element separator in printed examples. A segment terminator character is used to mark the end of a segment such as a ‘‘N/L’’ is used to depict the segment terminator in printed examples. Most end or terminator values are not seen on
Section V Data Mapping Page 112 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
a printout but the translators recognize the “NON-PRINTABLE” characters. Usually it is a hexadecimal character that the application recognizes. Note: most business examples of message segments do not show this value. Example being used below is Transaction Set 850 - Purchase Order SEGMENT EXAMPLE 1 All Data elements used * * * N/L
Data Element 3
Data Element 2
Data Element 1
BEG
Many of the data elements are optional, i.e., if the data element is not applicable, it is not necessary to send it. When a data element is omitted the data element separators remain to explicitly indicate the omission. See Segment Example 2. SEGMENT EXAMPLE 2 Data Element 2 omitted * ** N/L
Data Element 3
Data Element 1
BEG
When the data element that is being omitted is at the end of the segment, the segment terminator is placed after the last data element used. See Segment Example 3. SEGMENT EXAMPLE 3 Data Elements 2 and 3 omitted * N/L
BEG Data Element 1
As with the data elements, some of the segments are optional. However, when a segment is omitted it is not sent. There is no need to explicitly indicate the omission of a data segment.
IMPLEMENTATION GUIDELINE FORMAT Each transaction set in the data mapping section begins with an introduction, which will contain any conditions applicable only to that transaction. After the introduction, the Canadian VICS EDI segment hierarchy is listed.
CANADIAN VICS EDI SEGMENT HIERARCHY The Canadian VICS EDI segment hierarchy lists all the segments in the order they are used. This provides the conventions and guidelines with a list of segments available for use, and in the sequence to be used. Following the VICS EDI segment hierarchy, a detailed description of each segment is provided, in order.
Section V Data Mapping Page 113 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Segment Detail Each segment is listed with: Segment (Identifies the Segment Identification and a description of the segment) Level Loop, Usage and Max Use (which is for the Loop Repeats) Usage Max Use Purpose Syntax Semantic Comments Notes
The description will be found in PID03 and PID04, and PID05.
VICS EDI note forthis codedefinition
Indicates thatthis data
element must beused
Conditions fordata elements
with “C”attribute
PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description
F Free-form S Structured (From Industry Code List) X Semi-structured (Code and Text)
The description will be found in PID05.
The description will be found in PID03 and PID04.
VICS EDIConventions
for thissegment
ASC X12Data
REF. DATA DES. ELEMENT NAME ATTRIBUTES
Data Element Summary
The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 ar maintained by the VICS EDI SMC eand are only printed in this guideline. Notes
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Level: Detail Loop: PO1/PID Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000
Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format
Syntax: 1 C0403 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.
2 R0405 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.
3 C0703 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.
4 C0803 If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required. 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being
referred to. Semantic:
2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.
3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A “Y” indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an “N” indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: A If PID01 equals “F”, then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals “S”, then PID04 is
used. If PID01 equals “X”, then both PID04 and PID05 are used. B Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being
described in the segment. C PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Section V Data Mapping Page 114 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Segment (ID) and Name A unique identifier for a segment composed of a combination of two or three uppercase letters and digits. The segment identifier occupies the first character positions of the segment. The segment identifier is not a data element. Position Identifies the specific location within the transaction. The header may be referred to as 1 with a 4-digit position number to follow. Example 1/0100 is in the header and is the first segment. A 2 would represent the Detail and 3 would be summary. This is seen in the summary page at the beginning of each transaction set. Loop If the segment is contained within a loop, and Loop repeat is for the first segment in the loop, allows for a multiple occurrences of a group of specific segments. Loop Repeats (Loop, Usage, Max Use) Loop Repeats consist of Loop ID (identification) that contains all segments that are used within the defined loop repeat. To use the loop repeat the following information is required: Usage: Identifies whether the segment is optional, conditional or mandatory. Max Use: Identifies the number or repetitions of the segment are allowed. Sample: Loop: LIN Usage: Optional Max Use: 999999 Level (header, detail, or summary) Identifies what section this segment appears in the Transaction
Header The header is an area at the beginning of the Transaction Set containing
information pertaining to the entire transaction set. Detail The detail area encompasses the actual body or payload of the business
transaction, such as, the line items on a Purchase Order and their associated information.
Summary The Summary area is an area at the end of a transaction set containing information
that addresses the results of summarization of information for the transaction.
Usage Identifies the requirement within the transaction set whether the segment is mandatory or optional Max Use This shows the maximum usage of the segment Purpose Defines how the segment is utilized Syntax The rules for the usage of the segment and data elements
Section V Data Mapping Page 115 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Semantic The conventions for the usage of the segment and data elements Comments Further clarification of conditional usage where applicable Notes Specific implementation instructions are provided in notes. Example: Notes explain the VICS EDI convention for this segment within the transaction set. It is important to note that all shaded text in this section are the VICS EDI conventions and terminology. All Canadian Notes will start with the wording “Canadian Note:” and will also be shaded. Following is an example of a Transaction Set reflecting the above information:
Segment Detail Example from 810 Invoice Segment: IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) Position: 010 Loop: IT1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the basic and most frequently used line item data for the invoice and related
transactions Syntax Notes: 1 If any of IT102 IT103 or IT104 is present, then all are required.
2 If either IT106 or IT107 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either IT108 or IT109 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either IT110 or IT111 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either IT112 or IT113 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either IT114 or IT115 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either IT116 or IT117 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either IT118 or IT119 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either IT120 or IT121 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either IT122 or IT123 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either IT124 or IT125 is present, then the other is required.
Semantic Notes: 1 IT101 is the purchase order line item identification. Comments: 1 Element 235 /234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or
services. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 IT106 through IT125 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For
example: Case, Color, Drawing No., GTIN No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: The codes listed for IT106 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the IT1
segment. Canadian Note: Must use CTP Segment to transmit pricing other than unit price.
Section V Data Mapping Page 116 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Data Element Designators “M” in the left margin indicates use of this element is required when this segment is used. The data element summary lists each data element sequence order, of the segment. , inFor each data element, there is one line to identify:
Reference designator (Ref. Des.) Data element number (Data Element) Data element name (Name) Attributes
Reference Designator: This is the segment identifier with the data element sequence
number within the segment. Data Element Number: This is the number assigned to the data element. This number may
be used for direct reference in the Data Element Dictionary (See Appendix III)
Data Element Name: This is the name assigned to the data element. Attributes: Each data element has three attributes: element usage, element
type, and minimum/maximum length. Element Usage:
M Mandatory The data element must be used if the segment is used. O Optional The data element may be used if the segment is used. X Conditional The data element may be used only if other elements are used
within the segment. The particular condition/relation will be stated in the syntax notes of the segment.
Section V Data Mapping Page 117 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
The convention for representation of a repeating data element will be; a dash (-) and a numeric value that represents the maximum number of times a data element can be repeated after the usage indicator (i.e., 0-3 Optional and can be repeated three times). Element Type: ID Identifier An identifier data element contains a unique value from a single, predefined
list of values. AN String A string data element is a sequence of any characters from the basic or
extended character sets and contains at least one non-space character. The significant characters shall be left justified. Leading spaces, when they occur, are presumed to be significant characters. In the actual data stream, trailing spaces should be suppressed.
Note: The use of any special characters (“, &, *, !, ~, >, etc)
within a text field, will generate unspecified results within the EDI processing of the related message.
DT Date A date data element is used to express the standard date in CCYYMMDD
format in which CC is the first two digits of the calendar year, YY is the last two digits of the calendar year, MM is the month (01-12), and DD is the day in the month (01 to 31).
TM Time The time data element is used to express the time in HHMMSSd..d format in
which HH is the hour for a 24-hour clock (00 to 23), MM is the minute (00 to 59), SS is the second (00 to 59) and d..d is decimal seconds. Seconds and decimal seconds are optional. Trailing zeros in decimal seconds should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement or unless necessary to indicate precision.
Nn Numeric The value of a numeric data element includes an implied decimal point. It is
used when the position of the decimal point within the data element is permanently fixed and is not being transmitted with the data. The representation for this data element type is Nn where “N” indicates that it is numeric and “n” indicates the number of decimal positions to the right of the implied decimal point (N is equivalent to N0). For negative values, the leading minus sign (-) is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) shall not be transmitted. Leading zeroes should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. The length of a numeric type data element does not include the optional minus sign.
EXAMPLES: Example 1
Value is 100.00 Number type is N The data stream value is 100
Example 2
Value is 123.45 Numeric type is N2 where “2" indicates an implied decimal placement two positions from the right The data stream value is 12345
Section V Data Mapping Page 118 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Example 3
Value is -100.00 Numeric type is N2 where “2" indicates an implied decimal placement two positions from the right The data stream value is -10000
R Decimal A decimal data element contains an explicit decimal point and is used for
numeric values that have a varying number of decimal positions. The decimal point always appears in the character stream if the decimal point is at any place other than the right end. If the value is an integer (decimal point is at the right end) the decimal point should be omitted. For negative values, the leading minus sign (-) is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) shall not be transmitted. Leading zeroes should be sup-pressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. Trailing zeros following the decimal point should be suppressed unless necessary to indicate precision. The use of triad separators (for example, the commas in “1,000,000”) is expressly prohibited. The length of a numeric type data element does not include the optional minus sign or decimal point.
EXAMPLES: Example 1
Value is 0123.00 Decimal type is R The data stream value is 123
Example 2
Value is 0123.45 Decimal type is R The data stream value is 123.45
Example 3
Value is -123.45 Decimal type is R The data stream value is -123.45
Min/Max This is the minimum and maximum length of the data element.
EXAMPLES: Example 1
2/2 - fixed length of 2 characters. Example 2
4/9 - minimum length of 4 characters and maximum length of 9 characters.
Section V Data Mapping Page 119 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
EDI CONVENTIONS The following conventions are provided to help put the mapping conventions in perspective to the business practices of the user and their trading partner(s). Functional Acknowledgments Functional Acknowledgments (FA), Transaction Set 997, may be used for each functional group transmitted. The receiver of the functional group may send the FA to the sender. The use of the document is as agreed upon by the trading partners with respect to timing of response and which messages require this response. It does not make any comment as to the validity of the message content. It provides the message Control Numbers to enable tracking of document activity.
Control Numbers There are three syntax control levels: Interchange, Group, and Transaction Set. Within each level there is a control number, which provides a positive match between the headers and trailers, e.g., ISA and IEA segments (Interchange level), GS and GE segments (Group level), and ST and SE segments (Transaction Set level). The EDI conventions specify how to assign these control numbers at each level. ISA/IEA Interchange Control Numbers (ISA13/IEA02) The sender, starting with one within each trading partner, sequentially assigns the number. The Interchange Receiver ID (ISA08) defines the trading partner at the interchange level. The control number is incremented by one for each interchange envelope sent to the trading partner. When the control number reaches 999999999 (maximum size) the next interchange envelope will have the control number of 000000001. The sequential assignment of interchange control numbers enables the receiver to detect a missing or duplicate transmission. Unlike the group level, no functional acknowledgement is used at the interchange level. Therefore, it is important for the receiver to notify the sender if an out of sequence interchange control number is detected. GS/GE Data Interchange Control Numbers (GS06/GE02) The number assigned by the sender must be unique within each trading partner. The Application Receiver Code (GS03) defines the trading partner at the group level. The uniqueness must be maintained until such time that a Functional Acknowledgement is received for that group. In a distributed EDI environment, where groups may be processed at different locations from the sending/receiving point for the interchange, it is impossible to maintain sequential control numbers. In this type of environment, one location serves as the gateway to the other locations. Only the group level is passed on to other locations, and, in turn, the distributed locations format the groups and send them to the gateway for transmission. In addition, the Functional Acknowledgment provides a positive means of control at the group level. The above two reasons support the convention for the group control number. ST/SE Transaction Set Control Numbers (ST02/SE02) The sender sequentially assigns the number, starting with one within each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group. Because of the rigorous control number structure at the interchange and group level, the transaction set control number is used to identify position within the group to ease error
Section V Data Mapping Page 120 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
identification and resolution. The sequential numbering will allow easy location of a particular transaction set, within the transmission, if the need should arise. Location Identification The convention of the retail industry is the use of location codes/numbers to represent stores, warehouses, and distribution centers for ship to, bill to, buying locations, etc. The vendor will maintain the list of valid locations and their respective addresses for each retailer, and the retailer will maintain the location codes for each vendor. This alleviates the need to send full addresses. The location code and type (buying, ship-to, etc.) are sent in the N1 segment. Currently the DUNS (Dun & Bradstreet) location identification is used and many organizations have a go-forward plan to move to the GLN (Global Location Number). Product Identification The product identification convention for the retail industry is the EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). The GTIN is a globally unique structure to identify trade items (products and services) within the EAN.UCC system. The following are the data structures within GTIN:
Code Description EO EAN/UCC-8 UP UCC-12 EN EAN/UCC-13 UK EAN/UCC-14
Product identification is at the SKU level for all line items. The recommended convention is to use one Product ID Qualifier/Product ID set. See Section III Extended Data Element Information - Data Element 235 Product/Service ID for the complete list of codes and their definitions. Coordinates To identify coordinates, another Product ID Qualifier/Product ID is used with a code of CO and a unique number for the coordinate. All SKUs with the same unique number will be considered within the coordinate grouping. The uniqueness only applies within the transaction set to differentiate between coordinates. Product Descriptions All product descriptions will be in the PID segment. There will be no descriptions in the IT1, LIN, P01, SLN, etc. CUR Usage Monetary values are assumed to be expressed in the currency of the country of the transaction originator unless the optional CUR segment is used to specify a different currency. The CUR segment also permits the transaction originator to indicate a specific exchange rate, foreign ex-change location and date/time as the basis for a currency conversion. 1. Assuming the currency of the transaction originator is U.S. dollars, the following CUR
segment, when used in the heading area of a transaction set, indicates:
• All monetary values are expressed in Canadian Dollars (CAD). • The exchange rate is at the discretion of the receiver.
CUR*BY*CAD
Section V Data Mapping Page 121 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
2. Assuming the currency of the transaction originator is U.S. dollars, the following CUR segment, when used in the detail area of a transaction set, describes a currency conversion for that particular item from U.S. dollars to Canadian dollars. It also indicates that a specific exchange rate, at a specified foreign exchange location on a given date/time be used as the basis for the currency conversion.
CUR*BY*USD*1 . 2OO*SE*CAD*NY*OO7*2005O4O1*14OO
• CURO1=BY, CURO2=USD Identifies the buyer's currency as U.S. dollars • CURO3=1.200 The multiplier, 1.200, is the exchange rate factor for this conversion • CURO4=SE, CURO5=CAD Identifies the seller's currency as Canadian dollars • CURO6=NY, CURO7=007, CURO8=20050401, CURO9=1400
Indicates the basis for the exchange rate as the New York Foreign Exchange, the effective date/time as April 1, 2005 at 2:00 PM. If the unit price value was 7.50 U.S. dollars, the actual unit price conversion would be: The unit price value (7.50), multiplied by the exchange rate (1.20) equals 9.00 Canadian dollars (7.50 x 1.20 = 9.00). CUR10 through CUR21 provide for four additional dates/times relating to the currency conversion, i.e., effective date, expiration date, etc.
Section V Data Mapping Page 122 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Pack/lnner Pack Usage
Introduction Historically, there has been a great deal of confusion within the EDI community on the use of the P04 segment to specify packaging of items within cartons, specifically the designation of inner pack and size information. In previous versions, Data Element 357 (Size) was sometimes used to communicate product size information and sometimes used to communicate inner pack information. By utilizing Data Element 810 (Inner Pack), Data Element 357 is now used for a single purpose, namely, the communication of product size information. Note: These guidelines are to be utilized for standard content cases only. They do not apply to variable content cases. These guidelines are to be utilized during the ordering process when the item being ordered is specified using a consumer unit. When items are specified using a case code, the pack/inner pack configuration is automatically defined by the product identification provided and pack/inner pack information need not be communicated in the purchase order or the invoice. Data Element Definitions 356 Pack - The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner containers, per outer container 810 Inner Pack - The number of eaches per inner container Using Pack And Inner Pack To Determine The Packaging Configuration And Number Of Eaches Ordered Data Elements 356 (Pack) and 810 may be used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. Two levels of packaging may be specified. The first level, specified using Data Element 356, may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using Data Element 810, is the number of eaches in each inner container when Data Element 356 is the number of smaller containers within the case. Example A - No inner pack, ordering quantities specified in Cases: In the Purchase Order, the GTIN is specified and the unit of measure is Case. Data Element 356 is used. Data Element 810 is not used. The absence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are not present. EDI Example
PO102 330 Quantity Ordered 15 PO103 355 UOM CA PO401 356 Pack 10 PO414 810 Inner Pack not used
The total number of cases ordered is 15. The case quantity ordered is multiplied by the Pack quantity (15 x 10=150) Outcome is that you ordered 150 retail units.
Section V Data Mapping Page 123 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Example B - No inner pack, ordering quantities specified in Eaches: In the Purchase Order, the GTIN is specified and the unit of measure is Each. Data Element 356 is used. Data Element 810 is not used. The absence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are not present. EDI Example
PO102 330 Quantity Ordered 150 PO103 355 UOM EA PO401 356 Pack 10 PO414 810 Inner Pack Not used
The total number of eaches ordered is 150. The total number of cases ordered is 15, (150/10 = 15). Outcome is you ordered the equivalent of 15 cases. Example C - Inner packs, ordering quantities specified in Cases: In the Purchase Order, the GTIN is specified and the unit of measure is Case. Data Elements 356 and 810 are both used. The presence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are used, i.e., each case contains 6 smaller containers and each smaller container contains 4 of the units specified by a GTIN. EDI Example
PO102 330 Quantity Ordered 10 PO103 355 UOM CA PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack 4
The total number of cases ordered is 10. The total number of eaches ordered is 240, (case quantity of 10, multiplied by the Pack quantity and Inner Pack quantity) (10 x (6 x 4) =240). Outcome is you ordered the equivalent of 240 retail units in 10 cases. Example D - Inner packs, ordering quantities specified in Eaches: In the Purchase Order, the GTIN is specified and the unit of measure is Each. Data Elements 356 and 810 are both used. The presence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are used, i.e., each case contains 6 smaller containers and each smaller container contains 4 of the units specified by a GTIN. EDI Example
PO102 330 Quantity Ordered 240 PO103 355 UOM EA PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack 4
Section V Data Mapping Page 124 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
The total number of eaches ordered is 240. The total number of cases ordered is 10. The total number of eaches ordered is 240, (case quantity of 10, multiplied by the Pack quantity and Inner Pack quantity) (10 x (6 x 4) =240). Outcome is you ordered 240 retail units the equivalent of 10 cases. Usage Examples Example D1- No inner packs The item in this example is a household cleaning product, packed 12 to a case. The shipping container is marked with a case GTIN and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN The product size is 15 ounces.
Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order
Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value
PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN
PO401 356 Pack 12 PO414 810 Inner Pack Not used
Section V Data Mapping Page 125 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Example D2 - Simple inner packs
The item in this example is a cosmetic. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 2 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 6 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a case GTIN, the inner containers are not marked with any GTIN marking, and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN. The product size is 3 ounces.
Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order
Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value
PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN
PO401 356 Pack 2 PO414 810 Inner Pack 6
Example D3 - Simple inner packs
The item in this example is a men's shirt. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 2 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 24 consumer units--each consumer unit is a poly bag containing one (1) man’s shirt. The shipping container is marked with a shipping container code (SCC- 14), the inner containers are not marked with any GTIN marking, and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN. The product size is "Medium".
Section V Data Mapping Page 126 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order
Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value
PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN
PO401 356 Pack 2 PO414 810 Inner Pack 24
Example D4 - Complex inner packs The item in this example is a canned vegetable. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 6 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 4 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a case GTIN, the inner containers are marked with a consumer GTIN (GTIN1 - considered a saleable item), and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN (GTIN2 - also considered a saleable item). The product size is 8 ounces.
Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order – UPC 1
Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value
PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN 1
PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack Not Used
Section V Data Mapping Page 127 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order – UPC 2
Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value
PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN 2
PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack 4
Example D5 - Complex inner packs
The item in this example is golf balls. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 6 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 12 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a shipping container code (SCC-14), the inner containers are marked with a consumer GTIN (GTIN1 - considered a saleable item), and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN (GTIN2 -also considered a saleable item). The consumer unit is a 3-pack of golf balls that cannot be further subdivided for sale. Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order – UPC 1
Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value
PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN 1
PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack Not Used
Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order – UPC 2
Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value
PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN 2
PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack 12
Example D6 Simple inner packs
The item in this example is a canned soup. The “vendor selling unit” is a pallet. The product is shipped using 120 trays per pallet. Each tray contains 24 cans. The pallet is marked with a pallet GTIN, the trays (inner containers) are not marked with any GTIN marking, and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN. The product size is 6 ounces.
Section V Data Mapping Page 128 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order
Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value
PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN
PO401 356 Pack 120 PO414 810 Inner Pack 24
Section V Data Mapping Page 129 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
ITD Terms Specification
With "best of terms selection" becoming a common practice in the retail industry, the need for a standard method of formatting and interpreting invoice terms has become more important. The terms documented in this section (and depicted in the grid to follow) are not inclusive of all possible terms, but have been identified as those most widely used within the retail industry. The Terms Discount Due Date (ITD04) and the Terms Net Due Date (ITD06) are not depicted as mandatory elements within the formula grid, except in Formulas 2 and 7. In general, the receiver of the invoice will recalculate all due dates. The Terms Basis Date Code (ITD02) is depicted as a check mark to indicate various values may be used. The only exceptions are Formulas 2 and 7, where a specific value is present in 1TD02. The Percent of Invoice Payable (ITD11) is also depicted using the check mark, as various values can be present in Formula 3. Tiered terms can be described as having multiple due dates, or different discounts offered depending on prompt payment. An example is "3% 10 Days, 1.5% 30 Days, Net 31" (refer to Formula 6). The term is formatted using 2 ITD segments, utilizing Formula 4 for the first occurrence of the ITD and Formula 5 to format "1.5% 30 Days, Net 31". The most commonly used invoice terms can be grouped into 4 categories, described as follows: A. Discount Not Applicable The total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date. The end of term period is either a specified date (as defined in ITD()6) or is derived by adding "E" number of days (ITDO7) to the beginning of term period date, as qualified by ITD02. For example, if ITD02 =3, the beginning of term period date is the invoice date. The date the total invoice amount becomes due is calculated by adding "E" number of days to the date of invoice. B. Prompt Payment Discount Offered A discount percentage (1TD03) can be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date is either a specified date (as defined by 1TD04) or is derived by adding "C" number of days (ITD05) to the beginning of term period, as qualified by ITDO2. For example, if ITD02 = 2, the beginning of term period date is the delivery date. The discount percentage can be deducted from the total invoice amount if paid within "C" number of days from the delivery date. The total (net) invoice amount is payable by the end of the term period if prompt payment is not made. Refer to category A for determination of the end of term period date.
C. EOM (End of Month) The EOM month is determined using the beginning of term period date (YYMMDD), as qualified by ITD02, and a cut-off day (25th of the month). The EOM month is derived one of two ways:
• If the value of DD (day) is less than or equal to 25 (the cut-off day), add one (1) to the beginning of term period month (MM). Example 1: if the beginning of term period date is 20050603, the EOM month is July 2005.
• If the value of DD (day) is greater than 25 (the cut-off day), add two (2) to the
beginning of term period month (MM). Example 2: if the beginning of term period date is 20050629, the EOM month is August 2005.
Section V Data Mapping Page 130 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
When a prompt payment discount is not offered, the total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date, which is the 6th day (ITD13) of the calculated EOM month. If ITD05 is also present, additional days may be added to the 6th day of EOM. In Example 1 above, the end of term period is the 6th day of July 2005. In Example 2, the end of term period is the 6th day of August 2005. If ITDO5 is also present, the value of 1TD05 (number of additional days) is added to the 6th day of July (Example 1) or the 6th day of August (Example 2).
Prompt payment discounts may be offered, with a discount percentage (ITD03) to be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date for EOM terms is the calculated EOM date as described in the preceding two paragraphs. The total (net) invoice amount becomes due either the day following the calculated prompt payment date or as of Net "E" days (ITD07). D. Proximo Proximo terms use the next calendar month as the month in which to pay the invoice, based on the month of the beginning of term period date, as qualified by ITD02. For example, if the beginning of term period date is 20050629, the Proximo month is July 2005. When a prompt payment discount is not offered, the total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date, which is the 6th day (ITD13) of the Proximo month. If 1TD05 is also present, additional days may be added to the 6th day of Prox. In the example above, the Proximo date is the 6th day of July 2005. If ITD05 is also present, the value of ITD05 (number of additional days) will be added to the 6th day of July 2005. Prompt payment discounts may be offered, with a discount percentage (1TD03) to be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date for Proximo terms is the calculated Proximo date as described in the preceding two paragraphs. The total (net) invoice amount becomes due either the day following the calculated prompt payment date or as of Net "E" days (1TD07).
Section V Data Mapping Page 131 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
ENVELOPE AND GROUP MAPPING The ISA segment marks the beginning of the transmission and provides sender/receiver identification. Each GS segment marks the beginning of a functional group. There may be one or more than one functional groups within each transmission. The ST segment marks the beginning of each transaction set (electronic document). There can be up to 999,999 transaction sets within each functional group. The interchange control structure is common to all transaction sets. Segment Hierarchy
IEA
GS GE
GE
SEGEGS
ST
SEST
SE
ST
ISA GS
Transmission Envelope
FunctionalGroup n
• • •
FunctionalGroup 2
FunctionalGroup 1
• • •
TransactionSet 2
TransactionSet 1
TransactionSet n
Section V Data Mapping Page 132 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines Section VI
Summary of Changes
Index
Front Matter.....................................................................................136 External Code Source......................................................................................136
5 Countries, Currencies and Funds..........................................................................................136 17 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) ....................................................................................136 88 National Retail Federation ...................................................................................................137 852 UCC Bill of Lading Number ..................................................................................................137 874 Drug Identification Number .................................................................................................137 289 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS)................................................138 583 EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN) ..............................................................................138
Data Elements.................................................................................................139 26 Country Code.....................................................................................................................139 40 Equipment Description Code................................................................................................139 66 Identification Code Qualifier ................................................................................................139 92 Purchase Order Type Code..................................................................................................140 98 Entity Identifier Code..........................................................................................................140 103 Packaging Code..................................................................................................................142 127 Reference Identification ......................................................................................................143 128 Reference Identification Qualifier .........................................................................................143 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code............................................................................................144 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier ................................................................................................145 236 Price Identifier Code ...........................................................................................................147 309 Location Qualifier Code .......................................................................................................147 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling..............................................................................147 336 Terms Type Code ...............................................................................................................147 349 Item Description Type ........................................................................................................148 355 Unit or Basis Unit for Measurement ......................................................................................148 365 Communication Number Qualifier.........................................................................................158 374 Date/Time Qualifier ............................................................................................................159 479 Functional Identifier Code ...................................................................................................159 668 Line Item Status Code ........................................................................................................160 687 Class of Trade Code............................................................................................................160 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code.....................................................................................160 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code.......................................................................................161
Transaction Sets ..............................................................................162 810 Invoice.................................................................................................162
Transaction Set Notes ...................................................................................................................162 REF Reference Information position 1/0500.................................................................................162 PER Administrative Communications Contact position 1/0600........................................................162 N1 Party Identification position 1/0700......................................................................................162 N4 Geographic Location position 1/1000....................................................................................163 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale position 1/1300 ..........................................................163 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions position 1/1500 ..........................................................................163 IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) position 2/0100........................................................................163 CTP Pricing Information position 2/0500 .....................................................................................164
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 133 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
PID Product/Item Description position 2/0500.............................................................................165 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/1000 ...................................................................................165 SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1400....................................................................................165 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1800 ...................................166 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 3/0400 ...................................167 ISS Invoice Shipment Summary position 3/0600 .........................................................................167
850 Purchase Order....................................................................................168 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order position 1/0100.........................................................168 REF Reference Information position 1/0500.................................................................................168 PER Administrative Communications Contact position 1/0600........................................................168 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 1/1200 ...................................168 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale position 1/1300 ..........................................................168 N9 Extended Reference Information position 1/2950 ..................................................................169 N1 Party Identification position 1/3100......................................................................................169 PO1 Baseline Item Data position 2/0100......................................................................................169 CTP Pricing Information position 2/0400 .....................................................................................170 PID Product/Item Description position 2/0500.............................................................................170 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0900 ...................................................................................170 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1300 ...................................171 SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1900....................................................................................171
852 Product Activity Data...........................................................................172 XQ Reporting Date/Action position 1/0200 .................................................................................172 N9 Extended Reference Information position 1/0400 ..................................................................172 N1 Name position 1/0600.........................................................................................................172 N4 Geographic Location position 1/0900....................................................................................173 LIN Item Identification position 2/0300 ......................................................................................173 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/1000 ...................................................................................173 ZA Product Activity reporting position 2/0800 ............................................................................174 SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1100....................................................................................174 G95 Product Activity reporting position 2/1200 ............................................................................175
855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment .......................................................176 REF Reference Information position 1/0500.................................................................................176 DTM Date/Time Reference position 1/1500 ..................................................................................176 N1 Name position 1/3000.........................................................................................................176 N4 Geographic Location position 1/1000....................................................................................177 PO1 Baseline Item Data position 2/0100......................................................................................177 CTP Pricing Information position 2/0400 .....................................................................................178 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0900 ...................................................................................179 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1300 ...................................179 SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1900....................................................................................179 ACK Line Item Acknowledgment position 2/2700..........................................................................180 N1 Party Identification position 2/3700......................................................................................181 N2 Additional Name Information position 2/3800 .......................................................................181 N3 Party Identification position 2/3900......................................................................................181 N4 Geographic Location position 2/4000....................................................................................181 SLN Subline Item Detail position 2/4900 .....................................................................................181 CTT Transaction Totals position 3/0100.......................................................................................182
856 Ship Notice/Manifest...........................................................................183 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) position 2/1100 Shipment.............................................183 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) position 2/1200 Shipment .............................183 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) position 2/1300 Shipment ...........................................................184 TD4 Special Handling Code position 2/1400 Shipment ..................................................................184
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 134 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
REF Reference Identification position 2/1500 Shipment ................................................................184 PER Administrative Communications Contact position 2/1510 Shipment .........................................184 DTM Date/Time Reference position 2/2000 Shipment....................................................................185 N1 Party Identification position 2/2200 Shipment .......................................................................185 N4 Geographic Location position 2/2500 Shipment .....................................................................185 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) position 2/1100 Order ..................................................185 N1 Party Identification position 2/2200 Order.............................................................................186 N4 Geographic Location position 2/2500 Order ..........................................................................186 LIN Item Identification position 2/0200 Pack...............................................................................186 MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Pack position 2/1900 Pack.................................................187 LIN Item Identification position 2/0200 Item...............................................................................187 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) position 2/0300 Item ........................................................................188 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0600 Item ..........................................................................188 PID Product/Item Description position 2/0700 Item .....................................................................188
867 Product Transfer and Resale Report....................................................189 870 Order Status Report ............................................................................189 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information.......................................190
N1 Party Identification position 1/0300......................................................................................190 N4 Geographic Location position 1/0600....................................................................................190 N9 Reference Identification Qualifier position 1/0700..................................................................190 G72 Allowance or Charge position 2/0200 ...................................................................................190 G31 Total Invoice Quantity position 2/0600 .................................................................................190
894 Delivery/Return Base Record..............................................................191 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment ..............................191 997 Functional Acknowledgment ...............................................................192
AK1 Functional Group Response Header position 1/0200 ..............................................................192 AK2 Transaction Set Response Header position 1/0300 ................................................................192 AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer position 1/0600..................................................................192 AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer position 1/0700 ...............................................................193
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 135 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Front Matter
External Code Source 5 Countries, Currencies and Funds
Simple Data Element/Code References 1715 and 955/SP were added. Address information was changed.
Code "Abstract" has changed. SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 26, 100, 1715, 66/38, 235/CH, 955/SP SOURCE Codes for Representation of Names of Countries, ISO 3166-(Latest Release) Codes for Representation of Currencies and Funds, ISO 4217-(Latest Release) AVAILABLE FROM American National Standards Institute 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor New York, NY 10036 ABSTRACT Part 1 (Country codes) of the ISO 3166 international standard establishes codes that represent the current names of countries, dependencies, and other areas of special geopolitical interest, on the basis of lists of country names obtained from the United Nations. Part 2 (Country subdivision codes) establishes a code that represents the names of the principal administrative divisions, or similar areas, of the countries, etc. included in Part 1. Part 3 (Codes for formerly used names of countries) establishes a code that represents non-current country names, i.e., the country names deleted from ISO 3166 since its first publication in 1974. Most currencies are those of the geopolitical entities that are listed in ISO 3166 Part 1, Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries. The code may be a three-character alphabetic or three-digit numeric. The two leftmost characters of the alphabetic code identify the currency authority to which the code is assigned (using the two character alphabetic code from ISO 3166 Part 1, if applicable). The rightmost character is a mnemonic derived from the name of the major currency unit or fund. For currencies not associated with a single geographic entity, a specially allocated two-character alphabetic code, in the range XA to XZ identifies the currency authority. The rightmost character is derived from the name of the geographic area concerned, and is mnemonic to the extent possible. The numeric codes are identical to those assigned to the geographic entities listed in ISO 3166 Part 1. The range 950-998 is reserved for identification of funds and currencies not associated with a single entity listed in ISO 3166 Part 1.
17 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) Reference to Data Element 206 has been added.
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 140, 206, 296, 298, 66/2, 66/ND, 309/RS SOURCE Directory of Standard Carrier Alpha Codes (SCAC), NMF 101 Series AVAILABLE FROM National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc. 2200 Mill Road Alexandria, VA 22314-4654 ABSTRACT The standard carrier alpha code (SCAC) lists and codes transportation companies. The SCAC program contemplates that each company will be assigned a unique two to four letter (alpha) code for use as an abbreviation or to identify a particular company for transportation data processing
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 136 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
purposes. The combination of letters used by any one carrier does not conflict with those assigned to other carriers, even though such other carriers may belong to a different mode. The SCAC directory contains two sections. Section 1 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier names. Section 2 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier codes. The Standard Carrier Alpha Code directory is available as a printed directory or as a data file on CD-ROM and 9-Track Tape.
88 National Retail Federation
Name and address have been changed.
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 235/CM, 235/SM, 559/NR SOURCE Standard Color & Size Code Handbook AVAILABLE FROM National Retail Federation Liberty Place 325 7th Street NW Suite 1000 Washington, DC 20004 ABSTRACT This publication contains standard color and size codes for use in the retail industry.
852 UCC Bill of Lading Number
Code source has been added.
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 128/UCB, 128/UCM SOURCE UCC/EAN-128 Application Identification Standard AVAILABLE FROM Uniform Code Council, Inc. 7887 Washington Village Drive Suite 300 Dayton, OH 45459-8605 ABSTRACT Application Identifier 402 is a shipment identification number assigned by the consignor (initial shipper) of a shipment. It provides a globally unique number that identifies a grouping of shipping containers for the purpose of a transport shipment. AI 402 is used as a bill of lading number and as a reference in EDI messages. The data structure is seventeen digits in length and is constructed in three parts: a UCC/EAN company prefix, a serial number assigned by the consignor, and a check digit. For companies with a UCC number, the company prefix is seven digits long and is composed of a zero in front of the six digits UCC company number.
874 Drug Identification Number Code source has been added.
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 235/FV SOURCE Health Protection Branch, Canadian Federal Government AVAILABLE FROM Bureau of Policy and Coordination Therapeutic Products Programme
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 137 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Health Canada Tunney’s Pasture Locator 0201A1 Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0L2 Canada ABSTRACT The Drug Identification Number (DIN) is a non-unique number assigned by the Health Protection Branch of the Canadian Federal Government, which identifies the active ingredient and its strength on Over The Counter (OTC) and pharmacy products.
289 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) Code Source has been added.
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 559/WH SOURCE WHMIS Core Manual AVAILABLE FROM Workers Compensation Board Attn: Publications 6951 Westminster Highway Richmond, British Columbia V7C 1C6 Canada ABSTRACT A resource manual for the application and implementation of the Canadian Federal Hazardous Products Act using the rules and components of WHMIS. The manual includes topic and subtopic requirements, expo-sure limits, and ingredient disclosure lists.
583 EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN)
Code Source has been modified. Simple Data Element/Code References 66/8, 66/14, 66/UM were deleted.
Simple Data Element/Code References I05/07 was added. Abstract was changed.
SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 66/UL, I05/07 SOURCE EAN.UCC Location Number AVAILABLE FROM Uniform Code Council, Inc. 7887 Washington Village Drive, Suite 300 Dayton, OH 45459 EAN International Rue Royal 145 1000 Bruxelles, Belgium ABSTRACT The EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN) is a globally unique number for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location. It is comprised (from left to right) of a Company Prefix, Location Reference, and a Modulus 10 Check Digit. The EAN.UCC Company Prefix is assigned by the Numbering Authority. The Location Reference is assigned by the company and is unique within that company. The EAN.UCC GLN is a 13-digit data structure.
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 138 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Data Elements Legend: TS = Transaction Set DE = Data Element 26 Country Code
Added code CA Canada to N404 − TS 856 2/2500 Order
Added code MX Mexico to N404 − TS 856 2/2500 Order
Added code US United States to N404 − TS 856 2/2500 Order
40 Equipment Description Code
Added code 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code AT Closed Container (Controlled Temperature) to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code CI Container, Insulated to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code CK Container, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code CN Container to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code CZ Refrigerated Container to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code RC Refrigerated (Reefer) Car to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code TA Trailer, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Added code TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Deleted code CV Closed Van from TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Deleted code FT Flat Bed Trailer from TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
Deleted code RT Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer) from TD301 − TS 856 2/1300
66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 855 1/1300 − TS 856 2/2200 Shipment − TS 882 1/0300 − TS 852 1/0600 − TS 882 1/0300 SDQ02 − TS 810 1/1400 − TS 852 2/1100
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 139 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
− TS 855 2/1900 Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to
N103 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 − TS 852 1/0600 − TS 855 1/3000 − TS 882 1/0300 SDQ02 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 − TS 852 2/1100 − TS 855 2/1900
Added code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 SDQ02 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 TD502
− TS 856 2/1200 Shipment Added code 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller’s Agent to
N103 − TS 852 1/0600 SDQ02 − TS 810 2/1400
Added code 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent to N103 − TS 852 1/0600 SDQ02 − TS 810 2/1400
Deleted code 93 assigned by the organization originating the transaction set from N103 − TS 855 1/3000
Deleted code 94 assigned by the organization that is ultimate destination of the transaction set from
N103 − TS 855 1/3000
92 Purchase Order Type Code
Deleted code BL Bailment from BEG02 − TS 850 1/0100
Added code KC Contract from BEG02 − TS 850 1/0100
98 Entity Identifier Code
Deleted code BL Party to receive Bill of Lading from N101 - TS 850 1/3100
Deleted code BY Buying Party (Purchaser) from N101 - TS 810 1/0700 - TS 850 1/3100 - TS 852 1/0600
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 140 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 855 1/3000 Deleted code BS Bill and Ship To from N101
- TS 856 2/2200 Shipment Added code BT Bill To Party to N101
- TS 882 1/0300 Deleted code CB Custom Brokers from N101
- TS 850 1/3100 Deleted code CC Claimant from N101
- TS 810 1/0700
Deleted code CN Consignee from N101 - TS 850 1/3100
Deleted code CS Consolidator from N101 - TS 850 1/3100 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment
Deleted code DL Dealer from N101 - TS 810 1/0700
Deleted code EX Exporter from N101 - TS 850 1/3100
Deleted code FR Message From from N101 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment
Deleted code FW Forwarder from N101 - TS 850 1/3100
Deleted code H9 Designer from N101 - TS 850 1/3100
Deleted code LP Loading Party from N101 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment
Deleted code MA Party for Whom Item is ultimately intended from N101 - TS 850 1/3100
Deleted code NP Notify Party for Shipper’s Order from N101 - TS 850 1/3100
Deleted code OB Ordered By from N101 - TS 850 1/3100 - TS 855 1/3000 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment
Deleted code OW Owner of Property from N101 - TS 810 1/0700
Added code MF Manufacturer of Goods to N101 - TS 810 1/0700
Deleted code RE Party to Receive commercial invoice remittance from N101 - TS 882 1/0300
Added code RI Remit To from N101 - TS 850 1/3100 - TS 882 1/0300
Deleted code TO Message To from N101 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment
Added code SE Selling Party to N101 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 − TS 855 1/3000 − TS 882 1/0300
Deleted code SU Supplier/Manufacturer from N101 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 855 1/3000
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 141 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Deleted code UP Unloading Party from N101 − TS 856 2/2200 Shipment
Deleted code VN Vendor from N101 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 855 1/3000 − TS 882 1/0300
Deleted code YW Discharge Point from N101 − TS 856 2/2200 Shipment
103 Packaging Code Added code AAA Pallet, Returnable to TD101
− TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code BAG Bag from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Added code 03 Hard Wood to TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Added code 05 Soft Wood to TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code 01 Aluminum from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code 31 Fibre from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code 58 Metal from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code 71 Not Otherwise specified from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code 76 Paper from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code 79 Plastic from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code 91 Stainless Steel from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code 94 Wood from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code MIX Mixed Container Types from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code PLT Pallet from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code SLP Slip Sheet from TD101
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 142 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
− TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
Deleted code SRW Shrink Wrap from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order
127 Reference Identification
Field length changed to 1/50 − TS 850 1/0500
128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code AH Agreement Number to
N901 − TS 852 1/0400 REF01 − TS 810 1/0500 − TS 855 1/0500 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800
Added code AI Associated Invoices to N901 − TS 882 1/0700
Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number to N901 − TS 850 1/2950 − TS 852 1/0400 REF01 - TS 810 1/0500 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800
Added code DP Department Number to N901 - TS 850 1/2950 - TS 882 1/0700 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800
Added code GT Goods and Service Tax Registration to N901 − TS 882 1/0700
Added code IA Internal Vendor Number to N901 − TS 850 1/2950 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800
Added code IT Internal Customer Number to N901 − TS 850 1/2950 − TS 852 1/0400 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800
Added code MR Merchandise Type Code to N901 − TS 882 1/0700
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 143 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code PG Product Group to N901 − TS 882 1/0700
Added code Q8 Registration Number to N901 − TS 882 1/0700
Added code VN Vendor (Seller’s) Item Number to ACK07 − TS 855 2/2700 LIN02 − TS 852 2/0100 − TS 856 2/0200 Item LIN04 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack PO106 − TS 855 2/0100
Deleted code VN Vendor (Seller’s) Item Number from N101 − TS 810 1/0700
Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to N901 − TS 850 1/2950 − TS 852 1/0400 REF01 − TS 810 1/0500 − TS 855 1/0500
Added code UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number to REF01 − TS 856 2/1500 Shipment
Added code UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number to REF01 − TS 856 2/1500 Shipment
143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 810 Invoice to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 850 Purchase Order to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 852 Product Activity Data to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 856 Ship Notice/Manifest to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 870 Order Status Report has been added to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 894 Delivery/Return Base Record to AK201
- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to AK201
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 144 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 997 1/0300 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Deleted code BO Buyer’s Color from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code CB Buyer’s Catalog Number from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code CG Commodity Grouping from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code CM National Retail Merchants Association from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900
Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Definition and Extended Description where used EN EAN/UCC-13
Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) EO EAN/UCC-8
Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure
Data Structure for the 14-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UP UCC-12
Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
Added code EO EAN/UCC-8 to LIN02 − TS 852 2/0100 PO106 − TS 850 2/0100 − TS 855 2/0100
Added code EN EAN/UCC-13 to LIN04 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack
Deleted code IB International Standard Book Number (ISBN) from LIN04 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code IT Buyer’s Style Number from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code IZ Buyer’s Size Code from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code SM National Retail Merchants Association Size Code from SLN09
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 145 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
− TS 855 2/4900 Deleted code SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code from
SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900
Added code IN Buyer’s Item Number to LIN02 - TS 852 2/0100 - TS 856 2/0200 Item LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack PO103 - TS 855 2/0100
Deleted code LT Lot Number from LIN02 - TS 852 2/0100
Added code UA U.P.C./EAN Code to LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack
Deleted code UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code UH Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900
Added code UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) to LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack
Added code UP UCC – 12 LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack
Added code UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure to LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack
Deleted code VA Vendor’s Style Number from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code VE Vendor Color from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900
Deleted code VC Vendors (Seller’s) Catalog Number from
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 146 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900
Added code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to ACK07 − TS 855 2/2700 LIN02 − TS 852 2/0100 − TS 856 2/0200 Item LIN04 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack
236 Price Identifier Code
Added code RTL Retail to CTP02 − TS 810 2/0500 − TS 850 2/0400
Added code WHL Wholesale to CTP02 − TS 810 2/0500 − TS 850 2/0400
309 Location Qualifier Code Deleted code D Census Schedule D from N405
− TS 856 2/2500 Order Deleted code D Census Schedule K from N405
− TS 856 2/2500 Order Deleted code W Worldwide Geographic Location Code from N405
- TS 856 2/2500 Order 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling
Added code 02 Off Invoice to G7202 - TS 882 2/0200
336 Terms Type Code
Deleted code 01 Basic from ITD01 - TS 810 1/1300 - TS 850 1/1300
Deleted code 03 Fixed Date from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300
Deleted code 04 Deferred or Installment from ITD01 - TS 810 1/1300
Deleted code 06 Mixed from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300
Deleted code 07 Extended from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300
Deleted code 10 Instant from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300
Deleted code 11 Elective from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300
Added code 21 Fast Pay to ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 147 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines 349 Item Description Type
Added code S Structured to PID01 - TS 810 2/0600 - TS 850 2/0500
Added code X Semi-structured to PID01 - TS 810 2/0600 - TS 850 2/0500
355 Unit or Basis Unit for Measurement
Added code BA Bale to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100 PO103 - TS 855 2/0100 PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900 PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400 SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900 SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code BG Bag to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 148 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500
- TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200- TS 850 2/1300- TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 ItemTD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code BO Bottle to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500- TS 850 2/0400- TS 855 2/0400G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 149 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
PO103 - TS 855 2/0100
PO403 - TS 810 2/1000- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200- TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400 SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment- TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code BX Box to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500- TS 850 2/0400- TS 855 2/0400G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 150 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 850 2/1300
- TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code CA Case to CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code CN Can to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500- TS 850 2/0400- TS 855 2/0400 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 151 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 810 2/1000
- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200- TS 850 2/1300- TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment- TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code CT Carton to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900 PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 152 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900 SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110
- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code DS Display to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400 SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code DZ Dozen to
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 153 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500
- TS 850 2/0400- TS 855 2/0400ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200- TS 850 2/1300- TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code EA Each to CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 PO409
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 154 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item ZA03 - TS 852 2/0300
Added code KG Kilogram to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400
G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200IT103 - TS 810 2/0100ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600ISS04 - TS 810 3/0600PO103 - TS 850 2/0100 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code LB Pound to
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 155 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400
G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600ISS04 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 850 2/0100 - TS 855 2/0100 PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code M4 Monetary to SAC09 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300
Added code PK Package to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 156 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 855 2/0400
G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800
Added code PL Pallet/Unit to CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 3/0400 SN103
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 157 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 856 2/0300 Item ZA03 - TS 852 2/0300
Added code RL Roll to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400
G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800TD110 - TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order
365 Communication Number Qualifier
Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER03 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER05 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 158 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
- TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER07 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment
Added code FX Facsimile to PER03 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER05 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER07 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment
Added code TE Telephone to PER05 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER07 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment
374 Date/Time Qualifier
Added code 007 Effective to DTM01 - TS 855 1/1500
Added code 009 Process to DTM01 - TS 855 1/1500
Added code 017 Estimated Delivery to DTM01 - TS 855 1/1500
Added code 036 Expiration to ZA04 - TS 852 2/0800
Deleted code AA2 Estimated Point of Discharge to DTM01 - TS 856 2/2000 Shipment
479 Functional Identifier Code
Added code DX Direct Exchange in AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Added code IG Direct Store Delivery Summary Information in AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Added code IG Direct Store Delivery Summary Information in AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Added code IN Invoice Information (810) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Added code PD Product Activity Data (852) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Added code PO Purchase Order (850) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 159 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code PR Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Added code PT Product Transfer and Resale Report (867) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Added code RS Order Status Information (869, 870) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
Added code SH Ship Notice/Manifest (856) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200
668 Line Item Status Code
Deleted code BP Item Accepted from ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700
Deleted code IB Items Backordered from ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700
Added code IE Item Accepted to ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700
Added code IH Item oh Hold to ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700
Added code IP Item Accepted - Price Changed to ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700
Deleted code IQ Item Accepted from ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700
Added code IR Item Rejected to ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700
687 Class of Trade Code
Added code AG Agent to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500
Added code BG Buying Group to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500
Added code DE Dealer to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500
Added code DI Distributor to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500
Added code RS Resale to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500
Added code WH Wholesaler to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500
716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code
Added code 1 Functional Group Not Supported to AK906 - TS 997 1/0700
Added code 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported to AK906 - TS 997 1/0700
Added code 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing to AK906 - TS 997 1/0700
Added code 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header and Trailer Do Not Agree to AK906
- TS 997 1/0700 Added code 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match Actual Count to AK906
- TS 997 1/0700
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 160 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 1 Transaction Set Not Supported to AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600
Added code 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600
Added code 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer Do Not Match AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600
Added code 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual Count AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600
Added code 5 One or More Segments in Error AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 161 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Transaction Sets
810 Invoice Transaction Set Notes
Deleted Transaction Set note: “The QTY segment is used to specify a quantity of units, which are expected as payments, e.g., trade-ins or returns.”
REF Reference Information position 1/0500
Added code AH Agreement Number to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number “See
External Code Source 307 in Section III for reference document.” to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
Added note: “This code may be used in the header or detail area but not in both” for code DP to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier PER Administrative Communications Contact position 1/0600
Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER06 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used” Usage of PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER08 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used”
N1 Party Identification position 1/0700
Deleted code BY Buying Party (Purchaser) from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CC Claimant from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code DL Dealer from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code MF Manufacturer of Goods to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code OW Owner of Property or Unit from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SE Selling Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code SU Supplier/Manufacturer from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code VN Vendor from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Deleted note: “Canadian ECRx: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added note: “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” for code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 162 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
N4 Geographic Location position 1/1000
Added note: “See external Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document” to N402 DE 156 State or Province Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document” to N403 DE 51 Postal Code
Added Note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document” to N404 DE 26 Country Code
ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale position 1/1300
Deleted code 01 Basic from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 04 Deferred or Installment from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code
FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions position 1/1500
Deleted note: “Canadian EFR: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from FOB01 DE 146 Shipment Method of Payment on Code PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul
IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) position 2/0100
Deleted Segment note: “See section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code Definitions.” Deleted Segment note: “Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx note: must use CTP segment to transmit
pricing other than unit price.” Added code BA Bale to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “Canadian Note: Used by the Canadian Rx (Pharmaceutical Industry ONLY) all
others specify price using the CTP segment instead.” to IT104 DE 212 Unit Price Deleted note: “To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0) with code NC as the value in
IT105.” from IT104 DE 212 Unit Price Added note: “To indicate a no charge item or free goods, IT104 will contain a single zero (0)
and IT105 will contain code NC.” to IT104 DE 212 Unit Price Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Definition and Extended Description in the IT106 DE
235 Product/Service ID Qualifier EN EAN/UCC-13
Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) EO EAN/UCC-8
Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure
Data Structure for the 14-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5)
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 163 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005. UP UCC-12
Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
• Added note: “Canadian Note” 1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively
and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic
Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). ” to Code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to IT106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT108 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT110 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT112 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT114 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT116 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT118 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT120 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT122 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT124 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Usage of IT117 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT118 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT119 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT120 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT121 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT122 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT123 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT124 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT125 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used”
CTP Pricing Information position 2/0500
Added code AG Agent to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code BG Buying Group to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code DE Dealer to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code DI Distributor to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code RS Resale to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code WH Wholesaler to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added note: “Canadian Note: Net Price includes allowances ONLY or List Price before any
allowance or charge. This is a trading partner established agreement.” to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code
Added code RTL Retail to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code Deleted note: “Canadian Note: Unit price in the CTP02 is dependant on how the product is
ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case).” from code UCP Unit cost price to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code
Added code WHL Wholesale to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 164 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code BA Bale to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
PID Product/Item Description position 2/0500
Added code S Structured (From Industry Code List) to PID01 DE 349 Item Description Type Added code X Semi-structured (Code and Text) to PID01 DE 349 Item Description Type Usage of PID04 DE 751 Product Description Code has been changed from “Not used” to Used”
PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/1000
Usage of PO402 DE 357 Size has been changed to “Used” Usage of PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Unit of Measurement Code has been changed to
“Used” Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI
SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 though trading partner agreement only.” from PO402 DE 357 Size
Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 though trading partner agreement only.” to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Unit of Measurement Code
Added code BA Bale to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1400
Added code BA Bale to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 165 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code CT Carton to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code
Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added note: “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” to code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Deleted note: “Canadian ECRx: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added code 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller’s Agent to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added code 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1800
SAC loop repeat MAX Use changed to >1 Added note: “See section III for code list in addition to the Canadian Tax Codes Listed.” to
SAC02 DE 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Added note: “See External Code Source 70 in Section III for reference document.” to code VI
Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI to SAC03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code
Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16
DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 166 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 3/0400
SAC loop repeat MAX Use changed to >1 Added note: “See Section III for code list in addition to the Canadian Tax Codes listed below.”
to SAC02 DE 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16
DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code ISS Invoice Shipment Summary position 3/0600
Added code BA Bale to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to ISS04 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB pound to ISS04 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 167 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
850 Purchase Order BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order position 1/0100
Deleted code BL Bailment from BEG02 DE 92 Purchase Order Type Code Added code KC Contract to BEG02 DE 92 Purchase Order Type Code
REF Reference Information position 1/0500
Deleted note: “Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: This code has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC and will be permitted for use version 004020. Use of this code is permitted prior to version 004020 by trading partner agreement.” from REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier D3 – National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number
Changed field length to 1/50 in REF02 DE 127 Reference Identification PER Administrative Communications Contact position 1/0600
Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER06 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used” Usage of PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER08 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used”
SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 1/1200
Added note: “See External Code Source 70 in Section III for reference document.” to code VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI to SAC03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code
Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code M4 Monetary Value to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16
DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale position 1/1300
Deleted code 01 Basic from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 03 Fixed Date from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 06 Mixed from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 07 Extended from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 168 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Deleted code 10 Instant from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 11 Elective from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Added code 21 Fast Pay to ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code
N9 Extended Reference Information position 1/2950
Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier. “See External Code Source 307 in Section III for reference document.”
Added code DP Department Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added note: “This code may be used in the header or detail area but not in both” for code DP
to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code IA Internal Vendor Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code IT Internal Customer Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
N1 Party Identification position 1/3100
Deleted note: “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.” from N1
• Added note: “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.” to N1
Deleted code BL Party to receive Bill of Lading from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code BY Bill To Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CB Custom Brokers from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CN Consignee from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CS Consolidator from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code EX Exporter from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code FW Forwarder from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code H9 Designer from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code MA Party for Whom Item is ultimately intended from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier
Code Deleted code NP Notify Party for Shipper’s Order from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code OB Ordered By from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code RI Remit TO to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SE Selling Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code
PO1 Baseline Item Data position 2/0100
Deleted note: “To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0) in PO104 and code NC in PO105.” from PO104
Added note: “To indicate a no charge item or free goods, PO104 will contain a single zero (0) and PO105 will contain code NC.” to PO104
Data Element in PO102 should be DE 380 Quantity Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Definition and Extended Description in the IT106 DE
235 Product/Service ID Qualifier EN EAN/UCC-13
Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) EO EAN/UCC-8
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 169 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure
Data Structure for the 14-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UP UCC-12
Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
• Added Note: “Canadian Note” 1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively
and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic
Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). ” to Code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added code KG Kilogram to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EO EAN/UCC–8 to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
CTP Pricing Information position 2/0400
Added code RTL Retail to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code Added code WHS Wholesale to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code Added code BA Bale to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
PID Product/Item Description position 2/0500
Added code S Structured (From Industry Code List) to PID01 DE 349 Item Description Type Added code X Semi-structured (Code and Text) to PID01 DE 349 Item Description Type
PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0900
Usage of PO402 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" position 2/0900 Usage of PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code has been changed from "Not
Used" to "Used" Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI
SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 170 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1300
Added note: “See External Code Source 70 in Section III for reference document.” for code VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI to SAC03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code
Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code M4 Monetary Value to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16
DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1900
Added code BA Bale to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 171 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
852 Product Activity Data XQ Reporting Date/Action position 1/0200
Added Semantic Note: XQ04 is a unique report identifier assigned by the sender to transaction N9 Extended Reference Information position 1/0400
Added code AH Agreement Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number “ee External
Code Source 307 in Section III for reference document.” to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
Added note: “This code may be used in the header or detail area but not in both” for code DP to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
Added code IT Internal Customer Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
N1 Name position 1/0600
Deleted note: “BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of this segment that specifies the retailers buying/reporting location. If XQ01 contains code G, it is assumed that, for a particular buying location, the vendor has the bill to and ship to in the system. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment specifies the retailer's buying/reporting locations. Therefore, codes BY and RL are not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet product activity.” “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.” from N1
Added note: “BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of this segment to identify the retailer’s reporting location. If XQ01 contains code G, it is assumed that, for a particular reporting location, the vendor has the bill to and ship to. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment identifies the retailer’s reporting locations. Therefore, code RL is not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet product activity.” “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.” to N1
Deleted code BY Buying Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code 1 D-
U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code 9 D-
U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier and Added “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document”
Added code 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller’s Agent to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code
UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Section VI Summary of Changes Page 172 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines N4 Geographic Location position 1/0900
Added note: “See external Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document” to N402 DE 156 State or Province Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document” to N403 DE 51 Postal Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document” to N404 DE 26 Country Code
LIN Item Identification position 2/0300
Deleted code LT Lot Number from LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code EO EAN/UCC-8 to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code IN Buyer’s Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Definition and Extended Description in the LIN02 DE
235 Product/Service ID Qualifier EN EAN/UCC-13
Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) EO EAN/UCC-8
Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure
Data Structure for the 14-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UP UCC-12
Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
• Added note: “Canadian Note” 1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively
and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic
Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). ” for Code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN08 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN10 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN12 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN14 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN16 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/1000
Usage of PO402 DE 357 Size has been changed to “Used” Usage of PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Unit of Measurement Code has been changed to “Used”
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 173 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added note: “See section 3 for code list” to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Unit of Measurement Code
Added code BA Bale to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
ZA Product Activity reporting position 2/0800
Added code BA Bale to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Deleted note: “This code is only used when ZA01 contains code QD or code QX. If promotion
start and end dates associated with the additional demand quantity are needed, the G95 loop may be used.” from Code 002 Delivery Requested in ZA04 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier
Added note: “This code is used only when ZA01 contains code QD, QP or QX. If promotion start and end dates associated with the additional demand quantity are needed, the G95 loop may be used.” to Code 002 Delivery Requested in ZA04 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier
Added code 036 Expiration to ZA04 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier Added code AH Agreement Number to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number to ZA06 DE
128 Reference Identification Qualifier. Added reference to the External Code Source “See External Code Source 307 in Section III for reference document.”
Added note: “This code may be used in the header or detail area but not in both” for code DP to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
Added code DP Department Number to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code IA Internal Vendor Number to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code IT Internal Customer Number to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1100
Added code BA Bale to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 174 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code BG Bag to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code
Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier and Added note “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document”
Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
G95 Product Activity reporting position 2/1200
Usage of G9504 DE 380 Quantity has been changed to “Used” Usage of G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis Unit of Measurement has been changed from “Not used”
to “Used” Added code BA Bale to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 175 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment REF Reference Information position 1/0500
Added code AH Agreement Number to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
DTM Date/Time Reference position 1/1500
Added code 007 Effective to DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier Added code 009 Process to DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier Added code 017 Estimated Delivery to DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier Usage of DTM03 DE 337 Time has been changed to “Used” Deleted note: “ Canadian EFR note This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in
VICS EDI version 4020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from code 118 Requested Pickup DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier
N1 Name position 1/3000
Deleted note: “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.” from N1
Added note: “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.
This segment is used to identify the retailer’s locations as they pertain to the order. The ship-to (N101 contains code ST) may be identified in the header area or the detail area, but not both. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB, or for direct-to-consumer when N101 contains code ST. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO. For spreadsheet orders, the SDQ segment identifies the retailer’s ultimate destination. When necessary the N1 segment may be used to identify the bill-to or ship-to location. Only one iteration of each of the bill-to or ship-to is allowed. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every location in the SDQ segment(s). For example, when the customer is instructing the supplier to package goods for cross docking, one iteration of the N1 segment, with N101 containing code ST, may be used to indicate the ship-to location. The ship-to location overrides the ship to that is normally associated with the locations identified in the SDQ segment(s). For direct-to-consumer orders, there must be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to identify the retailer (N101 contains code BT or SM). When the ship to (N101 contains code ST) is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required.
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 176 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
When a direct-to-consumer purchase order contains multiple ship-to locations, the N1 loop in the detail area is used to identify the ship-to locations.” to N1
Added note: “This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for reference document.” to Code UL UCC/EAN Location Code in N103 DE 98 Entity Identifier
Deleted code BY Buying Party (Purchaser) from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code OB Ordered By from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SE Selling Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SU Supplier/Manufacturer to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code VN Vendor from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier and Added “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document”
Deleted code 93 assigned by the organization originating the transaction set from N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Deleted code 94 assigned by the organization that is ultimate destination of the transaction set from N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
N4 Geographic Location position 1/1000
Added note: “See external Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document” to N402 DE 156 State or Province Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document” to N403 DE 51 Postal Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document” to N404 DE 26 Country Code
PO1 Baseline Item Data position 2/0100
Deleted Segment note: “The codes listed for PO106 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the PO1 segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.” from PO1
Added code BA Bale to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EO EAN/UCC-8 Data Structure for the 8-digit Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) to
PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code IN Buyer’s Item to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 177 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Note: “Canadian Note: 1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively
and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic
Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). ” for Code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Description and Extended Description in the LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier EN EAN/UCC-13
Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) EO EAN/UCC-8
Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure
Data Structure for the 14-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005. UP UCC-12
Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in PO106.” to PO108 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in PO106.” to PO110 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in PO106.” to PO112 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in PO106.” to PO114 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in PO106.” to PO116 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
CTP Pricing Information position 2/0400
Added note: “Canadian Note: Unit price in the CTP02 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case).” for code UCP Unit cost price to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code
Added code BA Bale to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 178 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0900
Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from PO402 DE 357 Size
Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Added code BA Bale to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1300
Added note: “See External Code Source 70 in Section III for reference document.” to code VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI to SAC03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code
Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16
DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1900
Added code BA Bale to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 179 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code PK Package to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code
Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
ACK Line Item Acknowledgment position 2/2700
Added Segment note: “The codes listed for ACK07 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the ACK segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.” to ACK
Added code IE Item Accepted, Price Pending to ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Added code IH Item on Hold to ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Added code IP Item Accepted – Price Changed to ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Added code IR Item Rejected to ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Deleted code BP Item Accepted – Partial Shipment, Balance Backordered from ACK01 DE 668
Line Item Status Code Deleted code IB Items Backordered from ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Deleted code IQ Item Accepted – Quantity Changed from ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Added code BA Bale to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Usage of ACK07 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Description and Extended Description in ACK07 DE
235 Product/Service ID Qualifier EN EAN/UCC-13
Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) EO EAN/UCC-8
Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure
Data Structure for the 14-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5)
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005. UP UCC-12
Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 180 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to ACK07 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Usage of ACK08 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK10 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK11 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK12 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK13 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK14 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in ACK07.” to ACK09 DE 235 Product/Service
ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in ACK07.” to ACK11 DE 235 Product/Service
ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in ACK07.” to ACK13 DE 235 Product/Service
ID Qualifier
N1 Party Identification position 2/3700 Opened this segment for use
N2 Additional Name Information position 2/3800
Opened this segment for use N3 Party Identification position 2/3900
Opened this segment for use N4 Geographic Location position 2/4000
Opened this segment for use SLN Subline Item Detail position 2/4900
Added note: “To indicate a no charge item or free goods, SLN06 will contain a single zero (0) and SLN07 will contain code NC.” to SLN06 DE 212 Unit Price
Deleted code BO Buyer’s Color from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code CB Buyer’s Catalog Number from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code CG Commodity Grouping from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code CM National Retail Merchants Association Color Code from SLN09 DE 235
Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code IB International Standard Book Number (ISBN) from SLN09 DE 235
Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code IT Buyer’s Style Number from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code IZ Buyer’s Size Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code SM National Retail Merchants Association Size Code from SLN09 DE 235
Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID
Qualifier Deleted code UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID
Qualifier Deleted code UH Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID
Qualifier Deleted code UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID
Qualifier Deleted code VA Vendor’s Style Number from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code VC Vendor’s Catalog Number from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code VE Vendor Color from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 181 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Deleted code UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN11 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN13 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN17 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN19 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN21 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN23 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN25 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN27 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
CTT Transaction Totals position 3/0100
Usage of CTT03 DE 81 Weight has been changed to “Used” Usage of CTT04 DE 355 Unit or Basis Unit for Measurement Code has been changed to
“Used” Usage of CTT05 DE 183 Volume has been changed to “Used” Usage of CTT06 DE 355 Unit or Basis Unit for Measurement Code has been changed to
“Used”
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 182 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
856 Ship Notice/Manifest TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) position 2/1100 Shipment
Added code AAA Pallet, Returnable to TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code BAG Bag from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Added code 03 Hard Wood to TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Added code 05 Soft Wood to TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 01 Aluminum from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 31 Fibre from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 58 Metal from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 71 Not Otherwise specified from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 76 Paper from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 79 Plastic from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 91 Stainless Steel from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 94 Wood from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code MIX Mixed Container Types from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code PLT Pallet from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code SLP Slip Sheet from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code SRW Shrink Wrap from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Added code BA Bale to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) position 2/1200 Shipment
Added code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to TD502 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to TD502 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code
UL Global Location Number (GLN) to TD502 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Deleted note: “Canadian ECR: This code is not recommended for use” from code 91 Assigned
by Seller or Seller’s Agent in SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: only used when identifying routing sequence” to code
91 Assigned by Seller or Seller’s Agent in SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Deleted note: “Canadian ECR: This code is not recommended for use” from code 92 Assigned
by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent in SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: only used when identifying routing sequence” to code
92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent in SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 183 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) position 2/1300 Shipment
Added code 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code AT Closed Container (Controlled Temperature) to TD301 DE 40 Equipment
Description Code Added code CI Container, Insulated to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code CK Container, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description
Code Added code CN Container to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code CZ Refrigerated Container to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code RC Refrigerated (Reefer) Car to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code TA Trailer, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description
Code Added code TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Deleted code CV Closed Van has deleted from TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Deleted code FT Flat Bed Trailer has deleted from TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Deleted code RT Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer) has deleted from TD301 DE 40
Equipment Description Code TD4 Special Handling Code position 2/1400 Shipment
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code CC Container, Consolidator Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code CF Container, Factory Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code LN Less Than Container, Consolidator Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code LR Less Than Container, Factory Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code TC Trailer, Consolidator Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code TF Trailer, Factory Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code
REF Reference Identification position 2/1500 Shipment
Added code “UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) “See External Code Source 852 in Section III for reference document.” to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
Added code “UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for reference document.” to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
PER Administrative Communications Contact position 2/1510 Shipment Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER06 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used” Usage of PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER08 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used”
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 184 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines DTM Date/Time Reference position 2/2000 Shipment
Deleted code AA2 Estimated Point of Discharge from DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier N1 Party Identification position 2/2200 Shipment
Deleted code BS Bill and Ship To from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CS Consolidator from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code FR Message From from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code LP Loading Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code OB Order By from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code TO Message To from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code UP Unloading Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code YW Discharge Point from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added note: “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” to code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
N4 Geographic Location position 2/2500 Shipment
Added note: “See external Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document” to N402 DE 156 State or Province Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document” to N403 DE 51 Postal Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document” to N404 DE 26 Country Code
TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) position 2/1100 Order
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code BAG Bag in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code CTN Carton in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code PLT Pallet in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code SLP Slip Sheet in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code SRW Shrink Wrap in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code
Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code 25 Corrugated or Solid in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code
Deleted code 01 Aluminum from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 31 Fibre from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 71 Not Otherwise specified from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 76 Paper from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 79 Plastic from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 94 Wood from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code PLT Pallet from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code SLP Slip Sheet from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code SRW Shrink Wrap from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 185 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code BA Bale to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
N1 Party Identification position 2/2200 Order
Deleted code AG Agent/Agency from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code BO Broker or Sales Office from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code BY Buying Party (Purchaser) from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CT Country of Origin from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code SU Supplier/Manufacturer from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code Z7 Mark-for Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
N4 Geographic Location position 2/2500 Order
Added code CA Canada to N404 DE 26 Country Code Added code MX Mexico to N404 DE 26 Country Code Added code US United States to N404 DE 26 Country Code Added note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document.”
LIN Item Identification position 2/0200 Pack
Added note: “Submit Change Request” to code EN EAN/UCC – 13 to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added code EN EAN/UCC – 13 to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code IN Buyer's Item Number to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to
LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID
Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to
LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code c– 12 to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product.
2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
to Code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code EN EAN/UCC – 13 to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 186 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code IN Buyer's Item Number to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to
Code UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID
Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to
LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UP UCC – 12 to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product.
2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
for Code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Pack position 2/1900 Pack Added note: “Submit Change Request to remove this code” to code UC U.P.C. Shipping
Container Code in MAN01 DE 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier Added note: “Submit Change Request to remove this code” to code UP UCC-12 in MAN01 DE
88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier
LIN Item Identification position 2/0200 Item
Added note: “Submit Change Request” to code EN EAN/UCC – 13 in LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added code IN Buyer's Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code IT Buyer’s Style Number from LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code LT Lot Number from LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product.
2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). to Code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to code UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to code UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN08 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN10 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN12 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN16 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 187 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) position 2/0300 Item
Added code BA Bale to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0600 Item
Added code BA Bale to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to PO409 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
PID Product/Item Description position 2/0700 Item
Usage of PID03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code has been changed from “Used” to “Not Used” Usage of PID04 DE 751 Product Description Code has been changed from “Used” to “Not Used”
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 188 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
867 Product Transfer and Resale Report Added transaction set
870 Order Status Report Added transaction set
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 189 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information N1 Party Identification position 1/0300
Deleted code RE Party to receive commercial invoice remittance from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code
Deleted code VN Vendor from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code BT Bill to Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code RI Remit To to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SE Selling Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier
N4 Geographic Location position 1/0600
Added note: “See external Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document” to N402 DE 156 State or Province Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document” to N403 DE 51 Postal Code
Added note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document” to N404 DE 26 Country Code
N9 Reference Identification Qualifier position 1/0700
Added code AI Associated Invoices to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code DP Department Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code GT Goods and Service Tax Registration Number to N901 DE 128 Reference
Identification Qualifier Added code MR Merchandise Type Code to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code PG Product Group to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code Q8 Registration Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier
G72 Allowance or Charge position 2/0200
Added code 02 Off Invoice to G7202 DE 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code G31 Total Invoice Quantity position 2/0600
Added code BA Bale to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 190 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
894 Delivery/Return Base Record Added transaction set
895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Added transaction set
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 191 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
997 Functional Acknowledgment AK1 Functional Group Response Header position 1/0200
Added code DX Direct Exchange Delivery and Return Information (894, 895) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code
Added code IG Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code
Added code IN Invoice Information (810) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code Added code PD Product Activity Data (852) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code Added code PO Purchase Order (850) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code Added code PR Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) to AK101 DE 479 Functional
Identifier Code Added code PT Product Transfer and Resale Report (867) to AK101 DE 479 Functional
Identifier Code Added code RS Order Status Information (869, 870) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier
Code Added code SH Ship Notice/Manifest (856) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code
AK2 Transaction Set Response Header position 1/0300
Added code 810 Invoice to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 850 Purchase Order to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 852 Product Activity Data to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set
Identifier Code Added code 856 Ship Notice/Manifest to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set
Identifier Code Added code 870 Order Status Report to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information to AK201 DE 143 Transaction
Set Identifier Code Added code 894 Delivery/Return Base Record to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier
Code Added code 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to AK201 DE 143
Transaction Set Identifier Code AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer position 1/0600
Added code 1 Transaction Set Not Supported to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer Do Not Match to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual Count to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 5 One or More Segments in Error to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 1 Transaction Set Not Supported to AK504 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing to AK504 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer Do Not Match to AK504 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 192 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Added code 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual Count to AK504 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 5 One or More Segments in Error to AK504 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 1 Transaction Set Not Supported to AK505 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing to AK505 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer Do Not Match to AK505 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual Count to AK505 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 5 One or More Segments in Error to AK505 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 1 Transaction Set Not Supported to AK506 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing to AK506 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer Do Not Match to AK506 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual Count to AK506 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
Added code 5 One or More Segments in Error to AK506 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer position 1/0700 Added code 1 Functional Group Not Supported to AK906 DE716 Functional Group Syntax Error
Code Added code 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported to AK906 DE716 Functional Group
Syntax Error Code Added code 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing to AK906 DE716 Functional Group Syntax Error
Code Added code 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header and Trailer Do Not Agree
to AK906 DE716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code Added code 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match Actual Count to AK906
DE716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code
Section VI Summary of Changes Page 193 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 194 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Section VII Business Examples Invoice (810) This Invoice is the standard format invoice for all retail users. It is used to request payment for goods or services shipped to the buyer. The Purchase Order (850) follows this Invoice (810) section in this document. Invoice (810) Benefits
• Allows a buyer to record payment information • Automatically updates applicable financial systems • Provides automated cross-referencing of purchase order and receiving data • Consolidated invoices support multiple invoices being combined without manual intervention • Eliminates possible manual errors • Can be reformatted into a Payment Remittance Advice (820) • Can initiate the Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) process
EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Invoice (810) Business Scenario Supplier is Good Biscuits and the Retailer is ABC Markets. Supplier generated Invoice Number 5940009400 on October 4, 2004 against Retailer’s Purchase Order (PO) Number 005001234500. This example uses the Global Location Number (GLN) 0068780152159. A basic invoice consists of one invoice for one ship to location ONLY. This invoice example is the response to the Purchase Order example # 1.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*810*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
810 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Invoice Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.
BIG*20041004*5940009400*20040815*005001234500
Indicates the beginning of an invoice transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 20041004 is the Invoice Date (October 4, 2004). 5940009400 is the Invoice Number. 20040815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 2004). 005001234500 is the Purchase Order Number.
REF*DP*10 Specifies identifying information. DP is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Department Number. 10 is the department number assigned by the buyer.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 195 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
N1*BT*ABC Markets*UL*0068780152159
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the Entity Identifier Code indicating that this N1 segment identifies the “bill- to” location ABC Markets is the name of the “bill-to” party. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152159 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*RI*Good Biscuits*UL*0057129123455
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. RI is the Entity Identifier Code indicating that this N1 segment identifies the remit-to party. Good Biscuits is the Name of the remit-to party. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN
N3*1234 Any Street Specifies the location of the named party. 1234 Any Street is the Address Information for the “remit-to” party identified in the previous N1 segment.
N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. Calgary is the City Name of the remit-to party identified in the previous N1 segment. AB is the State or Province Code of the remit-to party identified in the previous N1 segment. H2C 5A6 is the Postal Code of the remit-to party identified in the previous N1 segment.
ITD*08*3**20041014**20041111**9732
Specifies terms of sale. 08 is the Terms Type Code indicating the terms are Basic Discount Offered. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code indicating the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 20041014 is the Terms Discount Due Date (October 14, 2004). 20041111 is the Terms Net Due Date (November 11, 2004). 9732 is the Terms Discount Amount ($97.32).
DTM*011*20041004 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 011 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating the date that follows is the date Shipped. 20041004 is the ship date (October 4, 2004).
FOB*PP Specifies transportation instructions relating to shipment. PP is the Shipment Method of Payment indicating the transportation charges are Prepaid (by Seller).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 196 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
DETAIL IT1**200*CA***UK*10012345000010 Specifies the basic and most frequently used line
item data. 200 is the Quantity Invoiced. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000010 is the SCC14.
CTP**UCP*21 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating unit cost price (item list cost) 21 is the item list cost ($21.00)
SAC*C*D360***29400*2*7**M4*4200**02***GST
Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. C is the Allowance or Charge indicator indicating a charge D360 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code indicating the GST charge 29400 is the amount of GST ($294.00) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% M4 is the unit or basis of measurement code indicating Monetary Value 4200 is the basis upon which the tax was charged ($4,200.00) 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”. GST is the description of the Allowance or Charge.
IT1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034 Specifies the basic and most frequently used line item data. 100 is the Quantity Invoiced. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating “Case”. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000034 is the SCC14.
CTP**UCP*6.66 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating unit cost price (item list cost) 6.66 is the item list cost ($6.66)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 197 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SAC*C*D360***4662*2*7**M4*666**02***GST
Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. C is the Allowance or Charge indicator indicating a charge D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 4662 is the amount of GST ($46.62) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% M4 is the unit or basis of measurement code indicating Monetary Value. 666 is the basis upon which the tax was charged ($666.00) 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”. GST is the description of the Allowance or Charge.
SUMMARY TDS*520662 Specifies the total discounts and amounts.
520662 is the Total Invoice Amount ($5206.62) SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance
Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator indicating an Allowance. A280 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code indicating this is an “Advertising Allowance”. 15000 is the Amount of the advertising allowance ($150.00). 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”. Advertising Allowance is the description of the Allowance or Charge.
SAC*N*D360***34062*2*7**M4*4866***R123456789**GST
Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. N is the Allowance or Charge indicator indicating no allowance or charge. This is the GST summary. D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 34062 is the amount of GST ($340.62) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% M4 is the unit or basis of measurement code indicating Monetary Value. 4866 is the basis upon which the tax was charged ($4,866.00) R123456789 is the tax registration number GST is the description of the Allowance or Charge.
CTT*2 Transmits the total number of line items. 2 is the Number of Line Items (IT1 segments) present in this transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 198 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
Raw Data
EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Invoice (810) ST*810*0001 BIG*20041004*5940009400*20040815*005001234500 REF*DP*10 N1*BT*ABC Markets*UL*0068780152159 N1*RI*Good Biscuits*UL*0057129123455 N3*1234 Any Street N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 ITD*08*3**20041014**20041111**9732 DTM*011*20041004 FOB*PP IT1**200*CA***UK*10012345000010 CTP**UCP*21 SAC*C*D360***29400*2*7**M4*4200**02***GST IT1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034 CTP**UCP*6.66 SAC*C*D360***4662*2*7**M4*666**02***GST TDS*520662 SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance SAC*N*D360***34062*2*7**M4*4866***R123456789**GST CTT*2 SE*21*0001
SE*21*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 21 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 199 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Purchase Order (850) The Purchase Order (850) is sent from the buyer to the supplier to order product for shipment. All the customary information included on a paper purchase order can be included in an EDI purchase order, including terms, shipping instructions and other related information. Purchase Order (850) Benefits
• Substantially reduces paper flow activities • Increases operating efficiencies through reduced data volume and time required
completing the transactions. • Eliminates data entry errors.
EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Purchase Order (850) Business Scenario The retailer, ABC Markets, is ordering two items from the supplier, Good Biscuits. Listed below is the purchase order and item detail information that ABC Markets will send to Good Biscuits.
• Purchase Order Date August 15, 2004 • Purchase Order Number 005001234500 • Department Number 10 • Buying Party 01 • Ship to Location Store Number 650 • Promotion Deal Number F948325 • Freight Terms Prepaid (by Seller) • Routing (Carrier SCAC) TINA • Special Instructions Back order if out of stock • Advertising Allowance $150.00 • Terms 2% 10 Net 30 • Requested Ship Date September 15, 2004
QUANTITY UNIT OF
MEASURE
UNIT PRICE (PURCHASE
PRICE)
UNIT RETAIL PRICE
SKU NUMBER
GTIN
200 CA $21.00 $42.00 00001 10012345000010 100 CA $ 6.66 $12.50 00003 10012345000034
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 200 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
HEADER ST*850*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
850 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Purchase Order Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.
BEG*00*SA*005001234500**20040815
Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code indicating this is an Original purchase order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code indicating this is a Stand-alone Order. 005001234500 is the Purchase Order Number. 20040815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 2004).
REF*DP*10 Specifies identifying information. DP is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Department Number. 10 is the department number assigned by the buyer.
REF*PD*F948325 Specifies identifying information. PD is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Promotion/Deal Number. F948325 is the promotion/deal number.
FOB*PP Specifies transportation instructions relating to shipment. PP is the Shipment Method of Payment indicating the transportation charges are Prepaid (by Seller).
SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance
Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator indicating an Allowance. A280 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code indicating this is an “Advertising Allowance”. 15000 is the Amount of the advertising allowance ($150.00). 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”. Advertising Allowance is the description of the Allowance or Charge.
ITD*08*3*2**10**30 Specifies terms of sale. 08 is the Terms Type Code indicating the terms are Basic Discount Offered. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code indicating the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 2 is the Terms Discount Percent available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Days Due. 10 is the Terms Discount Days Due. 30 is the Terms Net Days.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 201 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
DTM*002*20041014 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 002 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating the Date that follows is the Requested Delivery Date 20041014 is the date (October 14, 2004).
TD5*B*2*TINA Specifies the carrier and routing information. B is the Routing Sequence Code indicating Origin/ Delivery Carrier (Any Mode). 2 is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code that follows is a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). TINA is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code of the carrier.
N1*MF* A Corp Warehouse *UL*0057129123448
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. MF is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Manufacturer of Goods. A Corp Warehouse is the name of the Manufacturer UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123448 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*BT*XYZ Head Office*UL*0068780152135
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the Entity Identifier Code indicating the Bill To Party. XYZ Head Office is the name of the Bill To Party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152135 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*ST*XYZ Store One*UL*0068780152142
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Ship To location. XYZ Store One is the name of the Ship To UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 00687801521 is the 13 digits GLN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 202 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
DETAIL PO1**200*CA***UK* 10012345000010*IN*00001
Specifies basic line item data. 200 is the Quantity Ordered. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000010 is the SCC 14 IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number. 00001 is the buyer's item number.
CTP**UCP*42 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 42 is the retail price ($42.00).
PO1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034*IN*00003
Specifies basic line item data. 100 is the Quantity Ordered. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000034 is the 14-digit GTIN. IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number 00003 is the buyer's item number.
CTP**UCP*12.5 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Cost Price. 12.5 is the unit price ($12.50).
SUMMARY CTT*2 Transmits the total number of line items.
2 is the Number of Line Items (PO1 segments) present in this transaction set.
SE*18*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 18 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 203 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data for Basic Purchase Order EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Purchase Order (850)
ST*850*0001 BEG*00*SA*005001234500**20040815 REF*DP*10 REF*PD*F948325 FOB*PP SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance ITD*08*3*2**10**30 DTM*002*20041014 TD5*B*2*TINA N1*MF* A Corp. Warehouse *UL*0057129123448 N1*BT*XYZ Head Office*UL*0068780152135 N1*ST*XYZ Store One*UL*0068780152142 PO1**200*CA***UK*10012345000010*IN*00001 CTP**UCP*42 PO1**100*CA***UK* 10012345000034*IN*00003 CTP**UCP*12.5 CTT*2 SE*18*0001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 204 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Purchase Order (850)
EXAMPLE 2: SPREADSHEET (850) Business Scenario The retailer, ABC Markets, is issuing PO Number 005001234500 to the supplier, Good Biscuits. The Spreadsheet PO will allow ABC Markets to specify the line item quantities for each of the four ship-to locations.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*850*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
850 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Purchase Order Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.
BEG*00*SA*005001234500**20040815
Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order (PO) transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code indicating this is an Original purchase order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code indicating this is a Stand-alone Order. 005001234500 is the Purchase Order Number. 20040815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 2004).
REF*DP*10 Specifies identifying information. DP is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Department Number. 10 is the department number assigned by the buyer.
REF*PD*F948325 Specifies identifying information. PD is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Promotion/Deal Number. F948325 is the promotion/deal number.
FOB*CC Specifies transportation instructions relating to shipment. CC is the Shipment Method of Payment indicating the Transportation charges are Collect.
SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance
Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator indicating an Allowance. A280 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code indicating this is an “Advertising Allowance”. 15000 is the Amount of the advertising allowance ($150.00). 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”. Advertising Allowance is the description of the Allowance or Charge.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 205 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
ITD*08*3*2**10**30 Specifies terms of sale. 08 is the Terms Type Code indicating the terms are Basic Discount Offered. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code indicating the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 2 is the Terms Discount Percent available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Days Due. 10 is the Terms Discount Days Due. 30 is the Terms Net Days.
DTM*002*20041014 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 002 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating the Date that follows is the Requested Delivery Date 20041014 is the date (October 14, 2004).
TD5*B*2*TINA Specifies the carrier and routing information. B is the Routing Sequence Code indicating Origin/ Delivery Carrier (Any Mode). 2 is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code that follows is a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). TINA is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code of the carrier.
N1*MF* A Corp Warehouse *UL*0057129123448
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. MF is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Manufacturer of Goods. A Corp Warehouse is the name of the Manufacturer. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123448 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*BT* XYZ Head Office *UL*0068780152135
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the Entity Identifier Code indicating the Bill To Party. XYZ Head Office is the name of the Bill To Party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152135 is the 13 digits GLN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 206 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLA NATION
DETAIL PO1**200*CA***UK* 10012345000010*IN*00001
Specifies basic line item data. 200 is the Quantity Ordered. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000010 is the SCC 14 IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number. 00001 is the buyer's item number.
CTP**UCP*42 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 42 is the retail price ($42.00).
SDQ*EA*UL*0068780152203*50* 0068780152234*50*0068780152210*50*0068780152241*50
Specifies destination and quantity details. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code(s) that follow are Global Location Numbers (GLNs) 0068780152203 is the Identification Code for the first destination. 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152203. 0068780152234 is the Identification Code for the Second destination. 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152234. 0068780152210 is the Identification Code for the Third destination. 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152210. 0068780152241 is the Identification Code for the fourth destination. 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152241.
PO1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034*IN*00003
Specifies basic line item data. 100 is the Quantity Ordered. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 10012345000034 is the 14-digit GTIN. IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number. 00003 is the buyer's item number.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION CTP**UCP*12.5 Specifies pricing information.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 207 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Cost Price. 12.5 is the unit price ($12.50).
SDQ*EA*UL*0068780152203*25* 0068780152234*25*0068780152210*25*0068780152241*25
Specifies destination and quantity details. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code(s) that follow are Global Location Numbers (GLNs) 0068780152203 is the Identification Code for the first destination. 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152203. 0068780152234 is the Identification Code for the Second destination. 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152234. 0068780152210 is the Identification Code for the Third destination. 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152210. 0068780152241 is the Identification Code for the fourth destination. 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152241.
SUMMARY CTT*2 Transmits the total number of line items.
2 is the Number of Line Items (PO1 segments) present in this transaction set.
SE*19*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 19 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 208 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data EXAMPLE 2: SPREADSHEET Purchase Order (850) ST*850*0001 BEG*00*SA*005001234501**20040815 REF*DP*10 REF*PD*F948325 FOB*CC SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance ITD*08*3*2**10**30 DTM*002*20041014 TD5*B*2*TINA N1*MF* A Corp. Warehouse *UL*0057129123448 N1*BT* XYZ Head Office *UL*0068780152135 PO1**200*CA***UK*10012345000010*IN*00001 CTP**UCP*42 SDQ*EA*UL*0068780152203*50*0068780152234*50*0068780152210*50*0068780152241*50 PO1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034*IN*00003 CTP**UCP*12.5 SDQ*EA*UL*0068780152203*25*0068780152234*25*0068780152210*25*0068780152241*25 CTT*2 SE*17*0001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 209 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 3: BASIC APPARREL ORDER Business Scenario The retailer, The Department Store, is ordering two items from the supplier, Jeans Vendor, for one of their stores. Listed below is the purchase order and item detail information that The Department Store will send to Jeans Vendor.
• Purchase Order Date September 29, 2004 • Purchase Order Number 0123456789 • Currency CAD • Department Number 012 • Ship to Location Store Number 10001 • Freight Terms Prepaid (by Seller) • Routing (Carrier SCAC) FDEG • Warehousing Allowance $200.00 • Terms 1% 10 Net 30 • Requested Ship Date November 1, 2004
Quantity Unit of
Measure Unit Price
Unit Retail Price
Vendor Style
Vendor Colour
Vendor Size
UPC
96 Each 10.5 18 T-Shirt 100 33902 000000000017 144 Each 10.5 18 T-Shirt 100 33903 000000000024 144 Each 10.5 18 T-Shirt 100 33904 000000000031 96 Each 10.5 18 T-Shirt 100 33905 000000000048
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 210 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
HEADER ST*850*0000001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
850 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Purchase Order Transaction Set. 0000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.
BEG*00*SA*0123456789**20040929 Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code indicating this is an Original purchase order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code indicating this is a Stand-alone Order. 0123456789 is the Purchase Order Number. 20040929 is the Purchase Order Date (September 29, 2004).
CUR*BY*CAD Specifies the currency used in the transaction. BY is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this originates from the Buying Party CAD is the Currency Code indicating Canadian Dollars
REF*DP*012 Specifies identifying information. DP is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Department Number. 012 is the department number assigned by the buyer.
FOB*PP Specifies transportation instructions relating to shipment. PP is the Shipment Method of Payment indicating the transportation charges are Prepaid (by Seller).
SAC*A*I580***20000*******02 Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator indicating this SAC Segment identifies an Allowance. I580 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code indicating that this is a Warehousing Allowance. 20000 is the Amount of the Warehousing allowance ($200.00). 02 is the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code indicating that the allowance will be reflected in the total transaction amount.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 211 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
ITD*08*3*1**10**30 Specifies terms of sale. 08 is the Terms Type Code indicating the terms are Basic Discount Offered. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code indicating the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 1 is the Terms Discount Percent available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Days Due. 10 is the Terms Discount Days Due. 30 is the Terms Net Days.
DTM*002*20041101 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 002 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating the Date that follows is the Delivery Requested Date. 20041101 is the ship date (November 1, 2004).
TD5*B*2*FDEG Specifies the carrier and routing information. B is the Routing Sequence Code indicating Origin/ Delivery Carrier (Any Mode). 2 is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code that follows is a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). FDEG is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code of the carrier.
N9*AH*0123456789 Specifies identifying information. AH is the Reference Identification Qualifier indicating the Agreement Number 0123456789 is the Agreement Number
MTX*ORI*Basic One Store Order Specifies Text Comments ORI Is the Note Reference Code indicating in this case that this is Order Instructions Basic One Store Order is the Free-Form Message Text
N1*MF*A Corp Warehouse *UL*0057129123448
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. MF is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Manufacturer of Goods. A Corp Warehouse is the name of the Ship To UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123448 is the 13 digits GLN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 212 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
N1*BT*XYZ Head Office*UL*0068780152135
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the Entity Identifier Code indicating the Bill To Party. Head Office is the name of the Bill To Party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152135 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*ST*XYZ Warehouse*UL*0068780152142
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the Entity Identifier Code indicating the Ship To location. XYZ Warehouse is the name of the Ship To Party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152142 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAILS PO1**96*EA***UP*000000000017*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33902
Specifies basic line item data. 96 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 000000000017 is the U.P.C. VA is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor’s Style Number. T-SHIRT is the Vendor’s Style Number VE is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Colour. 100 is the Vendor’s Colour Code SZ is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code. 33902 is the Vendor’s Size Code
CTP**UCP*10.5 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 10.5 is the Unit Cost Price ($10.50).
CTP**RTL*18 Specifies pricing information. RTL the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Retail Price. 18 is the Retail Price ($18.00).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 213 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT SMALL Describes a product. F is the Item Description Type indicating that the format of the item description that follows is Free-Form 08 indicates that the description describes the product. BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT SMALL is the Item Description
PO1**144*EA***UP*000000000024*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33903
Specifies basic line item data. 144 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 000000000024 is the U.P.C. VA is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor’s Style Number. T-SHIRT is the Vendor’s Style Number VE is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Colour. 100 is the Vendor’s Colour Code SZ is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code. 33903 is the Vendor’s Size Code
CTP**UCP*10.5 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 10.5 is the Unit Cost Price ($10.50).
CTP**RTL*18 Specifies pricing information. RTL the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Retail Price. 18 is the Retail Price ($18.00).
PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT MEDIUM
Describes a product. F is the Item Description Type indicating that the format of the item description that follows is Free-Form 08 indicates that the description describes the product. BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT MEDIUM is the Item Description
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 214 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
PO1**144*EA***UP*000000000031*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33904
Specifies basic line item data. 144 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 000000000031 is the U.P.C. VA is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor’s Style Number. T-SHIRT is the Vendor’s Style Number VE is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Colour. 100 is the Vendor’s Colour Code SZ is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code. 33904 is the Vendor’s Size Code
CTP**UCP*10.5 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 10.5 is the Unit Cost Price ($10.50).
CTP**RTL*18 Specifies pricing information. RTL the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Retail. 18 is the Retail Price ($18.00).
PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT LARGE Describes a product. F is the Item Description Type indicating that the format of the item description that follows is Free-Form 08 indicates that the description describes the product. BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT LARGE is the Item Description
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 215 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
PO1**96*EA***UP*000000000048*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33905
Specifies basic line item data. 96 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 000000000048 is the U.P.C. VA is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor’s Style Number. T-SHIRT is the Vendor’s Style Number VE is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Colour. 100 is the Vendor’s Colour Code SZ is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code. 33905 is the Vendor’s Size Code
CTP**UCP*10.5 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 10.5 is the Unit Cost Price ($10.50).
CTP**RTL*18 Specifies pricing information. RTL the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Retail Price. 18 is the Retail Price ($18.00).
PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT XLARGE
Describes a product. F is the Item Description Type indicating that the format of the item description that follows is Free-Form 08 indicates that the description describes the product. BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT XLARGE is the Item Description
SUMMARY CTT*4 Transmits the total number of line items.
4 is the Number of Line Items (PO1 segments) present in this transaction set.
SE*31*0000001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 31 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 216 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data EXAMPLE 3: BASIC APPARREL ORDER for Basic Purchase Order (850) ST*850*0000001 BEG*00*SA*0123456789**20040929 CUR*BY*CAD REF*DP*012 FOB*PP SAC*A*I580***20000*******02 ITD*08*3*1**10**30 DTM*002*20041101 TD5*B*2*FDEG N9*AH*0123456789 MTX*ORI*Basic One Store Order N1*MF* A Corp. Warehouse *UL*0057129123448 N1*BT*XYZ Head Office*UL*0068780152135 N1*ST*XYZ Warehouse*UL*0068780152142 PO1**96*EA***UP*000000000017*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33902 CTP**UCP*10.5 CTP**RTL*18 PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT SMALL PO1**144*EA***UP*000000000024*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33903 CTP**UCP*10.5 CTP**RTL*18 PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT MEDIUM PO1**144*EA***UP*000000000031*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33904 CTP**UCP*10.5 CTP**RTL*18 PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT LARGE PO1**96*EA***UP*000000000048*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33905 CTP**UCP*10.5 CTP**RTL*18 PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT XLARGE CTT*4 SE*31*0000001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 217 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Product Activity Data (852) The Product Activity Data (852) is most useful when the supplier is maintaining inventory replenishment model stocks for the buyer. The buyer provides sales/inventory data to the supplier. The transaction allows a buyer to provide a supplier with a complete picture of the buyer’s inventory position as an aid in forecasting and executing a supplier-driven replenishment system. The buyer must also specify if this transaction constitutes a commitment to purchase products or if it is for informational purposes only. The number of reporting locations and/or volume of stock keeping units (SKUs) will determine the size of the transaction. Some buyers report end sales to be replenished, while others report movement from their distribution centers to their final sales locations, expecting the supplier to replenish their distribution centers. Various types of product activity data can be reported by the buyer to the supplier using the Product Activity Data (852), including:
• Sales • Movement of inventory from warehouse to final sales location • Current inventory levels • Additional or exceptional demand over and above scheduled replenishment levels • Out of stock quantities, e.g., lost sales, rainchecks or shortfalls on order quantities as • Reflected in the buyer’s system • Adjustments to inventory
Product Activity Data (852) Benefits
• Reports inventory movement for data analysis • Aids in the automation of the replenishment cycle • Facilitates Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI) programs • Helps to streamline and improve inventory management operations • Reduces inventory handling costs
Vendor Managed Inventory Business Scenario 1 (Basic) The following is an 852 where the vendor (Corner Vendor Co.) plans the orders for a single distribution. In this case, the distributor is reporting for 2004/02/19 for ABC Markets Inc. distribution centre. They are also providing the vendor with the purchase order number range of 1100 to 1200 for the creation of the purchase orders. The table shows the inventory information for each product.
Quantity Product (SCC14)
On Hand (QA)
Committed (QC)
Out of Stock (QO)
Sold Inventory (QS)
01055555010001 10 2 0 5 01055555020201 0 0 10 5 01055555030101 5 0 0 0 01055555040501 4 0 0 3 01055555050501 0 0 5 5
In addition, Product 01055555010001 has a Promotion from 2004/03/01 to 2004/03/15.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 218 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
HEADER ST*852*1000001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
852 is the Transaction Set Identifier for the Productivity Data 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number
XQ*G*20040219 Specifies Actions, Dates and Identifying Numbers. G is the Transaction Handling Code indicating this is transaction is for Plan Order(s) and Ship Product. 20040219 is the reporting date of the information in this transaction.
XPO*1100*1200 Specifies preassigned Purchase Order Numbers. 1100 is the starting Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders. 1200 is the ending Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders.
N1*ST*CORNER STORES INC.*UL*0068780152127
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the “Ship To” location. CORNER STORES is the name of the “Ship To” Location. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152127 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAILS LIN**UK*01055555010001 Specifies Item Identification.
UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555010001 is the SCC14.
PO4*6*2.84*LT Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.
ZA*QA*10*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 219 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
ZA*QC*2*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QC is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Committed. 2 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
DTM*015*20040301 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 015 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the Date that follows is the Promotion Start date. 20040301 is the Promotion Start Date. (March 1, 2004)
DTM*016*20040315 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 016 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the Date that follows is the Promotion End date. 20040315 is the Promotion End Date. (March 15, 2004)
LIN**UK*01055555020201 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 01055555020201 is the SCC14.
PO4*24*250*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 24 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 250 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in millilitres.
ZA*QO*10*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 220 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being
reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
LIN**UK*01055555030101 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555030101 is the SCC14.
PO4*12*500*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in milliliters.
ZA*QA*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
LIN**UK*01055555040501 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555010001 is the SCC14.
PO4*6*1*KG Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in kilograms.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 221 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
ZA*QA*4*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Da te.
ZA*QS*3*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 3 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
LIN**UK*01055555050501 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555050501 is the SCC14.
PO4*6*2.84*LT Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.
ZA*QO*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 222 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SUMMARY CTT*5 Transmits the total number of line items.
5 is the number of Line Items (LIN segments) present in this transaction set.
SE*32*1000001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 32 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 223 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data Example for Single Distribution Centre – Product Activity Data (852) ST*852*1000001 XQ*G*20040219 XPO*1100*1200 N1*ST*CORNER STORES INC.*UL*0068780152127 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA*10*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QC*2*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 DTM*015*20040301 DTM*016*20040315 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QO*10*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA*5*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA*4*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QS*3*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QO*5*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 CTT*5 SE*32*1000001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 224 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Vendor Managed Inventory Business Scenario 2 (Spreadsheet) The following is a spreadsheet 852 where the vendor (Corner Vendor Co.) plans the orders for a multiple distribution centre. In this case, the distributor is reporting for 2004/02/19 for three distribution centres. They are also providing the vendor with the purchase order number range of 1100 to 1200 for the creation of the purchase orders. The table shows the inventory information for each product at each location. Quantity
Product (SCC14)
Distribution Centre (Duns #)
On Hand (QA)
Committed (QC)
Out of Stock (QO)
Sold Inventory
(QS) 01055555010001 0057129123455 10 2 0 5 0068780153033 0 0 0 9 0068780153002 5 0 0 10 01055555020201 0057129123455 0 0 10 5 0068780153033 8 0 0 12 01055555030101 0057129123455 6 0 0 4 0068780153002 2 0 0 7 01055555040501 0057129123455 0 0 5 9 0068780153033 0 0 4 32 0068780153002 1 0 0 10 01055555050501 0057129123455 2 0 0 5
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*852*1000001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
852 is the Transaction Set Identifier for the Productivity Data 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number
XQ*G*20040219 Specifies Actions, Dates and Identifying Numbers. G is the Transaction Handling Code indicating this is transaction is for Plan Order(s) and Ship Product. 20040219 is the reporting date of the information in this transaction.
XPO*1100*1200 Specifies preassigned Purchase Order Numbers. 1100 is the starting Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders. 1200 is the ending Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders.
DETAIL LIN**UK*01055555010001 Specifies Item Identification.
UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555010001 is the SCC14.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 225 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
PO4*6*2.84*LT Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.
ZA*QA***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*10 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 10 is the Inventory Quantity
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*5 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153002 is the 13 digits GLN 5 is the Inventory Quantity
ZA*QC***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QC is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Committed. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*2 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 2 is the Inventory Quantity
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 226 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
ZA*QS***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 5 is the Inventory Quantity
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*9 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153033 is the 13 digits GLN 9 is the Inventory Quantity
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*10 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153002 is the 13 digits GLN 10 is the Inventory Quantity
LIN**UK*01055555020201 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555020201 is the SCC14.
PO4*24*250*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 24 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 250 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in millilitres.
ZA*QA***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 227 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*8 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153033 is the 13 digits GLN 8 is the Inventory Quantity
ZA*QO***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*10 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 10 is the Inventory Quantity
ZA*QS***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 5 is the Inventory Quantity
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*12 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153033 is the 13 digits GLN 12 is the Inventory Quantity
LIN**UK*01055555030101 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555030101 is the SCC14.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 228 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
PO4*12*500*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Milliliters.
ZA*QA***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*6 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 6 is the Inventory Quantity
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*2 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153002 is the 13 digits GLN 2 is the Inventory Quantity
ZA*QS***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*4 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 4 is the Inventory Quantity
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 229 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*7 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153002 is the 13 digits GLN 7 is the Inventory Quantity
LIN**UK*01055555040501 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 01055555040501 is the SCC14
PO4*6*1*KG Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Kilograms.
ZA*QA***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*1 CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153002 is the 13 digits GLN 1 is the Inventory Quantity
ZA*QO***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 230 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 5 is the Inventory Quantity
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*4 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153033 is the 13 digits GLN 4 is the Inventory Quantity
ZA*QS***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*9 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 9 is the Inventory Quantity
SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*32 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153033 is the 13 digits GLN 32 is the Inventory Quantity
SDQ*CA*UL*00687801523002*10 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 00687801523002 is the 13 digits GLN 10 is the Inventory Quantity
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 231 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
LIN**UK*01055555050501 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 01055555050501 is the SCC14.
PO4*6*2.84*LT Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.
ZA*QA***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*2 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 2 is the Inventory Quantity
ZA*QS***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 5 is the Inventory Quantity
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 232 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SUMMARY CTT*5 Transmits the total number of line items.
5 is the number of Line Items (LIN segments) present in this transaction set.
SE*51*1000001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 51 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 233 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data For Multiple Distribution Centres ST*852*1000001 XQ*G*20040219 XPO*1100*1200 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780152158*10 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*5 ZA*QC***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780152158*2 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780152158*5 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*9 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*10 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*8 ZA*QO***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*10 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*12 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*6 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*2 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*4 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*7 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*1 ZA*QO***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*4 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*9 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*32 SDQ*CA*UL*00687801523002*10 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*2 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 CTT*5 SE*51*1000001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 234 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Perpetual Inventory Business Scenario 1 The following is an 852 where a 3rd party warehouse (Region Warehouse) is updating a vendor (Corner Vendor) with the current inventory levels of Corner Vendors products in Region Warehouse. In this case, the warehouse is reporting for 2000/04/12. The table shows the inventory information for each product.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*852*1000001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
852 is the Transaction Set Identifier for the Productivity Data 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number
XQ*H*20040219 Specifies Actions, Dates and Identifying Numbers. H is the Transaction Handling Code indicating this is transaction is for Notification Only. 20040219 is the reporting date of the information in this transaction.
N1*RL*REGION WAREHOUSE*UL*0068780152302
RL is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Reporting Location. REGION WAREHOUSE is the name of the Reporting Location. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152302 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAIL LIN**UK*01055555010001 Specifies Item Identification.
UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555010001 is the SCC14
Quantity Product (SCC14) On Hand
(QA) Damaged or on hold
(QH)
Out of Stock (QO)
On order, not
received (QP)
Returned (QU)
01055555010001 10 0 0 4 0 01055555020201 0 0 10 20 0 01055555030101 5 4 0 10 0 01055555040501 4 0 0 0 3 01055555050501 0 0 5 0 0
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 235 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
PO4*6*2.84*LT 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.
ZA*QA*10*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
ZA*QP*4*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QP is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity On Order, Not Yet Received. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
LIN**UK*01055555020201 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555020201 is the SCC14.
PO4*24*250*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 24 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 250 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Millilitres.
ZA*QO*10*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 236 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
ZA*QP*20*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QP is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity On Order, Not Yet Received. 20 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
LIN**UK*01055555030101 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555030101 is the SCC14.
PO4*12*500*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Millilitres.
ZA*QA*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
ZA*QH*4*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QH is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Damaged or On Hold. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 237 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
ZA*QP*10*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QP is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity On Order, Not Yet Received. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
LIN**UK*01055555040501 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555040501 is the SCC14.
PO4*6*1*KG Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Kilograms.
ZA*QA*4*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
ZA*QU*3*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QU is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Returned By Customer. 3 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
LIN**UK*01055555050501 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555050501 is the SCC14.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 238 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
PO4*6*2.84*LT Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.
ZA*QO*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.
SUMMARY CTT*5 Transmits the total number of line items.
5 is the number of Line Items (LIN segments) present in this transaction set.
SE*32*1000001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 33 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 239 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data For Perpetual Inventory ST*852*1000001 XQ*H*20040219 N1*RL*REGION WAREHOUSE*UL*0068780152302 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA*10*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QP*4*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QO*10*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QP*20*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA*5*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QH*4*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QP*10*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA*4*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QU*3*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QO*5*CA*007*20040219 CTT*5 SE*32*1000001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 240 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Within VICS EDI, this transaction serves two distinct purposes. It can be sent by the supplier to the buyer to provide proof that a purchase order has been received and the content is correct or incorrect. In supplier-managed replenishment programs, the Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) becomes a reverse purchase order and notifies the buyer that either: 1) the actual order that has been placed on their behalf or; 2) these are the recommended replenishment order up to quantities. Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Benefits
• Provides an efficient means of confirming buyer purchase orders The following example represents a Continuous Replenishment relationship between trading partners, whereby the vendor is notifying the retailer of a vendor generated replenishment order for 100 cases of product.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*855*00001
Shows the start of the transaction set. 855 is the transaction set identifier, 00001 is the transaction set control number that is sequentially assigned by the sender.
BAK*00*AP*1234546*20040428
Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order Acknowledgement transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 indicates this is the original 855 AP indicates the 855 is for product replenishment whereby the vendor generates the order 123456 is the # assigned to the order by the vendor 20040428 is the date the order was created.
REF*IT*777
Specifies identifying information. IT is the qualifier indicating the identification # assigned to the retailer, for use within the vendor’s system 777 is that number.
DTM*068*20040501
Specifies pertinent dates and times. 068 is the qualifier identifying the delivery requested date, 20040501 is the delivery requested date. (May 1, 2004)
N1*BT*Corner Store Head Office*UL*0068780152319
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the code identifying the Bill To party Corner Store Head Office is the name of the Bill To UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152319 is the 13 digits GLN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 241 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
N1*ST*Pinto Location 12*UL*0068780152333
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the qualifier identifying the Ship To party. Pinto Location 12 is the name of the Ship To. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152333 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*SF*Huron Devonshire Inc*UL*0068780152326
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF is the qualifier identifying the Ship From party Huron Devonshire Inc is the name of the Ship From UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152326 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAIL P01**100*CA***UK*10111112222201
Specifies basic line item data. 100 is the quantity ordered, CA is the unit in which the quantity is being ordered UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 14-digit Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). 10111110000001 is the 14-digit GTIN
CTP**UCP*25.50
Specifies pricing information. UCP indicates the price to follow is the unit cost price. 25.50 is the price per unit.
PO4*6
Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 6 is the number of inner pack units per outer pack.
SAC*A*I170***10000***1*CA***02
Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A represents an allowance, I170 indicates the allowance is a trade discount. 10000 is the total amount of the allowance. ($100.00) 1 is the allowance or charge rate per unit expressed as a monetary amount. ($1.00) CA is the unit that the rate refers to 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”.
SUMMARY CTT*1
Transmits the total number of line items. 1 indicates the number of P01 lines in the transaction.
SE*13*00001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 13 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 00001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 242 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data for Continuous Replenishment Purchase Order Acknowledgement ST*855*00001 BAK*00*AP*1234546*20040428 REF*IT*777 DTM*068*20040501 N1*BT*Corner Store Head Office*UL*0068780152319 N1*ST*Pinto Location 12*UL*0068780152333 N1*SF*Huron Devonshire Inc*UL*0068780152326 P01**100*CA***UK*10111112222201 CTP**UCP*25.50 PO4*6 SAC*A*I170***10000***1*CA***02 CTT*1 SE*13*00001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 243 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
In the example below, assume the retailer generated an order for 200 cases, and the vendor is sending the acknowledgment with changes made.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*855*00002
Shows the start of the transaction set. 855 is the transaction set identifier 0002 is the transaction set control number that is sequentially assigned by the sender.
BAK*19*AC*102345*20040428
Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order Acknowledgement transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 19 indicates this is an acknowledgement with a seller-initiated change (the vendor is making a change to the retailer’s order) AC represents the acknowledgement type- an acknowledgement with detail and change. 102345 is the retailer’s purchase order # 20040428 is the date the 855 was created.
REF*IT*567
Specifies identifying information. IT is the qualifier indicating the identification # assigned to the retailer, for use within the vendor’s system (a reference # that could be used by both parties). 567 is that number.
DTM*068*20040501 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 068 is the qualifier identifying the delivery requested date 20040501 is the actual date. (May 1, 2004)
N1*BT*Corner Store Head Office*UL*0068780152319
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the code identifying the Bill To party. Corner Store Head Office is the name of the Bill To. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152319 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*ST*Pinto Location 12*UL*0068780152333
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the qualifier identifying the Ship To party. Pinto Location 12 is the name of the Ship To. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152333 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*SF*Huron Devonshire Inc*UL*0068780152326
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF is the qualifier identifying the Ship From party Huron Devonshire Inc is the name of the Ship From. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152326 is the 13 digits GLN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 244 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
DETAIL P01**100*CA***UK*10011111222201
Specifies basic line item data. 100 is the quantity ordered by the retailer on the purchase order, CA is the unit in which the quantity being ordered, 25. 50 is the price per unit. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 14-digit Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). 10111112222201 is the 14-digit GTIN
CTP**UCP*25.50
Specifies pricing information. UCP indicates the price to follow is the unit cost price 25. 50 is the price per unit.
P04*6 Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 6 is the number of inner pack units per outer pack.
SAC*A*I170***10000***1*CA***02
Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A represents an allowance, I170 indicates the allowance is a trade discount. 10000 is the total amount of the allowance. ($100.00) 1 is the allowance or charge rate per unit expressed as a monetary amount. ($1.00) CA is the unit that the rate refers to 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”.
ACK*IC*100*CA*068*20040501
Acknowledges order quantities and specifies dates. IC is the code indicating the item is accepted, but changes made, 100 is the quantity to which the change applies. Note: 850 from retailer ordered 200 cases. CA is the measurement code the quantity is being ordered in, 068 is the date/time qualifier associated with Current Scheduled Delivery date 20000501 is the actual date.
SUMMARY
CTT*1
Transmits the total number of line items. 1 is the number of P01 segments in the transaction.
SE*14*13 Shows the end of the transaction set. 14 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 13 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 245 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data for Basic Purchase Order Acknowledgement ST*855*00002 BAK*19*AC*102345*20040428 REF*IT*567 DTM*068*20040501 N1*BT*Corner Store Head Office*UL*0068780152319 N1*ST*Pinto Location 12*UL*0068780152333 N1*SF*Huron Devonshire Inc*UL*0068780152326 P01**100*CA***UK*10011111222201 CTP**UCP*25.50 P04*6 SAC*A*I170***10000***1*CA***02 ACK*IC*100*CA*068*20040501 CTT*1 SE*14*13
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 246 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Advance Ship Notice (856) The supplier or public warehouse to advise the buyer of shipment information uses the Ship Notice/Manifest (856). The structure of the transaction set allows information to be sent at the shipment, order, pallet, case and item levels. Transportation information is included at the shipment level. This includes carrier, routing, trailer SSCC-18 number, bill of lading number and shipping and delivery dates, as well as volume and weight. At the order level, the buyer's purchase order number and the status of the order are reported. The tare, or pallet level accommodates pallet identification, using the SSCC-18 UCC/EAN-128 pallet license plate. The case level allows the identification of shipping containers using the SCC-14 or SSCC-18 code numbers. The item level contains product quantity and specific pack information, used to up-date inventory data.
Advance Ship Notice (856) FLOW OF INFORMATION In the Ship Notice/Manifest, the item is the lowest level, i.e. the specification of the consumer unit is always within the shipping container; the shipping container on the pallet; and the pallet in the order. The orders of the hierarchical levels are Shipment, Order, Pallet (Tare), Shipping Container (Pack), and Item.
HIERARCHICAL NUMBERING SYSTEM SHIPMENT 'S' Data which applies to the whole shipment, such as the bill of lading number; total quantity of the shipment; bill to; etc. UNIT LOAD ‘UT’ The Unit load level is used to identify a physical shipping unit which is marked with a UCC/EAN serial shipping container code, and, consists of transport packages marked for multiple final destinations. ORDER 'O' Data relating to the order(s) and the receiver's original purchase order. There may be more than one order in the shipment. TARE 'T' The Tare level is used to identify pallets. If there are no identifiable pallets, this section may be omitted. PACK 'P' The pack level is used to identify cases or shipping containers. ITEM 'I' This level identifies SKU data. In the example below, the Shipment (01) contains two Orders. The first Order (02) has two shipping containers, (03) and (07), with different contents. The first shipping container contains three different SKU's (04, 05, 06). The second shipping container (07), contains one type of SKU (08).
The second Order (09), has one shipping container (10), which contains 6 different SKU's, (11 through 16). Note that the numbering system flows through the first Order, to the first shipping container, to it's contents and continues to the second shipping container and contents, before moving to the second Order level. Each shipping container represents one hierarchical level (one HL segment followed by data elements). The number in the top Left hand corner of each box is the hierarchical sequence number, ( the number in HL01). The number in the top Right hand corner is the Parent I.D., (HL02).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 247 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Advance Ship Notice (856) Benefits
• eliminates the need for paper based communications • ensures accuracy between product shipped and product received • reduces off-loading time at receiving dock • reduces check-in time from receipt to selling floor • facilitates the cross docking process • allows for advance order allocation • facilitates mechanized receiving • allows for integration of data to multiple systems without multiple data entry • allows for resource scheduling by the receiver • smoothes the payment process by facilitating accurate matching
Business Scenario 1 Standard Case Environment. One pallet with 10 cases of one product and 15 cases of another, and another pallet with 30 cases of yet another product.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*856*347001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
856 indicates that this is an ASN 347001 is the Transaction Set Control Number
BSN*00*0021849*20040211*0706*0001
Indicates the beginning of an Advanced Ship Notice transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 indicates that this is the original ASN 0021846 is the Shipment Identification Number 20040211 is the shipment date (Feb. 11/98) 0706 is the shipment time (7:06am) 0001 is the hierarchical structure code that indicates that this ASN is in the pick and pack structure
DETAIL – SHIPMENT LEVEL HL*1**S Identifies dependencies among and content of
hierarchically related groups of segments. 1 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure S indicates the shipment level
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 248 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
TD1*CTN*55****G*7291.8*KG Specifies transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity. CTN indicates standard cartons 55 is the lading quantity of the above G indicates gross weight 7291.8 is the weight KG indicates kilograms
TD1*PLT*2****G*7291.8*KG Specifies transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity. PLT indicates wood pallets 2 is the lading quantity of the above G indicates gross weight 7291.8 is the weight KG indicates kilograms
TD5*B*2*SCAC*M Specifies the carrier and routing information. B is the routing sequence code that indicates origin/delivery carrier 2 is the ID code qualifier that indicates a SCAC code SCAC is the SCAC code of the carrier M is the Transportation Method/Type code that indicates motor carrier
TD3*TL**6993006 Specifies the carrier equipment information. TL is the Equipment Description code that indicates a trailer number 6993006 is the trailer number
REF*BM*0021849 Specifies identifying information. BM is the reference ID qualifier that indicates a bill of lading number 0021849 is the bill of lading number
DTM*011*20040211*0655 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 011 is the date qualifier that indicates the shipped date 20040211 is the date (February 11, 2004) 0655 is the time (6:55am)
DTM*067*20040211*1730 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 067 is the date qualifier that indicates the scheduled delivery date 20040211 is the date (February 11, 2004) 1730 is the time (5:30pm)
N1*SF*P&G FACELLE WHSE*UL*0068780152340
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF is the entity ID code that indicates the ship from entity P&G FACELLE WHSE is the ship from entity UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152340 is the 13 digits GLN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 249 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
N1*ST*SHOPPER PLANET*UL*0068780152357
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the entity ID code that indicates the ship to entity SHOPPER PLANET is the ship to entity UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152357 is the 13 digits GLN
N3*KENNEDY ROAD Specifies the location of the named party. KENNEDY ROAD is the Address Information for the “ship-to” party identified in the previous N1 segment.
N4*SCARBOROUGH*ON*L6T 3G6*CA
Specifies the geographic place of the named party. SCARBOROUGH is the city name ON is the province code L6T 3G6 is the postal code CA is the country code
DETAIL – ORDER LEVEL HL*2*1*O Identifies dependencies among and content of
hierarchically related groups of segments. 2 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 1 is the hierarchical parent ID number O indicates the order level
PRF*102345 Provides reference to a Purchase Order. 102345 is the purchase order number
TD1*CTN*55 Specifies transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity. CTN indicates standard cartons 55 is the lading quantity of the above
TD1*PLT*2 Specifies transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity. PLT indicates wood pallets 2 is the lading quantity of the above
DETAIL – TARE LEVEL HL*3*2*T Identifies dependencies among and content of
hierarchically related groups of segments. 3 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 2 is the hierarchical parent ID number T indicates the tare level
MAN*GM*00100370006802524594
Identifies Marks and Numbers for Shipping Containers. GM indicates the UCC-128 label 00100370006802524594 is UCC-128
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 250 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
PAL*6***25***********5 Identifies Physical Attributes of a pallet. 6 is the pallet type code indicating wood pallets 25 is the pack or number of cases on the pallet 5 is the pallet exchange code indicating third party pallet exchange
DETAIL – PACK LEVEL HL*4*3*P Identifies dependencies among and content of
hierarchically related groups of segments. 4 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 3 is the hierarchical parent ID number P indicates the pack level
LIN**UK*10005780003108*LT*7295W340
Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 10005780003108 is the SCC14. LT is the Product ID qualifier that indicates lot number 7295W340 is the lot number
SN1**25*CA Specifies line-item shipment data. 25 is the number of units shipped CA is the unit of measure that indicates cases
DETAIL – ITEM LEVEL HL*5*4*I Identifies dependencies among and content of
hierarchically related groups of segments. 5 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 4 is the hierarchical parent ID number I indicates the item level
LIN**UP*057800031035 Specifies Item Identification. UP is the Product ID qualifier that indicates UPC item code 057800031035 is the item code
SN1**480*EA Specifies line-item shipment data. 480 is the number of units shipped EA is the unit of measure that indicates eaches
PO4*48 Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 48 is the pack indicating that there are 48 items in a pack
DTM*036*20041231 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 036 is the date qualifier that indicates expiration date 20041231 is the date (December 31, 2004)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 251 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
DETAIL – TARE LEVEL HL*6*2*T Identifies dependencies among and content of
hierarchically related groups of segments. 6 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 2 is the hierarchical parent ID number T indicates the tare level
MAN*GM*00100370006805691767 Identifies Marks and Numbers for Shipping Containers. GM indicates the UCC-128 label 00100370006805691767 is UCC-128
PAL*6***30***********5 Identifies Physical Attributes of a pallet. 6 is the pallet type code indicating wood pallets 30 is the pack or number of cases on the pallet 5 is the pallet exchange code indicating third party pallet exchange
DETAIL – PACK LEVEL HL*7*6*P Identifies dependencies among and content of
hierarchically related groups of segments. 7 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 6 is the hierarchical parent ID number P indicates the pack level
LIN**UK*10005780003333*LT*7342W520
Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 10005780003333 is the SCC14 LT is the Product ID qualifier that indicates lot number 7342W520 is the lot number
SN1**30*CA Specifies line-item shipment data. 30 is the number of units shipped CA is the unit of measure that indicates cases
DETAIL – ITEM LEVEL HL*8*7*I Identifies dependencies among and content of
hierarchically related groups of segments. 8 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 7 is the hierarchical parent ID number I indicates the item level
LIN**UP*057800033332 Specifies Item Identification. UP is the Product ID qualifier that indicates UPC item code 057800033332 is the item code
SN1**360*EA Specifies line-item shipment data. 360 is the number of units shipped EA is the unit of measure that indicates eaches
PO4*12 Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 12 is the pack indicating that there are 48 items in a pack
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 252 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SUMMARY CTT*8 Transmits the total number of line items.
8 indicates the number of line items SE*41*0000001 Shows the end of the transaction set.
41 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 253 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data ST*856*347001 BSN*00*0021849*20040211*0706*0001 HL*1**S TD1*CTN*55****G*7291.8*KG TD1*PLT*2****G*7291.8*KG TD5*B*2*SCAC*M TD3*TL**6993006 REF*BM*0021849 DTM*011*20040211*0655 DTM*067*20040211*1730 N1*SF*P&G FACELLE WHSE*UL*0068780152340 N1*ST*SHOPPER PLANET*UL*0068780152357 N3*KENNEDY ROAD N4*SCARBOROUGH*ON*L6T 3G6*CA HL*2*1*O PRF*102345 TD1*CTN*55 TD1*PLT*2 HL*3*2*T MAN*GM*00100370006802524594 PAL*6***25***********5 HL*4*3*P LIN**UK*10005780003108*LT*7295W340 SN1**25*CA HL*5*4*I LIN**UP*057800031035 SN1**480*EA PO4*48 DTM*036*20041231 HL*6*2*T MAN*GM*00100370006805691767 PAL*6***30***********5 HL*7*6*P LIN**UK*10005780003333*LT*7342W520 SN1**30*CA HL*8*7*I LIN**UP*057800033332 SN1**360*EA PO4*12 CTT*8 SE*41*0000001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 254 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
867 Product Transfer & Resale Report
Business Examples of Transaction Uses: 1. Single Invoice 2. Multiple Invoices 3. Date Range, Single Invoice 4. Date Range, Multiple Invoices
Example #1 867 Product Transfer & Resale Report – Detailed Reporting – Single Invoice This detailed report format defines that within Invoice #123456, dated May 1, 2004, there were 2 items that belong to the PHARMCO Mfg Co. These were shipped from the Ottawa location of DISTCO. For Item #22025, a quantity of 3 was shipped. For Item #12121, 8 were shipped and 4 additional units were backordered.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*867*00001118 Shows the start of the transaction set.
867 - is the transaction Set Identification code indicating a Product Resale and Transfer Message 00001118 - is the transaction set control number
BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV Identifies identifying numbers and other basic data related to the transaction 00 - Transaction set purpose code indicating an original document 010517070808 - Unique Reference Number 20040517 - Reporting date IV - reporting type code indicating an Invoice
N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780152357
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. VN - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Vendor" PHARMCO MFG - is the name of the vendor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152357 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*DS*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. DS - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Distributor" DISTCO- is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152364 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAIL PTD*SS Specifies the level of reporting to follow
SS - Indicates the level of detail provided within the following report
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 255 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
DTM*003*20040501 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 003 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice Date for a detailed report format 20040501 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data
N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". DOMINION DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152371 is the 13 digits GLN
N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. OTTAWA - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province K1G 5H6 - Indicates the postal code of the location
N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO OTTAWA - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152388 is the 13 digits GLN
REF*IV*123456 Specifies the reference numbers associated with the transaction IV -Indicates the reference number related to the activity being reported 123456 - Indicates the Invoice Number
QTY*39*3*EA Specifies the quantity values associated wit h the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 3 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068220250*VN*22025 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068220250 - is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 22025 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 256 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
UIT*EA*26.36 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 26.36 -indicates the price value
AMT*1*79.08 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 79.08 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*8*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 8 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*BQ*4*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Backordered" 4 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*069502131210*VN*12121 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International. Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 069502131210 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 12121 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*10.78 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 10.78 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*86.24 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 86.24-Indicates the actual monetary amount
SUMMARY CTT*2 Specifies the total number of line items.
2 - is the transaction total for the number of referenced lines within the transaction
SE*21*00001118 Specifies the end of the transaction 21 - is the transaction total for the number of segments within the transaction 00001118 - is the transaction Set Control Number as provided in ST02.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 257 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data ST*867*00001118 BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780152357 N1*DS*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 PTD*SS DTM*003*20040501 N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371 N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388 REF*IV*123456 QTY*39*3*EA LIN**UP*057068220250*VN*22025 UIT*EA*26.36 AMT*1*79.08 QTY*39*8*EA QTY*BQ*4*EA LIN**UP*069502131210*VN*12121 UIT*EA*10.78 AMT*1*86.24 CTT*2 SE*21*00001118
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 258 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Example #2 867 Product Transfer & Resale Report – Detailed Reporting – Multiple Items & customers This detailed report defines the contents of 2 separate invoices (#123456 & 123457) sent to Dominion Drugs and one other invoice #123485) sent to ABC Drugs. Each invoice being report contained product from the manufacturer called “PHARMCO MFG”
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*867*00001118 Shows the start of the transaction set.
867 - is the transaction Set Identification code indicating a Product Resale and Transfer Message 00001118 - is the transaction set control number
BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV Identifies identifying numbers and other basic data related to the transaction 00 - Transaction set purpose code indicating an original document 010517070808 - Unique Reference Number 20040517 - Reporting date IV - reporting type code indicating an Invoice
N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780152395
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. VN - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Vendor" PHARMCO MFG - is the name of the vendor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152395 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. DS - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Distributor" DISTCO- is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152364 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAIL PTD*SS Specifies the level of reporting to follow
SS - Indicates the level of detail provided within the following report
DTM*003*20040501 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 003 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice Date for a detailed report format 20040501 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 259 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". DOMINION DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152371 is the 13 digits GLN
N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. OTTAWA - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province K1G 5H6 - Indicates the postal code of the location
N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO OTTAWA - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152388 is the 13 digits GLN
REF*IV*123456 Specifies the reference numbers associated with the transaction IV -Indicates the reference number related to the activity being reported 123456 – Indicates the Invoice Number
QTY*39*3*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 3 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068220250*VN*22025 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068220250 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 22025 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*26.36 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 26.36 -indicates the price value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 260 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
AMT*1*79.08 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 79.08 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*8*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 8 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*BQ*4*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Backordered" 4 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*069502131210*VN*12121 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN. UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 069502131210 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 12121 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*10.78 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 10.78 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*86.24 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 86.24 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
PTD*SS Specifies the product transfer and resale detail SS – Stock Sale
DTM*003*20040501 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 003 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice Date for a detailed report format 20040501 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data
N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". DOMINION DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152371 is the 13 digits GLN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 261 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. OTTAWA - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province K1G 5H6 - Indicates the postal code of the location
N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO OTTAWA - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152388 is the 13 digits GLN
REF*IV*123457 Specifies the reference numbers associated with the transaction IV -Indicates the reference number related to the activity being reported 123457 - Indicates the Invoice Number
QTY*39*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068220300*VN*22030 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International. Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068220300 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 22030 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*14.95 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 14.95- indicates the price value
AMT*1*74.75 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 74.75-Indicates the actual monetary amount
PTD*SS Specifies the level of reporting to follow SS - Indicates the level of detail provided within the following report
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 262 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
DTM*003*20040503 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 003 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice Date for a detailed report format 20040503 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data
N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". ABC DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152395 is the 13 digits GLN
N4*MONCTON*NB*E2V 2C7 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. MONCTON - Indicates the name of the city NB - Indicates the name of the province E2V 2C7- Indicates the postal code of the location
N1*SF*DISTCO MONCTON*UL*0068780151398
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO MONCTON - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151398 is the 13 digits GLN
REF*IV*123485 Specifies the reference numbers associated with the transaction IV -Indicates the reference number related to the activity being reported 123485 - Indicates the Invoice Number
QTY*39*12*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 12 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068311040*VN*31104 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068311040 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 31104 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 263 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
UIT*EA*8.50 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 8.50 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*102.00 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 102.00 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
CTT*4 Specifies the total number of line items. 4 - is the transaction total for the number of referenced lines within the transaction
SE*40*00001118 Shows the end of the transaction set. 40 - is the transaction total for the number of segments within the transaction 00001118 - is the transaction Set Control Number as provided in ST02.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 264 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data ST*867*00001118 BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780152395 N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 PTD*SS DTM*003*20040501 N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371 N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388 REF*IV*123456 QTY*39*3*EA LIN**UP*057068220250*VN*22025 UIT*EA*26.36 AMT*1*79.08 QTY*39*8*EA QTY*BQ*4*EA LIN**UP*069502131210*VN*12121 UIT*EA*10.78 AMT*1*86.24 PTD*SS DTM*003*20040501 N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371 N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388 REF*IV*123457 QTY*39*5*EA LIN**UP*057068220300*VN*22030 UIT*EA*14.95 AMT*1*74.75 PTD*SS DTM*003*20040503 N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 N4*MONCTON*NB*E2V 2C7 N1*SF*DISTCO MONCTON*UL*0068780151398 REF*IV*123485 QTY*39*12*EA LIN**UP*057068311040*VN*31104 UIT*EA*8.50 AMT*1*102.00 CTT*4 SE*40*00001118
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 265 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Example #3 867 Product Transfer & Resale Report – Summary Transaction, Multiple Items, One Customer Using the above data, the summary report for the period of May, 2004 for the Customer “ABC Drugs” will be as follows. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*867*00001118 Shows the start of the transaction set.
867 - is the transaction Set Identification code indicating a Product Resale and Transfer Message 00001118 - is the transaction set control number
BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV Identifies identifying numbers and other basic data related to the transaction 00 - Transaction set purpose code indicating an original document 010517070808 - Unique Reference Number 20040517 - Reporting date IV - reporting type code indicating an Invoice
N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780151381
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. VN - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Vendor" PHARMCO MFG - is the name of the vendor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151381 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. DS - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Distributor" DISTCO- is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152364 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAIL PTD*SU Specifies the level of reporting to follow
SU - Indicates the summary level of information is provided within the following report
DTM*003*20040501 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 003 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice Date for a detailed report format 20040501 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 266 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". ABC DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152395 is the 13 digits GLN
N4*TORONTO*ON*M1A 5D6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. TORONTO - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province M1A 5D6 - Indicates the postal code of the location
N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151381
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO TORONTO - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151381 is the 13 digits GLN
QTY*39*48*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 48 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*76*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 76 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Returned" goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068123450 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 12345 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 267 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION UIT*EA*10.25 Specifies the product unit price value
EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 10.25- indicates the price value
AMT*1*492.00 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 492.00-Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*14*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 14 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068135790 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 13579 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*27.92 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 27.92 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*390.88 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 390.88-Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*45*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Shipped" goods 45 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*31*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 31 - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Additional Demand" of goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 268 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 Specifies the product numbers being reported
UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068246800 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 24680 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*85.10 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 85.10 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*3829.50 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 3829.50 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*BQ*15*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Back Ordered" quantity of goods 15 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*74*1*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 74 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Damaged/Expired" goods 1 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068864200*VN*86420 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068864200 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 86420 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*30.00 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 30.00- indicates the price value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 269 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION AMT*1*450.00 Specifies the extended monetary value
1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 450.00-Indicates the actual monetary amount
SUMMARY CTT*4 Specifies the total number of line items.
4 - is the transaction total for the number of referenced lines within the transaction
SE*32*00001118 Shows the end of the transaction set. 32 - is the transaction total for the number of segments within the transaction 00001118 - is the transaction Set Control Number as provided in ST02.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 270 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data ST*867*00001118 BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780151381 N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 PTD*SU DTM*003*20040501 N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 N4*TORONTO*ON*M1A 5D6 N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151381 QTY*39*48*EA QTY*76*5*EA LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 UIT*EA*10.25 AMT*1*492.00 QTY*39*14*EA LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 UIT*EA*27.92 AMT*1*390.88 QTY*39*45*EA QTY*31*5*EA LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 UIT*EA*85.10 AMT*1*3829.50 QTY*39*5*EA QTY*BQ*15*EA QTY*74*1*EA LIN**UP*057068864200*VN*86420 UIT*EA*30.00 AMT*1*450.00 CTT*4 SE*32*00001118
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 271 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Example #4 867 Product Transfer & Resale Report – Summary Transaction, Multiple Items & Customers This summary report defines all of the information contained within the above chart, with the exception of the one invoice for the XYZ PHARMA Co., #A1075 that was shipped on July 3. It is outside the reporting window of June 1 to 30, 2004. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*867*00001119 Shows the start of the transaction set.
867 - is the transaction Set Identification code indicating a Product Resale and Transfer Message 00001119 - is the transaction set control number
BPT*00*010517070808*20040717*IV Identifies identifying numbers and other basic data related to the transaction 00 - Transaction set purpose code indicating an original document 010517070808 - Unique Reference Number 200400517 - Reporting date IV - reporting type code indicating an Invoice
N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780151374
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. VN - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Vendor PHARMCO MFG - is the name of the vendor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151374 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. DS - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Distributor" DISTCO- is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152364 is the 13 digits GLN
PTD*SU Specifies the level of reporting to follow SU - Indicates the summary level of information is provided within the following report
DTM*003*20040601 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 003 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice Date for a detailed report format 20040601 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data
DTM*091*20040630 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 091 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice End Date for a detailed report format 20040630 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 272 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 Identifies a party by type of organization,
name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". ABC DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152395 is the 13 digits GLN
N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. OTTAWA - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province K1G 5H6 - Indicates the postal code of the location
N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO OTTAWA - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152388 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAIL QTY*39*48*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with
the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 48 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*76*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 76 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Returned" goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068123450 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 12345 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*10.25 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 10.25- indicates the price value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 273 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION AMT*1*492.00 Specifies the extended monetary value
1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 492.00-Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*14*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 14 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068135790 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 13579 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*27.92 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 27.92 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*390.88 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 390.88-Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*45*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Shipped" goods 45 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*31*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 31 - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Additional Demand" of goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068246800 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 24680 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 274 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION UIT*EA*85.10 Specifies the product unit price value
EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 85.10 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*3829.50 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 3829.50 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*BQ*15*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Back Ordered" quantity of goods 15 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*74*1*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 74 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Damaged/Expired" goods 1 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068864200*VN*86420 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068864200 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 86420 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*30.00 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 30.00- indicates the price value
AMT*1*450.00 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 450.00-Indicates the actual monetary amount
N1*ST*XYZ PHARMA*UL*0068780151374 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151374 is the 13 digits GLN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 275 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N4*TORONTO*ON*M1 L2N3 Specifies the geographic place of the named
party. TORONTO - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province M1L 2N3 - Indicates the postal code of the location
N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151367
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO TORONTO - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151367 is the 13 digits GLN
QTY*39*7*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 7 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GT IN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068123450 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 12345 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*10.25 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 10.25- indicates the price value
AMT*1*71.75 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 71.75 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*8*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Shipped" goods 8 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 276 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 Specifies the product numbers being reported
UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068135790 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 13579 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*27.92 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 27.92 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*223.36 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 223.36-Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*10*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Shipped" goods 10 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068246800 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 24680 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*85.10 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 85.10 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*851.00 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 851.00-Indicates the actual monetary amount
QTY*39*7*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Shipped" goods 10 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 277 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION LIN**UP*057068234120*VN*23412 Specifies the product numbers being reported
UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068234120 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 23412 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*54.25 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 28.95 -- indicates the price value
AMT*1*379.75 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 379.75 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
N1*ST*RTY CORP*UL*0068780151350 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". RTY CORP- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151350 is the 13 digits GLN
N4*TORONTO*ON*M2A 1B3 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. TORONTO - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province M2A 1B3 - Indicates the postal code of the location
N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151381
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO TORONTO - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151381 is the 13 digits GLN
QTY*39*16*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" goods 16 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 278 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION QTY*31*4*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with
the transaction. 31 - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Additional Demand" quantity of goods 4 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*76*3*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 76 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Returned" goods 3 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*74*1*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 74 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Damaged/Expired" goods 1 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
QTY*BQ*2*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Backordered" goods 2 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value
LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International. Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068135790 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 13579 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #
UIT*EA*27.92 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 27.92 - indicates the price value
AMT*1*446.72 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 446.72 -Indicates the actual monetary amount
SUMMARY CTT*9 Specifies the total number of line items.
9 - is the transaction total for the number of referenced lines within the transaction
SE*62*00001119 Shows the end of the transaction set. 62 - is the transaction total for the number of segments within the transaction 00001119 - is the transaction Set Control Number as provided in ST02.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 279 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data ST*867*00001119 BPT*00*010517070808*20040717*IV N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780151374 N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 PTD*SU DTM*003*20040601 DTM*091*20040630 N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388 QTY*39*48*EA QTY*76*5*EA LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 UIT*EA*10.25 AMT*1*492.00 QTY*39*14*EA LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 UIT*EA*27.92 AMT*1*390.88 QTY*39*45*EA QTY*31*5*EA LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 UIT*EA*85.10 AMT*1*3829.50 QTY*39*5*EA QTY*BQ*15*EA QTY*74*1*EA LIN**UP*057068864200*VN*86420 UIT*EA*30.00 AMT*1*450.00 N1*ST*XYZ PHARMA*UL*0068780151374 N4*TORONTO*ON*M1 L2N3 N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151367 QTY*39*7*EA LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 UIT*EA*10.25 AMT*1*71.75 QTY*39*8*EA LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 UIT*EA*27.92 AMT*1*223.36 QTY*39*10*EA LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 UIT*EA*85.10 AMT*1*851.00 QTY*39*7*EA LIN**UP*057068234120*VN*23412 UIT*EA*54.25 AMT*1*379.75 N1*ST*RTY CORP*UL*0068780151350 N4*TORONTO*ON*M2A 1B3
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 280 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151381 QTY*39*16*EA QTY*31*4*EA QTY*76*3*EA QTY*74*1*EA QTY*BQ*2*EA LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 UIT*EA*27.92 AMT*1*446.72 CTT*9 SE*62*00001119
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 281 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Order Status Report (870) This transaction set will be used by Vendors to report all of the information related to a long term out of stock situation, of specific items, to specific customers. The information can be provided at either a summary level, once for an item, or in response to each ordered line received. If the reported date is changed, another message may also be generated.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*870*003248024 Shows the start of the transaction set.
870 - is the Transaction Set Identification code indicating Order Status Report 003248024 - is the transaction set control number
BSR*3*PP*100*20041010
Identifies identifying numbers and other basic data related to the transaction 3 – is the status report code indicating an “unsolicited” report PP – is the Order/Item Code value indicating that the information is related to specific items only. 100 – is the Reference Identification assigned by the sender to identify this specific request within their system. 20041010 – is the date of the request, in the format “CCYYMMDD”.
N1*SF*ABC MANUFACTURING INC.*UL*0068780151343
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF – is the Entity ID Code, with “SF” defining it will provided the name of the vendor that has issued the status report ABC MANUFACTURING INC. – is the name of the vendor. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151343 is the 13 digits GLN
DETAIL HL**O Identifies dependencies among and content
of hierarchically related groups of segments. O – Indicating that we are at the order level of the hierarchy
PRF*ABC123456789***20040630
Provides reference to a Purchase Order. ABC123456789 – is the Purchase Order reference number being referenced. 20040630 – is the date of the PO, in the format CCYYMMDD
HL**I Identifies dependencies among and content of hierarchically related groups of segments. I – Indicating that we are at the item level of the hierarchy
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 282 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PO1******UP*057745765450
Specifies basic line item data. UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 05774565450 – is the Product / Service identifier value
ISR*ED*20041115*W08
Specifies purchase order/item status. ED – is the transaction status code for the date associated with the event “ED”-Expected to Ship By date 20041115 – is the Associated Date value, in the format of CCYYMMDD. W08 – is the Status Reason Code for a material shortage situation
QTY*01*1*BX Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 01 – is the Quantity Qualifier, identifying a discrete quantity value 1 – is the referenced quantity within the referenced PO. BX – is the Unit of Measure code, associated with the quantity.
PO1******UP*060245123458
Specifies basic line item data. UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 060245123458 – is the Product / Service identifier value
ISR*ED*20041025*W08
Specifies purchase order/item status. ED – is the transaction status code for the date associated with the event: “ED”-Expected to Ship By date 20041025 – is the Associated Date value, in the format of CCYYMMDD. W08 – is the Status Reason Code for a material shortage situation
QTY*01*1*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 01 – is the Quantity Qualifier, identifying a discrete quantity value 1 – is the referenced quantity within the referenced PO. EA – is the Unit of Measure code, associated with the quantity.
PO1******UP*060093123454
Specifies basic line item data. UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 0600093123454 – is the Product / Service identifier value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 283 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ISR*ED*20041019*W08
Specifies purchase order/item status. ED – is the Transaction Status code for the date associated with the event “ED”-Expected to Ship By date 20041019 – is the Associated Date value, in the format of CCYYMMDD. W08 – is the Status Reason Code for a material shortage situation
QTY*01*3*CA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 01 – is the Quantity Qualifier, identifying a discrete quantity value 3 – is the referenced quantity within the referenced PO. CA – is the Unit of Measure code, associated with the quantity.
SUMMARY CTT*3
Transmits the total number of line items. 3 – is the Transaction Total for the number of referenced lines within all of the POs defined.
SE*17*003248024
Shows the end of the transaction set. 17 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 003248024 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 284 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data ST*870*003248024 BSR*3*PP*100*20041010 N1*SF*ABC MANUFACTURING INC.*UL*0068780151343 HL**O PRF*ABC123456789***20040630 HL**I PO1******UP*057745765450 ISR*ED*20041115*W08 QTY*01*1*BX PO1******UP*060245123458 ISR*ED*20041025*W08 QTY*01*1*EA PO1******UP*060093123454 ISR*ED*20041019*W08 QTY*01*3*CA CTT*3 SE*17*003248024
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 285 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882)
The Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) transaction set is used by a DSD supplier to request payment from the distributor for deliveries made to the distributor’s stores. The transaction set functions much as a statement, since it summarizes delivery tickets/invoices that were created at the time product was delivered. Each statement summarizes one or more invoices. It does not include full line item detail. Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) Benefits
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
HEADER ST*882*8900002 Shows the start of the transaction set.
882 indicates that this a DSD 8900002 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G47*20041101*0275320 Indicates the beginning of a Direct Store Delivery Summary Information transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 20041101 indicates the date of the statement 0275320 indicates the statement number
N1*RI*XYZ Distributor*UL*0068780151336
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. RI is the Entity Identifier Code indicating that this N1 segment identifies the Party to receive the Commercial Invoice Remittance XYZ Distributor is the Name of the statement receiver UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151336 is the 13 digits GLN
N1*SE* ABC Supplier *UL*0068780151329
Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SE is the Entity Identifier Code indicating that this N1 segment identifies the Selling Party ABC Supplier the Name of the statement sender UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151329 is the 13 digits GLN
N9*GT*R121212121 Identifies reference information. GT is the Reference Identification Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Goods and Service Tax Registration Number R121212121 is the Goods and Service Tax Registration Number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 286 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
DETAIL G48*0933181*20040123*111111 Identifies Invoice.
0933181 is the Invoice Number assigned by the issuer 20040123 is the date of the Invoice 111111 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet
G72*990*18******19894 Specifies an allowance, charge or service. 990 is the Code indicating the type of allowance is the Goods and Service Charge 18 is the code indicating that the change is a Non-Payable Tax 19894 is the total dollar amount
G31*5*CA*49.3*KG Specifies the summary of the shipment details. 5 indicates the number of units shipped CA is the unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case 49.3 is the weight of the cases KG is the Unit or Basis for Measure Code indicating Kilogram
G33*315089 Specifies the total invoice amount. 315089 is the monetary amount of the invoice
G48*0969658*20040123*111222 Identifies Invoice. 0969658 is the Invoice Number assigned by the issuer 20040123 is the date of the Invoice 111222 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet
G33*363996 Specifies the total invoice amount. 36399 is the monetary amount of the invoice
G48*0969659*20040123*111333 Identifies Invoice. 0969659 is the Invoice Number assigned by the issuer 20040123 is the date of the invoice 111333 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet
G72*490*18**16****-7700 Specifies an allowance, charge or service. 490 is the Code indicating the type of allowance is the Goods and Service Credit Allowance 18 is the code indicating that the change is a Non-Payable Tax 16 is -7700 is the total dollar amount
G33*-178700 Specifies the total invoice amount. -178700 is the credit monetary amount of the invoice
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 287 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SUMMARY G49*500385 Specifies total invoice amount.
500385 is the total monetary amount for all changes billed on a statement since issuance of the last statement.
SE*17*8900002 Shows the end of the transaction set. 17 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 8900002 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 288 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data for The 882
ST*882*8900002 G47*20041101*0275320 N1*RI*XYZ Distributor*UL*0068780151336 N1*SE* ABC Supplier *UL*0068780151329 N9*GT*R121212121 G48*0933181*20040123*111111 G72*990*18******19894 G31*5*CA*49.3*KG G33*315089 G48*0969658*20040123*111222 G33*363996 G48*0969659*20040123*111333 G72*490*18**16****-7700 G33*-178700 G49*500385 SE*17*8900002
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 289 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
894 Business Example Delivery/Return Base Record and 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment 1. EXAMPLE 1: Basic (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy, delivers 4 items to Retail store XYZ under delivery/invoice number 001111111111 on 7/17/2004. The quantities & cost are reported in eaches. The retailer Duns number is 009130659 and the supplier, ABC Dairy’s Duns is 444555444. The total qty delivered were 32 eaches and the total invoice amount is $134.40. There were no adjustments or returns made on this delivery. 2. EXAMPLE 1A: Basic (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Business Scenario Retail store XYZ validates that the ABC Dairy delivered 4 items under delivery/invoice number 001111111111 on 7/17/2004 and sends to the Supplier transaction 895 acknowledging receipt of good with no quantity or cost discrepancies. The Retailer will process payment for $134.40 against delivery/invoice #001111111111. 3. EXAMPLE 2: (894) – Delivery/Base Record to include Line Item Allowances Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy delivers three items to Retail store XYZ on 7/20/2004 under delivery/invoice # 005555555555. ABC Dairy offered the retailer an allowance (discount) for each item delivered. The allowance data must be reported ‘after’ each line item delivered. A total of 40 items were delivered. The total gross invoice amount ($136.36), less allowance ($100.20) and the balance due to the supplier is $36.16. 4. EXAMPLE 3: (894) – Delivery/Base Record – CASE Quantities Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy delivers 4 items to Retail store XYZ under delivery/invoice number 000022222222 on 7/21/2004. Products were delivered in case quantities with case prices. A total of 16 cases were delivered and the total invoice amount is $321.60. 5. EXAMPLE 4: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record on RETURN product Business Scenario On July 21, 2004, Retail store XYZ returned 3 items to supplier, ABC Dairy. ABC Dairy created credit invoice #12345R to the Retailer for total of 4 units returned, $17.20 Credit. Code “C” in this transaction indicates this is a CREDIT invoice. The quantities and unit cost must be reported as a positive number. 6. EXAMPLE 5: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) EXAMPLE 5A: Will show the Retailer adjusting the price on (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Bakery delivers 5 different types of items with a total of 21 units. Retail store XYZ has a different cost on 4 of these items in their database. The example below is for a basic delivery using the base record, 894. The price adjustment will be provided in Example 5A below. 7. EXAMPLE 6: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record on RETURN product Business Scenario On July 21, 2004, Retail store XYZ returned 3 items to supplier, ABC Dairy. ABC Dairy created credit invoice #12345R to the Retailer for total of 4 units returned, $17.20 Credit. Code “C” in this transaction indicates this is a CREDIT invoice. The quantities and unit cost must be reported as a positive number.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 290 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 1: Basic (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy, delivers 4 items to Retail store XYZ under delivery/invoice number 001111111111 on 7/17/2004. The quantities & cost are reported in eaches. The retailer Duns number is 009130659 and the supplier, ABC Dairy’s Duns is 444555444. The total qty delivered were 32 eaches and the total invoice amount is $134.40. There were no adjustments or returns made on this delivery. EXAMPLE 1: Basic (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
894 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G82*D*001111111111*009130659*XYZ* 444555444*123456*20040717
Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 001111111111 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 444555444 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 123456 is the Supplier’s assigned Location Number 20040717 is the actual Delivery Date 07/17/2004
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop
0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*4*EA**UP*002222212123**4.2**2 L VANILL
Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222212123 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.2 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.20) 2L VANILL is the Cash Register Item Description
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 291 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G83*2*20*EA**UP*002222212223**4.2** 2L FR VAN
Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 20 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222212223 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.2 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.20) 2L FR VAN is the Cash Register Item Description
G83*3*4*EA**UP*002222213336**4.2**2 L TWRL
Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222213336 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.2 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.20) 2L TWRL is the Cash Register Item Description
G83*4*4*EA**UP*002222244446**4.2**2 L MAPLE
Specifies basic line item data 4 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222244446 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.2 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.20) 2L MAPLE is the Cash Register Item Description
LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number
SUMMARY G84*32*13440 Specifies transaction summary totals.
32 is the total quantity delivered 13440 is the Total Invoice Amount ($134.40)
G86*A7B3 Specifies electronic identities. A7B3 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*8EF7 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 8EF7 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value
SE*12*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 12 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 292 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 1: Basic (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record Raw Data ST*894*0001 G82*D*001111111111*009130659*XYZ*444555444*123456*20040717 LS*0100 G83*1*4*EA**UP*002222212123**4.2**2L VANILL G83*2*20*EA**UP*002222212223**4.2**2L FR VAN G83*3*4*EA**UP*002222213336**4.2**2L TWRL G83*4*4*EA**UP*002222244446**4.2**2L MAPLE LE*0100 G84*32*13440 G86*A7B3 G85*8EF7 SE*12*0001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 293 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 1A: Basic (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Business Scenario Retail store XYZ validates that the ABC Dairy delivered 4 items under delivery/invoice number 001111111111 on 7/17/2004 and sends to the Supplier transaction 895 acknowledging receipt of good with no quantity or cost discrepancies. The Retailer will process payment for $134.40 against delivery/invoice #001111111111. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*895**01373001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
895 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment. 01373001 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G87*R*D*001111111111*8EF7*1 Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. R is the code identifying initiator of 895. (R is the value for Receiver) D is the code to indicate this is a DEBIT transaction 001111111111 is the transaction number and should be the same value as the G8202 in the base record 894. 8EF7 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value that was sent in G8501 on the base record. 1 is the adjustment number is to sequentially number the acknowledgment/adjustment records from 1 up to a max of 9.
SUMMARY G86*F78C Specifies electronic identities.
F78C is the Retailer’s signature (Electronic identity) G85*1323 Provides a secure method of identifying
authenticity of record content 1323 is the Retailer’s Integrity Check Value
SE*5*01373001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 5 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 01373001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 294 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 1A: Basic (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Raw Data ST*895**01373001 G87*R*D*001111111111*8EF7*1 G86*F78C G85*1323 SE*5*01373001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 295 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 2: (894) – Delivery/Base Record to include Line Item Allowances Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy delivers three items to Retail store XYZ on 7/20/2004 under delivery/invoice # 005555555555. ABC Dairy offered the retailer an allowance (discount) for each item delivered. The allowance data must be reported ‘after’ each line item delivered. A total of 40 items were delivered. The total gross invoice amount ($136.36), less allowance ($100.20) and the balance due to the supplier is $36.16. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0002 Shows the start of the transaction set.
894 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0002 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G82*D*005555555555*009130659*XYZ* 444555444*123456-01*20040720
Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 005555555555 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number. 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 444555444 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 123456-01 is the Supplier’s assigned Location Number 20040720 is the actual Delivery Date 7/20/2004.
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop
0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*4*EA**UP*002222212123**3.4**4L VIT D
Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222212123 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 3.4 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($3.40) 4L VIT D is the Cash Register Item Description
G72*97*02***-2.55 Specif ies allowances, charges or services 97 is the Allowance code (97 is the value for “cents off”) 02 is the Allowance Handling for “offinvoice” -2.55 Allowance rate (negative $2.55)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 296 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G83*2*24*EA**UP*002222212223**3.5** 4L 2%
Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 24 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222212223 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 3.5 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($3.50) 4L 2% is the Cash Register Item Description
G72*97*02***-2.51 Specifies allowances, charges or services 97 is the Allowance code (97 is the value for “cents off”) 02 is the Allowance Handling code (02 is the value for “offinvoice”) -2.51 Allowance rate (negative $2.51)
G83*3*12*EA**UP*002222213336**3.23 **4L SKIM
Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 12 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222213336 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 3.23 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($3.23) 4L SKIM is the Cash Register Item Description
G72*97*02***-2.48 Specifies allowances, charges or services 97 is the Allowance code (97 is the value for “cents off”) 02 is the Allowance Handling code (02 is the value for “offinvoice”) -2.48 Allowance rate (negative $2.48)
LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number
SUMMARY G84*40*3616 Specifies transaction summary totals.
40 is the total quantity delivered 3616 is the Total Invoice Amount ($36.16)
G86*A7B3 Specifies electronic identities. A7B3 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*8EF7 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 8EF7 is the Supplier’s Inte grity Check Value
SE*14*0002 Shows the end of the transaction set. 14 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0002 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 297 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 2: (894) – Delivery/Base Record to include Line Item Allowances Raw Data ST*894*0002 G82*D*005555555555*009130659*XYZ*444555444*123456-01*20040720 LS*0100 G83*1*4*EA**UP*002222212123**3.4**4L VIT DG72*97*02***-2.55 G83*2*24*EA**UP*002222212223**3.5**4L 2% G72*97*02***-2.51 G83*3*12*EA**UP*002222213336**3.23**4L SKIM G72*97*02***-2.48 LE*0100 G84*40*3616 G86*A7B3 G85*8EF7 SE*14*0002
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 298 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 3: (894) – Delivery/Base Record – CASE Quantities Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy delivers 4 items to Retail store XYZ under delivery/invoice number 000022222222 on 7/21/2004. Products were delivered in case quantities with case prices. A total of 16 cases were delivered and the total invoice amount is $321.60. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0003 Shows the start of the transaction set.
894 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0003 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G82*D*000022222222*009130659* XYZ *444555444*19794*20040721
Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 000022222222 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 444555444 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 19794 is the Supplier’s assigned Location Number 20040721 is the actual Delivery Date 07/17/2004
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop
0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*2*CA**UP*002222212123**20.1**2L VANILL
Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential line item number 2 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222212123 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 20.1 is the Supplier’s gross case list cost ($20.10) 2L VANILL is the Cash Register Item Description
G83*2*10*CA**UP*002222212223**20.1**2L FR VAN
Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential line item number 10 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 00222221212223 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 20.1 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($20.10) 2L FR VAN is the Cash Register Item Description
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 299 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
G83*3*2*CA*UP*002222213336**20.1**2L TWRL
Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential line item number 2 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222213336 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 20.1 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($20.10) 2L TWRL is the Cash Register Item Description
G83*4*2*CA*UP*002222244446**20.1**2L MAPLE
Specifies basic line item data 4 is the DSD sequential line item number 2 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222244446 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 20.1 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($20.10) 2L MAPLE is the Cash Register Item Description
LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number
SUMMARY G84*16*32160 Specifies transaction summary totals.
16 is the total quantity delivered 32160 is the Total Invoice Amount ($321.60)
G86*A7B3 Specifies electronic identities. A7B3 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*8EF7 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 8EF7 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value
SE*12*0003 Shows the end of the transaction set. 12 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0003 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 300 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 3: (894) – Delivery/Base Record – CASE Quantities Raw Data ST*894*0003 G82*D*000022222222*009130659* XYZ*444555444*19794*20040721 LS*0100 G83*1*2*CA*****20.1**2L VANILL*UP*002222212123 G83*2*10*CA*****20.1**2L FR VAN*UP*002222212223 G83*3*2*CA*****20.1**2L TWRL*UP*002222213336 G83*4*2*CA*****20.1**2L MAPLE*UP*002222244446 LE*0100 G84*16*32160 G86*A7B3 G85*8EF7 SE*12*0003
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 301 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 4: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record on RETURN product Business Scenario On July 21, 2004, Retail store XYZ returned 3 items to supplier, ABC Dairy. ABC Dairy created credit invoice #12345R to the Retailer for total of 4 units returned, $17.20 Credit. Code “C” in this transaction indicates this is a CREDIT invoice. The quantities and unit cost must be reported as a positive number. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0004 Shows the start of the transaction set.
894 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0004 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G82*C*12345R*009130659*XYZ*444555 444*4410*20040721
Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. C is the code identifying this a Credit transaction 12345R is the Supplier assigned Credit Invoice/Return # 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet # XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 444555444 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet # 4410 is the Supplier’s assigned Location Number 20040721 is the actual Return Date 07/17/2004
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop
0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*1*EA**UP*002222212124**4.3**2 L CHOC
Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential line item number 1 is the returned qty and must always be positive EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222212124 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.3 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.30), a positive amt 2L CHOC is the Cash Register Item Description
G83*2*2*EA**UP*002222212223**4.3**2 L BANANA
Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2 is the returned qty and must always be positive. EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222212223 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.3 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.30), a positive amt 2L BANANA is the Cash Register Item Description
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 302 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G83*3*1*EA**UP*002222213336**4.3**2L STRAW
Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 1 is the returned qty and must always be positive EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222213336 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.3 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.30), a positive amt 2L STRAW is the Cash Register Item Description
LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number
SUMMARY G84*4*1720 Specifies transaction summary totals.
4 is the total quantity returned 1720 is the Total Credit Invoice Amount ($17.20)
G86*A7B3 Specifies electronic identities. A7B3 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*8EF7 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 8EF7 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value
SE*11*0004 Shows the end of the transaction set. 11 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0004 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
EXAMPLE 4: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record on RETURN product Raw Data ST*894*0004 G82*C*12345R*009130659*XYZ*444555444*4410*20040721 LS*0100 G83*1*1*EA**UP*002222212124**4.3**2L CHOC G83*2*2*EA**UP*002222212223**4.3**2L BANANA G83*3*1*EA**UP*002222213336**4.3**2L STRAW LE*0100 G84*4*1720 G86*A7B3 G85*8EF7 SE*11*0004
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 303 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 5: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Bakery delivers 5 different types of items with a total of 21 units. Retail store XYZ has a different cost on 4 of these items in their database. The example below is a for a basic delivery using the base record, 894. The price adjustment will be provided in Example 5A below. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0005 Shows the start of the transaction set.
894 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0005 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G82*D*004444444444*009130659*XYZ* 777444777*5310S*20040723
Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 004444444444 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 777444777 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 5310S is the Supplier assigned Location Number 20040723 is the actual Delivery Date 07/23/2004
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop
0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*2*EA**UP*003333377771**2.19** 12 GRAIN
Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential line item detail 2 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333377771 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 2.19 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($2.19) 12 GRAIN is the Cash Register Item Description
G83*2*4*EA**UP*003333355557**2.19** MULTIGRN
Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333355557 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 2.19 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($2.19) 12 MULTIGRN is the Cash Register Item Description
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 304 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G83*3*2*EA**UP*003333388883**2.39**WHEAT
Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333388883 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 2.39 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($2.39) WHEAT is the Cash Register Item Description
G83*4*5*EA**UP*003333344476**1.85**ORIG 100%
Specifies basic line item data 4 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 5 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333344476 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 1.85 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($1.85) ORIG 100% is the Cash Register Item Description
G83*5*8*EA**UP*003333355540**1.77**SES WHIT
Specifies basic line item data 5 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 8 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333355540 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 1.77 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($1.77) SES WHIT is the Cash Register Item Description
LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number
SUMMARY G84*21*4133 Specifies transaction summary totals.
21 is the total quantity delivered 4133 is the Total Invoice Amount ($41.33)
G86* E910 Specifies electronic identities. E910 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*7512 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 7512 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value
SE*13*0005 Shows the end of the transaction set. 13 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0005 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 305 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 5: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) Raw Data ST*894*0005 G82*D*004444444444*009130659*XYZ*777444777*5310S*20040723 LS*0100 G83*1*2*EA**UP*003333377771**2.19**12 GRAIN G83*2*4*EA**UP*003333355557**2.19**MULTIGRN G83*3*2*EA**UP*003333388883**2.39**WHEAT G83*4*5*EA**UP*003333344476**1.85**ORIG 100% G83*5*8*EA**UP*003333355540**1.77**SES WHIT LE*0100 G84*21*4133 G86* E910 G85*7512 SE*13*0005
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 306 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 5A: (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to Adjust Prices Business Scenario When the Retail store XYZ received delivery against ABC Dairy, delivery/invoice #004444444444,the Retailer’s database had a different cost on the first 4 items of the delivery invoice. The 5tth item did not have any price discrepancies. This example below shows the Retailer using the 895 transaction to adjust the prices on each item. Note that the DSD sequential number in G8901 is used to identify the line item being adjusted and it corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. The original invoice amount was $41.33. With the price adjustments, the new invoice amount is $38.56. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*895*0006 Shows the start of the transaction set.
895 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment. 0006 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*1 Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. R is the code identifying initiator of 895. (R is the value for Receiver) D is the code to indicate this is a DEBIT transaction 004444444444 is the delivery/invoice number and should be the same value as the G8202 in the base record 894. 7512 is the Integrity Check Value and should be the same value as the G8501 in the base record 894. 1 is the adjustment number is to sequentially number the acknowledgment/adjustment records from 1 up to a max of 9.
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop
0100 is the Loop ID number G89*1*******2.0000 Specifies basic line item adjustments
1 is the DSD sequential line item being adjusted. It corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. 2.0000 is the gross unit cost adjustment (originally $2.19)
G89*2*******2.0500 Specifies basic line item adjustments 2 is the DSD sequential line item being adjusted. It corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. 2.0500 is the gross unit cost adjustment (originally $2.19)
G89*3*******2.0500 Specifies basic line item adjustments 3 is the DSD sequential line item being adjusted. It corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. 2.0500 is the gross unit cost adjustment (originally $2.39)
G89*4*******1.6200 Specifies basic line item adjustments 4 is the DSD sequential line item being adjusted. It corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. 1.6200 is the gross unit cost adjustment (originally $1.85)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 307 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop
0100 is the Loop ID Number SUMMARY G84*21*3856 Specifies transaction summary totals.
21 is the total quantity sum of all G8302 in the base record, 3856 is the adjusted invoice amount $38.56. (Original invoice amount was $41.33)
G86* F78C Specifies electronic identities. F78C is the Retailer’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*1323 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 1323 is the Retailer’s Integrity Check Value
SE*12*0006 Shows the end of the transaction set. 12 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0006 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 308 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 5A: (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to ADJUST PRICES Raw Data ST*895*0006 G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*1 LS*0100 G89*1*******2.0000 G89*2*******2.0500 G89*3*******2.0500 G89*4*******1.6200 LE*0100 G84*21*3856 G86* F78C G85*1323 SE*12*0006
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 309 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 6: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Company delivers 2 different types of items with a total of 2 units. Retail store XYZ has changed the quantity receive d on each item to 2. The example below is for a basic delivery using the base record, 894 showing a product with no GST but with deposit charge and one product with GST, deposit and environmental levies. The quantity adjustment made by XYZ and transmitted to ABC’s hand held computer will be provided in 6A below. The acceptance of the quantity adjustment by ABC’s driver will be provided in 6B below.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
894 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G82*D*004444444444*009130659* XYZ *777444777*5310S*20040723
Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 004444444444 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 777444777 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 5310S is the Supplier assigned Location Number 20040723 is the actual Delivery Date 07/23/2004
N9*4O*100539931
Specifies reference information. 4O is the qualifier to indicate GST or QST sales tax registration number. 100539931 is ABC’s registration number
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop
0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*1*CA*****14.65*16*Widget*UP*12 3456789000
Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 1 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Cases) 123456789000 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 14.65 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($14.65) 16 is the pack size. In this example there would be 16 single Widgets to a case Widget is the Cash Register Item Description
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 310 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
G72*525*02***1.6*1*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 525 indicates that there is a deposit for the Widget 02 is off invoice 1.6 is the deposit charge 1 is the delivery quantity affected by the charge (value should be the same as in the G83 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the deposit is applied to.
G83*2*1*CA*****14.65*8*2L Water*UP*123456789001
Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 1 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 123456789001 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 14.65 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($2.39) 8 is the pack size. In this example there would be 8 single 2L bottle of water to a case. 2L Water is the Cash Register Item Description
G72*525*02***1.6*1*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 525 indicates that there is a deposit for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice 1.6 is the deposit charge 1 is the delivery quantity affected by the charge (value should be the same as in the G83 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the deposit is applied to.
G72*527*02***.56*1*CA
Specifies allowances, charges or services 527 indicates that there is an environmental handling charge for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice .56 is the environmental handling charge 1 is the delivery quantity affected by the charge (value should be the same as in the G83 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the environment handling charge is applied to.
G72*990*02*******7*15.21 Specifies allowances, charges or services 990 indicates that there is a GST charge for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice 7 is the tax rate percent being applied 15.21 is the taxable amount for the line item. This value includes product and taxable allowances. In this example, GST is charged product and the environmental handling charge (14.65 + 0.56 = 15.21)
LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 311 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SUMMARY G84*2*3412 Specifies transaction summary totals.
2 is the total quantity delivered 3412 is the Total Invoice Amount ($34.12)
G86*E910 Specifies electronic identities. E910 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*7512 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 7512 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value
SE*15*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 15 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
EXAMPLE 6: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) Raw Data ST*894*0001 G82*D*004444444444*009130659* XYZ*777444777*5310S*20040723 N9*4O*100539931 LS*0100 G83*1*1*CA*****14.65*16*Widget*UP*123456789000 G72*525*02***1.6*1*CA G83*2*1*CA*****14.65*8*2LWater*UP*123456789001 G72*525*02***1.6*1*CA G72*527*02***.56*1*CA G72*990*02*******7*15.21 LE*0100 G84*2*3412 G86*E910 G85*7512 SE*15*0001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 312 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 6A: (895) – Delivery/Return Adjustment to Quantities Delivered Business Scenario When the Retail store XYZ received the delivery against ABC Company, delivery/invoice #004444444444, the Retailer’s receiver noticed that a different quantity has been received. This example below shows the Retailer using the 895 transaction to adjust the quantity on each item. Note that the DSD sequential number in G8901 is used to identify the line item being adjusted and it corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. The original invoice amount was $34.12. With the new quantity adjustments, the new invoice amount is $66.12.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*895*0006 Shows the start of the transaction set.
895 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment. 0006 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*2 Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. R is the code identifying initiator of 895. (R is the value for Retailer) D is the code to indicate this is a DEBIT transaction 004444444444 is the delivery/invoice number and should be the same value as the G8202 in the base record 894. 7512 is the Integrity Check Value and should be the same value as the G8501 in the base record 894. 2 is the adjustment number is to sequentially number the acknowledgment/adjustment records from 1 up to a max of 9.
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins
a loop 0100 is the Loop ID number
G89*1*2.00*CA*UP*123456789005**14.6500*16 Specifies basic line item adjustments 1 is the DSD sequential line item detail 2.00 is the adjusted delivery quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Cases) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 123456789005 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 14.6500 is the Retailer’s gross unit list cost ($14.65) 16 is the pack size.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 313 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
G89*2*2.00*CA*****14.6500*8*UP* 123456789002
Specifies basic line item adjustments 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2.00 is the adjusted delivery quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Cases) 123456789002 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 14.6500 is the Retailer’s gross unit list cost ($14.65) 8 is the pack size.
LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number
SUMMARY G84*4*6612 Specifies transaction summary totals.
4 is the total quantity sum of all G8302 in the base record, 894. 6612 is the adjusted invoice amount $66.12. (Original invoice amount was $34.12)
G86* F78C Specifies electronic identities. F78C is the Retailer’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*1323 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 1323 is the Retailer’s Integrity Check Value
SE*10*0006 Shows the end of the transaction set. 10 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0006 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 314 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 6A: (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to Adjust Quantities Made By The Retailer. Raw Data ST*895*0006 G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*2 LS*0100 G89*1*2.00*CA*****14.6500*16*UP*123456789005 G89*2*2.00*CA*****14.6500*8*UP*123456789002 LE*0100 G84*4*6612 G86* F78C G85*1323 SE*10*0006
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 315 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EXAMPLE 6B: (895) – Acknowledgment of Adjusted Quantities Business Scenario ABC Company’s driver has accepted the quantity change for delivery/invoice #004444444444. The example below shows the Supplier using the 895 transaction to accept the quantity adjustment made to each item. Note that the DSD sequential number in G8901 is used to identify the line item being adjusted and it corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. Also note that the G72 segments. In accordance to the DEX standards, if an adjustment needs to be made to one or more of the G72 segments for an item, the entire set of G72 segments for the item should be replaced with a complete, new set. This is rule is in effect since G72 segments that indicate the deposit and the environmental handling charge both contain new quantity values plus the dollar value of the GST G72 segment has changed. The original invoice amount was $34.12. With the new quantity adjustments, the new invoice amount is $68.25 which reflects the new GST charges.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*895*0002 Shows the start of the transaction set.
895 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0002 is the Transaction Set Control Number
G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*2 Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. S is the code identifying initiator of 895. (S is the value for Supplier) D is the code to indicate this is a DEBIT transaction 004444444444 is the delivery/invoice number and should be the same value as the G8202 in the base record 894. 7512 is the Integrity Check Value and should be the same value as the G8501 in the base record 894. 2 is the adjustment number is to sequentially number the acknowledgment/adjustment records from 1 up to a max of 9.
DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop
0100 is the Loop ID number G89*1*2 Specifies basic line item adjustments
1 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 316 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
G72*525*02***1.6*2*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 525 indicates that there is a deposit for the Widget 02 is off invoice 1.6 is the deposit charge 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier (value should be the same as in the G87 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the deposit is applied to.
G89*2*2 Specifies basic line item adjustments 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier
G72*525*02***1.6*2*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 525 indicates that there is a deposit for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice 1.6 is the deposit charge 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier (value should be the same as in the G87 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the deposit is applied to.
G72*527*02***.56*2*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 527 indicates that there is an environmental handling charge for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice .56 is the environmental handling charge 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier (value should be the same as in the G87 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the environment handling charge is applied to.
G72*990*02*******7*30.42 Specifies allowances, charges or services 990 indicates that there is a GST charge for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice 7 is the tax rate percent being applied 30.42 is the taxable amount for the line item. This value includes product and taxable allowances. In this example, GST is charged product and the environmental handling charge (14.65 + 0.56 *2 )
LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number
SUMMARY G84*4*6825 Specifies transaction summary totals.
4 is the total quantity delivered 6825 is the Total Invoice Amount ($68.25)
G86* E910 Specifies electronic identities. E910 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)
G85*7512 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 7512 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value
SE*14*002 Shows the end of the transaction set. 14 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 002 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 317 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
Raw Data ST*895*0002 G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*2 LS*0100 G89*1*2 G72*525*02***1.6*2*CA G89*2*2 G72*525*02***1.6*2*CA G72*527*02***.56*2*CA G72*990*02*******7*30.42 LE*0100 G84*4*6825 G86* E910 G85*7512 SE*14*002
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 318 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
997 Functional Acknowledgement The Functional Acknowledgment is bi-directional from both buyer and supplier. The transaction set identifies the specific document it is verifying and allows the sender to indicate whether that document was syntactically correct or incorrect. In most implementation, the Functional Acknowledgement (007_ is automatically created by the trading partner's translation software. Failure to receive a Functional Acknowledgment (997) within a day or two of initial document transmission, can be a sign of problems at some point along the path from trading partner to trading partner, and normally requires further research to resolve the situation.
Functional Acknowledgements are usually generated/processed by the EDI translator software. However, understanding how a Functional Acknowledgement works can help in determining the cause of problems with other EDI transactions.
Benefits Response to a previously transmitted EDI document indicates their EDI document was received by the trading partner, documents are automatically checked for syntax FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 1: ACCEPT Business Scenario The supplier, Healthy Pills is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have accepted all three POs that were contained in Control Group 11.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*997*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
997 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number for this transaction set.
AK1*PO*11 Acknowledges the Functional Group (GS). PO is the Functional Group ID of the functional group being acknowledged. 11 is the Group Control Number assigned by ABC Markets retailer in the transmission being acknowledged.
AK9*A*3*3*3 Acknowledges the acceptance or rejection of a functional Group (GS) and reports errors. A is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code indicating acceptance. The first 3 is the number of purchase orders included in the functional group. The second 3 is the number of purchase orders received. The last 3 is the number of purchase orders accepted in the functional group.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 319 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION
SE*4*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 4 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
EXAMPLE 1: ACCEPT
ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK9*A*3*3*3 SE*4*0001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 320 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 2:
Business Scenario
The supplier, Healthy Pills, is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have rejected all three POs that were contained in Control Group 11.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*997*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
997 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number for this transaction set.
AK1*PO*11 Acknowledges the Functional Group (GS). PO is the Functional Group ID of the functional group being acknowledged. 11 is the Group Control Number assigned by ABC Markets retailer in the transmission being acknowledged.
AK9*R*3*3*0 Acknowledges the acceptance or rejection of a functional Group (GS) and reports errors. R is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code indicating the functional group was Rejected. The first 3 is the Number of Transaction Sets [purchase orders] Included in the functional group. The second 3 is the Number of Received Transaction Sets (purchase orders). 0 is the Number of Accepted Transaction Sets (purchase orders).
SE*4*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 4 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
EXAMPLE 2: REJECT
ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK9*R*3*3*0 SE*4*0001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
Section VII Business Examples Page 321 of 672 Version 005010
Fall 2004
FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 3: PARTIAL Business Scenario The supplier, Healthy Pills, is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have partially accepted the POs that were contained in Control Group 11.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*997*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.
997 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number for this transaction set.
AK1*PO*11 Acknowledges the Functional Group (GS). PO is the Functional Group ID of the functional group being acknowledged. 11 is the Group Control Number assigned by ABC Markets retailer in the transmission being acknowledged.
AK2*850*0002 Acknowledges the transaction set (ST). 850 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Purchase Order Transaction Set. 0002 is the Transaction Set Control Number.
AK5*R*5 Acknowledges the acceptance or rejection of a transaction set (ST) and reports errors. R is the Transaction Set Acknowledgment Code indicating the transaction set was Rejected. 5 is the Transaction Set Syntax Code indicating One or More Segments [in the transaction set were] in Error.
AK9*P*3*3*2 Acknowledges the acceptance or rejection of a functional Group (GS) and reports errors. P is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code indicating the functional group was Partially Accepted, At Least One Transaction Set Was Rejected. The first 3 is the Number of Transaction Sets [purchase orders] Included in the functional group. The second 3 is the Number of Received Transaction Sets (purchase orders). 2 is the Number of Accepted Transaction Sets (purchase orders).
SE*6*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 6 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.
EXAMPLE 3: PARTIAL ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK2*850*0002 AK5*R*5 AK9*P*3*3*2 SE*6*0001
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 322 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Section VIII
Appendix Transaction Cross Reference to Data Element Tables
INDEX
SUMMARY OF TRANSACTION SET CROSS REFERENCE TO DATA ELEMENTS .......................... 323
810 INVOICE ........................................................................................ 327 850 PURCHASE ORDER............................................................................. 331 852 PRODUCT ACTIVITY DATA .................................................................... 334 855 PURCHASE ORDER ACKNOWLEDGMENT ...................................................... 336 856 SHIP NOTICE/MANIFEST ...................................................................... 340 867 PRODUCT TRANSFER AND RESALE REPORT.................................................. 343 870 ORDER STATUS REPORT ...................................................................... 344 882 DIRECT STORE DELIVERY SUMMARY INFORMATION........................................ 345 894 DELIVERY /RETURN BASE RECORD ........................................................... 346 895 DELIVERY /RETURN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OR ADJUSTMENT ................................ 347
Legend
H Header
D Detail
D-O Detail Order
D-S Detail Shipment
D-I Detail Item
D-P Detail Pack
S Summary
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 323 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Summary of Transaction Set Cross Reference to Data Elements
Transactions
DE # NAME Code and Description 810 850 852 855 856 867 870 882 894 895
98 Entity Identifier Code
1C Group Purchasing Organization (GPO) D
AG Agent/Agency H H D-O BO Broker or Sales Office H H D-O BS Bill and Ship To H H H H D-S BT Bill-to-Party H H H H H BY Buying Party (Purchaser) H H D-O CS Consolidator D-S CT Country of Origin H H D-O DS Distributor H FR Message From H H H H D-S LP Loading Party D-S MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately
Intended H H D-O,S
MF Manufacturer of Goods H H OB Ordered By D-O,S RI Remit To H H RL Reporting Location H SE Selling Party H H H D-O H SF Ship From H H H D-S D H ST Ship To H H H H D-S D SU Supplier /Manufacturer H TO Message To H H H H D-S UP Unloading Party D-S VN Vendor H YW Discharge Point D-S Z7 Mark-for Party H H D-O 128 Reference
Identification Qualifier
08 Carrier Assigned Package Identification Number
H
4G Provincial Tax Identification H 4O Canadian Goods & Services or Quebec
Sales Tax Reference Number H
6B U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number
D-O
AH Agreement Number H H H,D H BM Bill of Lading Number D-O,S BT Batch Number D-O CH Customer Catalog Number D-O CN Carrier’s Reference Number
(PRO/Invoice) D-S
CO Customer Order Number D-O,I D D3 National Council for Prescription Drug
Programs Pharmacy Number H H H,D H D-O
DP Department Number H H H,D H D-O H GT Goods and Service Tax Registration
Number H
HB Bill & Hold Invoice Number D-O
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 324 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transactions
DE # NAME Code and Description 810 850 852 855 856 867 870 882 894 895
IA Internal Vendor Number H H H,D H D-O IT Internal Customer Number H H H,D H D-O IV Seller’s Invoice Number D-O D LA Shipping Label Serial Number H LT Lot Number D-I MB Master Bill of Lading D-S MR Merchandise Type Code D-O H PD Promotion/Deal Number H H H,D D-O PG Product Group H Q8 Registration Number Code describing
which type of registration is being submitted. Quebec Sales Tax Registration Number
H
QC Product Specification Document Number D-O SB Sales Region Number D-O SE Serial Number D-I UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17
Digits) D-S,O
UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits)
D-S,O
VN Vendor Order Number D-I 146 Shipment
Method of Payment
CC Collect H H
PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul H H PC Prepaid but Charged to Customer PP Prepaid (by Seller) H H 235 Product /Service
ID Qualifier AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families)
D D
DI Deposit Item Number D D EN EAN/UCC-13 D D D D D-P,I D D D D EO EAN/UCC-8 D D D D D-P,I D D D D IN Buyer's Item Number D D D D D-P,I LT Lot Number D-P D NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit)
number D D
UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) D D D D D-P,I D UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) D UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure D D D D D-P,I D D D UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) D D D D D-P,I D UP UCC-12 D D D D D-P,I D D D D VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number D D D D D-P,I D 355 Unit or Basis for
Measurement Code
BA Bale D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O
BG Bag D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O BO Bottle D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D BX Box D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D D,S D,S CA Case D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D D D,S D,S CN Can D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O CT Carton D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D,S D,S DS Display D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O DZ Dozen D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D,S D,S
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 325 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transactions
DE # NAME Code and Description 810 850 852 855 856 867 870 882 894 895
EA Each D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D D D D,S D,S KG Kilogram H,D D-S,O D,S D,S LB Pound H,D D-S,O D,S D,S M4 Monetary Value H,D PK Package D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D,S D,S PL Pallet/Unit Load D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D D D,S D,S RL Roll D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O See Section III for Code List. H,D UN Unit D,S D,S 374 Date/Time
Qualifier 001 Cancel After H
002 Delivery Requested H H D H 003 Invoice D 007 Effective D H 008 Purchase Order Received 009 Process H 010 Requested Ship H 011 Shipped H 015 Promotion Start D 016 Promotion End D 017 Estimated Delivery H 036 Expiration D 037 Ship Not Before 038 Ship No Later 055 Confirmed 068 Current Schedule Ship H,D 086 Scheduled for Shipment (Week of) H 090 Report Start D 091 Report End D 097 Transaction Creation 100 No Shipping Schedule Established as of D 106 Required By 118 Requested Pickup H H 639 Basis of Unit
Price Code LD Catalog Price per Dozen D
LE Catalog Price per Each D NC No Charge D NT Net Indicates a net unit price D PE Price per Each D PO Price per Ounce D PP Price per Pound D PR Promotion D QT Quoted D RD Retail Price per Dozen D RE Retail Price per Each D TD Contract Price per Dozen D TE Contract Price per Each D WD Wholesale Price per Dozen D WE Wholesale Price per Each D 1300 Service,Promoti
on,Allowance or See Section III for code list. H,D D
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 326 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transactions
DE # NAME Code and Description 810 850 852 855 856 867 870 882 894 895
Charge Code D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance D,S D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge D,S H490 Subject To Tax On Resale D,S H770 Tax - State Tax D,S H806 Tax Credit D,S 1301 Agency Service,
Promotion,Allowance, or Charge Code
See Section III for code list. D,S H,D D
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 327 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
810 Invoice
DE # Code and Description 810 98 BY Buying Party (Purchaser) 1/0400/CUR
AG Agent/Agency 1/0700/N1 BO Broker or Sales Office 1/0700/N1
BS Bill and Ship To 1/0700/N1 BT Bill-to-Party 1/0700/N1 CT Country of Origin 1/0700/N1 FR Message From 1/0700/N1 MF Manufacturer of Goods 1/0700/N1 RI Remit To 1/0700/N1 SE Selling Party 1/0700/N1 SF Ship From 1/0700/N1 ST Ship To 1/0700/N1 TO Message To 1/0700/N1 Z7 Mark-for Party 1/0700/N1
128 AH Agreement Number 1/0500/REF D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 1/0500/REF
DP Department Number 1/0500/REF IA Internal Vendor Number 1/0500/REF IT Internal Customer Number 1/0500/REF PD Promotion/Deal Number 1/0500/REF
146 CC Collect 1/1500/FOB PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul 1/1500/FOB PP Prepaid (by Seller) 1/1500/FOB
235 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0100/IT1 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0100/IT1
IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0100/IT1 UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0100/IT1 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0100/IT1 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0100/IT1 UP UCC-12 2/0100/IT1 VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0100/IT1
355 BA Bale 2/0100/IT1 BG Bag 2/0100/IT1 BO Bottle 2/0100/IT1 BX Box 2/0100/IT1 CA Case 2/0100/IT1 CN Can 2/0100/IT1 CT Carton 2/0100/IT1 DS Display 2/0100/IT1 DZ Dozen 2/0100/IT1 EA Each 2/0100/IT1 PK Package 2/0100/IT1 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0100/IT1 RL Roll 2/0100/IT1 BA Bale 2/0500/CTP
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 328 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 810 BG Bag 2/0500/CTP BO Bottle 2/0500/CTP BX Box 2/0500/CTP CA Case 2/0500/CTP CN Can 2/0500/CTP CT Carton 2/0500/CTP DS Display 2/0500/CTP DZ Dozen 2/0500/CTP EA Each 2/0500/CTP PK Package 2/0500/CTP PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0500/CTP RL Roll 2/0500/CTP BA Bale 2/0700/MEA BG Bag 2/0700/MEA BO Bottle 2/0700/MEA BX Box 2/0700/MEA CA Case 2/0700/MEA CN Can 2/0700/MEA CT Carton 2/0700/MEA DS Display 2/0700/MEA DZ Dozen 2/0700/MEA EA Each 2/0700/MEA PK Package 2/0700/MEA PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0700/MEA RL Roll 2/0700/MEA BA Bale 2/1000/PO4 BG Bag 2/1000/PO4 BO Bottle 2/1000/PO4 BX Box 2/1000/PO4 CA Case 2/1000/PO4 CN Can 2/1000/PO4 CT Carton 2/1000/PO4 DS Display 2/1000/PO4 DZ Dozen 2/1000/PO4 EA Each 2/1000/PO4 PK Package 2/1000/PO4 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1000/PO4 RL Roll 2/1000/PO4 BA Bale 2/1400/SDQ BG Bag 2/1400/SDQ BO Bottle 2/1400/SDQ BX Box 2/1400/SDQ CA Case 2/1400/SDQ CN Can 2/1400/SDQ CT Carton 2/1400/SDQ DS Display 2/1400/SDQ DZ Dozen 2/1400/SDQ EA Each 2/1400/SDQ PK Package 2/1400/SDQ
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 329 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 810 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1400/SDQ RL Roll 2/1400/SDQ BA Bale 2/1800/SAC BG Bag 2/1800/SAC BO Bottle 2/1800/SAC BX Box 2/1800/SAC CA Case 2/1800/SAC CN Can 2/1800/SAC CT Carton 2/1800/SAC DS Display 2/1800/SAC DZ Dozen 2/1800/SAC EA Each 2/1800/SAC PK Package 2/1800/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1800/SAC RL Roll 2/1800/SAC BA Bale 3/0400/SAC BG Bag 3/0400/SAC BO Bottle 3/0400/SAC BX Box 3/0400/SAC CA Case 3/0400/SAC CN Can 3/0400/SAC CT Carton 3/0400/SAC DS Display 3/0400/SAC DZ Dozen 3/0400/SAC EA Each 3/0400/SAC PK Package 3/0400/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0400/SAC RL Roll 3/0400/SAC BA Bale 3/0600/ISS BG Bag 3/0600/ISS BO Bottle 3/0600/ISS BX Box 3/0600/ISS CA Case 3/0600/ISS CN Can 3/0600/ISS CT Carton 3/0600/ISS DS Display 3/0600/ISS DZ Dozen 3/0600/ISS EA Each 3/0600/ISS PK Package 3/0600/ISS PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0600/ISS RL Roll 3/0600/ISS BA Bale 3/0700/CTT BG Bag 3/0700/CTT BO Bottle 3/0700/CTT BX Box 3/0700/CTT CA Case 3/0700/CTT CN Can 3/0700/CTT CT Carton 3/0700/CTT DS Display 3/0700/CTT
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 330 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 810 DZ Dozen 3/0700/CTT EA Each 3/0700/CTT PK Package 3/0700/CTT PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0700/CTT RL Roll 3/0700/CTT
374 002 Delivery Requested 1/1400/DTM 011 Shipped 1/1400/DTM
639 NT Net Indicates a net unit price 2/0500/CTP PE Price per Each 2/0500/CTP
1300 D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance 2/1800/SAC D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge 2/1800/SAC H490 Subject To Tax On Resale 2/1800/SAC H770 Tax - State Tax 2/1800/SAC H806 Tax Credit 2/1800/SAC D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance 3/0400/SAC D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge 3/0400/SAC H490 Subject To Tax On Resale 3/0400/SAC H770 Tax - State Tax 3/0400/SAC H806 Tax Credit 3/0400/SAC
1301 See Section III for code list. 2/1800/SAC See Section III for code list. 3/0400/SAC
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 331 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
850 Purchase Order DE # Code and Description 850
98 BY Buying Party (Purchaser) 1/0400/CUR AG Agent/Agency 1/3100/N1 BO Broker or Sales Office 1/3100/N1
BS Bill and Ship To 1/3100/N1 BT Bill-to-Party 1/3100/N1 CB Customs Broker 1/3100/N1 CN Consignee 1/3100/N1 CS Consolidator 1/3100/N1 CT Country of Origin 1/3100/N1 EX Exporter 1/3100/N1 FR Message From 1/3100/N1 FW Forwarder 1/3100/N1 L5 Contact 1/3100/N1 MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended 1/3100/N1 MF Manufacturer of Goods 1/3100/N1 NP Notify Party for Shipper's Order 1/3100/N1 SE Selling Party 1/3100/N1 SF Ship From 1/3100/N1 SN Store 1/3100/N1 ST Ship To 1/3100/N1 TO Message To 1/3100/N1 Z7 Mark-for Party 1/3100/N1
128 AH Agreement Number 1/0500/REF D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 1/0500/REF DP Department Number 1/0500/REF IA Internal Vendor Number 1/0500/REF IT Internal Customer Number 1/0500/REF PD Promotion/Deal Number 1/0500/REF
146 CC Collect 1/0800/FOB PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul 1/0800/FOB PP Prepaid (by Seller) 1/0800/FOB
235 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0100/PO1 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0100/PO1 IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0100/PO1 UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0100/PO1 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0100/PO1 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0100/PO1 UP UCC-12 2/0100/PO1
VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0100/PO1 355 BA Bale 1/1200/SAC
BG Bag 1/1200/SAC BO Bottle 1/1200/SAC BX Box 1/1200/SAC CA Case 1/1200/SAC CN Can 1/1200/SAC
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 332 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 850
CT Carton 1/1200/SAC DS Display 1/1200/SAC DZ Dozen 1/1200/SAC EA Each 1/1200/SAC KG Kilogram 1/1200/SAC LB Pound 1/1200/SAC M4 Monetary Value 1/1200/SAC PK Package 1/1200/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 1/1200/SAC RL Roll 1/1200/SAC BA Bale 2/0100/PO1 BG Bag 2/0100/PO1 BO Bottle 2/0100/PO1 BX Box 2/0100/PO1 CA Case 2/0100/PO1 CN Can 2/0100/PO1 CT Carton 2/0100/PO1 DS Display 2/0100/PO1 DZ Dozen 2/0100/PO1 EA Each 2/0100/PO1 KG Kilogram 2/0100/PO1 LB Pound 2/0100/PO1 PK Package 2/0100/PO1 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0100/PO1 RL Roll 2/0100/PO1 BA Bale 2/0400/CTP BG Bag 2/0400/CTP BO Bottle 2/0400/CTP BX Box 2/0400/CTP CA Case 2/0400/CTP CN Can 2/0400/CTP CT Carton 2/0400/CTP DS Display 2/0400/CTP DZ Dozen 2/0400/CTP EA Each 2/0400/CTP KG Kilogram 2/0400/CTP LB Pound 2/0400/CTP PK Package 2/0400/CTP PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0400/CTP RL Roll 2/0400/CTP BA Bale 2/0900/PO4 BG Bag 2/0900/PO4 BO Bottle 2/0900/PO4 BX Box 2/0900/PO4 CA Case 2/0900/PO4 CN Can 2/0900/PO4 CT Carton 2/0900/PO4 DS Display 2/0900/PO4 DZ Dozen 2/0900/PO4 EA Each 2/0900/PO4
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 333 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 850
KG Kilogram 2/0900/PO4 LB Pound 2/0900/PO4 PK Package 2/0900/PO4 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0900/PO4 RL Roll 2/0900/PO4 BA Bale 2/1300/SAC BG Bag 2/1300/SAC BO Bottle 2/1300/SAC BX Box 2/1300/SAC CA Case 2/1300/SAC CN Can 2/1300/SAC CT Carton 2/1300/SAC DS Display 2/1300/SAC DZ Dozen 2/1300/SAC EA Each 2/1300/SAC KG Kilogram 2/1300/SAC LB Pound 2/1300/SAC M4 Monetary Value 2/1300/SAC PK Package 2/1300/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1300/SAC RL Roll 2/1300/SAC BA Bale 2/1900/SDQ BG Bag 2/1900/SDQ BO Bottle 2/1900/SDQ BX Box 2/1900/SDQ CA Case 2/1900/SDQ CN Can 2/1900/SDQ CT Carton 2/1900/SDQ DS Display 2/1900/SDQ DZ Dozen 2/1900/SDQ EA Each 2/1900/SDQ KG Kilogram 2/1900/SDQ LB Pound 2/1900/SDQ PK Package 2/1900/SDQ PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1900/SDQ RL Roll 2/1900/SDQ See Section III for code list. 3/0100/CTT
374 002 Delivery Requested 1/1500/DTM 118 Requested Pickup 1/1500/DTM
1300 See Section III for code list. 1/1200/SAC See Section III for code list. 2/1300/SAC
1301 See Section III for code list. 1/1200/SAC See Section III for code list. 2/1300/SAC
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 334 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
852 Product Activity Data
DE # Code and Description 852
98 BS Bill and Ship To 1/0600/N1 BT Bill-to-Party 1/0600/N1
FR Message From 1/0600/N1 RL Reporting Location 1/0600/N1 ST Ship To 1/0600/N1 TO Message To 1/0600/N1
128 AH Agreement Number 1/0400/N9 D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 1/0400/N9 DP Department Number 1/0400/N9 IA Internal Vendor Number 1/0400/N9 IT Internal Customer Number 1/0400/N9 PD Promotion/Deal Number 1/0400/N9 AH Agreement Number 2/0800/ZA D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 2/0800/ZA DP Department Number 2/0800/ZA IA Internal Vendor Number 2/0800/ZA IT Internal Customer Number 2/0800/ZA PD Promotion/Deal Number 2/0800/ZA
235 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0100/LIN EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0100/LIN IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0100/LIN UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0100/LIN UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0100/LIN UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0100/LIN UP UCC-12 2/0100/LIN VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0100/LIN
355 BA Bale 2/0800/ZA BG Bag 2/0800/ZA BO Bottle 2/0800/ZA BX Box 2/0800/ZA CA Case 2/0800/ZA CN Can 2/0800/ZA CT Carton 2/0800/ZA DS Display 2/0800/ZA DZ Dozen 2/0800/ZA EA Each 2/0800/ZA PK Package 2/0800/ZA PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0800/ZA RL Roll 2/0800/ZA BA Bale 2/1100/SDQ BG Bag 2/1100/SDQ BO Bottle 2/1100/SDQ BX Box 2/1100/SDQ CA Case 2/1100/SDQ CN Can 2/1100/SDQ
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 335 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 852
CT Carton 2/1100/SDQ DS Display 2/1100/SDQ DZ Dozen 2/1100/SDQ EA Each 2/1100/SDQ PK Package 2/1100/SDQ PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1100/SDQ RL Roll 2/1100/SDQ BA Bale 3/0100/CTT BG Bag 3/0100/CTT BO Bottle 3/0100/CTT BX Box 3/0100/CTT CA Case 3/0100/CTT CN Can 3/0100/CTT CT Carton 3/0100/CTT DS Display 3/0100/CTT DZ Dozen 3/0100/CTT EA Each 3/0100/CTT PK Package 3/0100/CTT PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0100/CTT RL Roll 3/0100/CTT
374 002 Delivery Requested 2/0800/ZA 007 Effective 2/0800/ZA 090 Report Start 2/0800/ZA 091 Report End 2/0800/ZA 015 Promotion Start 2/1300/DTM 016 Promotion End 2/1300/DTM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 336 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment
DE # Code and Description 855
98 BS Bill and Ship To 1/0600/N1 BT Bill-to-Party 1/0600/N1
FR Message From 1/0600/N1 MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended 1/0600/N1 OB Ordered By 1/0600/N1 SE Selling Party 1/0600/N1 SF Ship From 1/0600/N1 ST Ship To 1/0600/N1
128 AH Agreement Number 1/0500/REF D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 1/0500/REF DP Department Number 1/0500/REF IA Internal Vendor Number 1/0500/REF IT Internal Customer Number 1/0500/REF
235 EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/0100/PO1 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0100/PO1 IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0100/PO1 UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0100/PO1 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0100/PO1 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0100/PO1 UP UCC - 12 2/0100/PO1 VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0100/PO1 EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/4900/SLN EO EAN/UCC-8 2/4900/SLN IN Buyer's Item Number 2/4900/SLN UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/4900/SLN UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/4900/SLN UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/4900/SLN UP UCC - 12 2/4900/SLN VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/4900/SLN
355 BA Bale 2/0100/PO1 BG Bag 2/0100/PO1 BO Bottle 2/0100/PO1 BX Box 2/0100/PO1 CA Case 2/0100/PO1 CN Can 2/0100/PO1 CT Carton 2/0100/PO1 DS Display 2/0100/PO1 DZ Dozen 2/0100/PO1 EA Each 2/0100/PO1 PK Package 2/0100/PO1 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0100/PO1 RL Roll 2/0100/PO1 BA Bale 2/0400/CTP BG Bag 2/0400/CTP BO Bottle 2/0400/CTP
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 337 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 855
BX Box 2/0400/CTP CA Case 2/0400/CTP CN Can 2/0400/CTP CT Carton 2/0400/CTP DS Display 2/0400/CTP DZ Dozen 2/0400/CTP EA Each 2/0400/CTP PK Package 2/0400/CTP PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0400/CTP RL Roll 2/0400/CTP BA Bale 2/0900/PO4 BG Bag 2/0900/PO4 BO Bottle 2/0900/PO4 BX Box 2/0900/PO4 CA Case 2/0900/PO4 CN Can 2/0900/PO4 CT Carton 2/0900/PO4 DS Display 2/0900/PO4 DZ Dozen 2/0900/PO4 EA Each 2/0900/PO4 PK Package 2/0900/PO4 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0900/PO4 RL Roll 2/0900/PO4 BA Bale 2/1300/SAC BG Bag 2/1300/SAC BO Bottle 2/1300/SAC BX Box 2/1300/SAC CA Case 2/1300/SAC CN Can 2/1300/SAC CT Carton 2/1300/SAC DS Display 2/1300/SAC DZ Dozen 2/1300/SAC EA Each 2/1300/SAC PK Package 2/1300/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1300/SAC RL Roll 2/1300/SAC BA Bale 2/1900/SDQ BG Bag 2/1900/SDQ BO Bottle 2/1900/SDQ BX Box 2/1900/SDQ CA Case 2/1900/SDQ CN Can 2/1900/SDQ CT Carton 2/1900/SDQ DS Display 2/1900/SDQ DZ Dozen 2/1900/SDQ EA Each 2/1900/SDQ PK Package 2/1900/SDQ PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1900/SDQ RL Roll 2/1900/SDQ BA Bale 2/2700/ACK
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 338 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 855
BG Bag 2/2700/ACK BO Bottle 2/2700/ACK BX Box 2/2700/ACK CA Case 2/2700/ACK CN Can 2/2700/ACK CT Carton 2/2700/ACK DS Display 2/2700/ACK DZ Dozen 2/2700/ACK EA Each 2/2700/ACK PK Package 2/2700/ACK PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/2700/ACK RL Roll 2/2700/ACK BA Bale 2/4900/SLN BG Bag 2/4900/SLN BO Bottle 2/4900/SLN BX Box 2/4900/SLN CA Case 2/4900/SLN CN Can 2/4900/SLN CT Carton 2/4900/SLN DS Display 2/4900/SLN DZ Dozen 2/4900/SLN EA Each 2/4900/SLN PK Package 2/4900/SLN PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/4900/SLN RL Roll 2/4900/SLN BA Bale 3/0100/CTT BG Bag 3/0100/CTT BO Bottle 3/0100/CTT BX Box 3/0100/CTT CA Case 3/0100/CTT CN Can 3/0100/CTT CT Carton 3/0100/CTT DS Display 3/0100/CTT DZ Dozen 3/0100/CTT EA Each 3/0100/CTT PK Package 3/0100/CTT PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0100/CTT RL Roll 3/0100/CTT
374 001 Cancel After 1/1500/DTM 002 Delivery Requested 1/1500/DTM 007 Effective 1/1500/DTM 009 Process 1/1500/DTM 010 Requested Ship 1/1500/DTM 017 Estimated Delivery 1/1500/DTM
068 Current Schedule Ship 1/1500/DTM 086 Scheduled for Shipment (Week of) 1/1500/DTM 118 Requested Pickup 1/1500/DTM 068 Current Schedule Ship 2/2700/ACK 100 No Shipping Schedule Established as of 2/2700/ACK
639 LD Catalog Price per Dozen 2/0100/PO1
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 339 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 855
LE Catalog Price per Each 2/0100/PO1 NC No Charge 2/0100/PO1 PO Price per Ounce 2/0100/PO1
PP Price per Pound 2/0100/PO1 PR Promotion 2/0100/PO1 QT Quoted 2/0100/PO1 RD Retail Price per Dozen 2/0100/PO1 RE Retail Price per Each 2/0100/PO1 TD Contract Price per Dozen 2/0100/PO1 TE Contract Price per Each 2/0100/PO1 WD Wholesale Price per Dozen 2/0100/PO1 WE Wholesale Price per Each 2/0100/PO1 LD Catalog Price per Dozen 2/4900/SLN LE Catalog Price per Each 2/4900/SLN NC No Charge 2/4900/SLN PO Price per Ounce 2/4900/SLN PP Price per Pound 2/4900/SLN PR Promotion 2/4900/SLN QT Quoted 2/4900/SLN RD Retail Price per Dozen 2/4900/SLN RE Retail Price per Each 2/4900/SLN TD Contract Price per Dozen 2/4900/SLN TE Contract Price per Each 2/4900/SLN WD Wholesale Price per Dozen 2/4900/SLN WE Wholesale Price per Each 2/4900/SLN
1300 See Section III for code list. 2/1300/SAC 1301 See Section III for code list. 2/1300/SAC
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 340 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
856 Ship Notice/Manifest
DE # Code and Description 856 Level
98 BS Bill and Ship To 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT CS Consolidator 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT FR Message From 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT LP Loading Party 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT OB Ordered By 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT SF Ship From 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT ST Ship To 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT SU Supplier /Manufacturer 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT TO Message To 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT UP Unloading Party 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT YW Discharge Point 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT AG Agent/Agency 2/2200/N1 ORDER BO Broker or Sales Office 2/2200/N1 ORDER BY Buying Party (Purchaser) 2/2200/N1 ORDER CT Country of Origin 2/2200/N1 ORDER MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended 2/2200/N1 ORDER OB Ordered By 2/2200/N1 ORDER SE Selling Party 2/2200/N1 ORDER SU Supplier /Manufacturer 2/2200/N1 ORDER Z7 Mark-for Party 2/2200/N1 ORDER
128 BM Bill of Lading Number 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT CN Carrier’s Reference Number (PRO/Invoice) 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT MB Master Bill of Lading 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT 6B U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number 2/1500/REF ORDER BM Bill of Lading Number 2/1500/REF ORDER BT Batch Number 2/1500/REF ORDER CH Customer Catalog Number 2/1500/REF ORDER CO Customer Order Number 2/1500/REF ORDER D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 2/1500/REF ORDER DP Department Number 2/1500/REF ORDER HB Bill & Hold Invoice Number 2/1500/REF ORDER IA Internal Vendor Number 2/1500/REF ORDER IT Internal Customer Number 2/1500/REF ORDER IV Seller’s Invoice Number 2/1500/REF ORDER MR Merchandise Type Code 2/1500/REF ORDER PD Promotion/Deal Number 2/1500/REF ORDER QC Product Specification Document Number 2/1500/REF ORDER SB Sales Region Number 2/1500/REF ORDER UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) 2/1500/REF ORDER UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) 2/1500/REF ORDER VN Vendor Order Number 2/1500/REF ORDER
CO Customer Order Number 2/1500/REF ITEM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 341 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 856 Level
LT Lot Number 2/1500/REF ITEM SE Serial Number 2/1500/REF ITEM
235 LT Lot Number 2/0200/LIN PACK UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0200/LIN PACK UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/LIN PACK EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/0200/LIN PACK EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0200/LIN PACK IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0200/LIN PACK UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0200/LIN PACK UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/LIN PACK UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0200/LIN PACK UP UCC - 12 2/0200/LIN PACK VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0200/LIN PACK EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/0200/LIN ITEM EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0200/LIN ITEM
IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0200/LIN ITEM UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0200/LIN ITEM UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/LIN ITEM UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0200/LIN ITEM UP UCC - 12 2/0200/LIN ITEM VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0200/LIN ITEM
355 KG Kilogram 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT LB Pound 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BA Bale 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BG Bag 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BO Bottle 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BX Box 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT CA Case 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT CN Can 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT CT Carton 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT DS Display 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT DZ Dozen 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT EA Each 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT PK Package 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT RL Roll 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BA Bale 2/1100/TD1 ORDER BG Bag 2/1100/TD1 ORDER BO Bottle 2/1100/TD1 ORDER BX Box 2/1100/TD1 ORDER CA Case 2/1100/TD1 ORDER CN Can 2/1100/TD1 ORDER CT Carton 2/1100/TD1 ORDER DS Display 2/1100/TD1 ORDER DZ Dozen 2/1100/TD1 ORDER EA Each 2/1100/TD1 ORDER PK Package 2/1100/TD1 ORDER PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1100/TD1 ORDER RL Roll 2/1100/TD1 ORDER
CA Case 2/0300/SN1 PACK
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 342 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
DE # Code and Description 856 Level
374 036 Expiration 2/2000/DTM ITEM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 343 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
867 Product Transfer and Resale Report
DE # Code and Description 867 98 DS Distributor 1/800/N1
VN Vendor 1/800/N1 1C Group Purchasing Organization (GPO) 2/0500/N1 SF Ship From 2/0500/N1 ST Ship To 2/0500/N1
128 IV Seller’s Invoice Number 2/0900/REF 235 EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/1200/LIN
EO EAN/UCC-8 2/1200/LIN UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/1200/LIN UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/1200/LIN
UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) 2/1200/LIN UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/1200/LIN UP UCC - 12 2/1200/LIN VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/1200/LIN LT Lot Number 2/1200/LIN
355 EA Each 2/1100/QTY EA Each 2/1300/UIT
374 003 Invoice 2/0200/DTM
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 344 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
870 Order Status Report
DE # Code and Description 870
98 SF Ship From 1/0500/N1 128 CO Customer Order Number 2/3000/REF 235 UP UCC - 12 2/1500/PO1 355 BO Bottle 2/2300/QTY
BX Box 2/2300/QTY CA Case 2/2300/QTY EA Each 2/2300/QTY PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/2300/QTY
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 345 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information
DE # Code and Description 882
98 BT Bill-to-Party 1/0300/N1 RI Remit To 1/0300/N1
SE Selling Party 1/0300/N1 128 DP Department Number 1/0700/N9
GT Goods and Service Tax Registration Number 1/0700/N9 MR Merchandise Type Code 1/0700/N9
PG Product Group 1/0700/N9 Q8 Registration Number Code describing which type of registration is being
submitted. Quebec Sales Tax Registration Number 1/0700/N9
355 BA Bale 2/0600/G31 BG Bag 2/0600/G31 BO Bottle 2/0600/G31 BX Box 2/0600/G31 CA Case 2/0600/G31 CN Can 2/0600/G31 CT Carton 2/0600/G31 DS Display 2/0600/G31 DZ Dozen 2/0600/G31 EA Each 2/0600/G31 PK Package 2/0600/G31 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0600/G31 RL Roll 2/0600/G31
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 346 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
894 Delivery/Return Base Record
DE # Code and Description 894 128 08 Carrier Assigned Package Identification Number 1/250/N9
4G Provincial Tax Identification 1/250/N9 4O Canadian Goods & Services or Quebec Sales Tax Reference Number 1/250/N9 LA Shipping Label Serial Number 1/250/N9
235 AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families) 2/0200/G83 DI Deposit Item Number 2/0200/G83 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0200/G83 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0200/G83 NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit) number 2/0200/G83 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/G83 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0200/G83
355 BX Box 2/0200/G83 CA Case 2/0200/G83 CT Carton 2/0200/G83 DZ Dozen 2/0200/G83 EA Each 2/0200/G83 KG Kilogram 2/0200/G83 LB Pound 2/0200/G83 PK Package 2/0200/G83 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0200/G83 UN Unit 2/0200/G83 BX Box 2/0400/G72 CA Case 2/0400/G72 CT Carton 2/0400/G72 DZ Dozen 2/0400/G72 EA Each 2/0400/G72 KG Kilogram 2/0400/G72 LB Pound 2/0400/G72 PK Package 2/0400/G72 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0400/G72 UN Unit 2/0400/G72 CA Case 3/0100/G72 CT Carton 3/0100/G72 DZ Dozen 3/0100/G72 EA Each 3/0100/G72 KG Kilogram 3/0100/G72 LB Pound 3/0100/G72 PK Package 3/0100/G72 PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0100/G72 UN Unit 3/0100/G72
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 347 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004
Transaction Listing of Data Elements
895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment
DE # Code and Description 895
235 AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families) 2/0200/G89 DI Deposit Item Number 2/0200/G89 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0200/G89 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0200/G89 NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit) number 2/0200/G89 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/G89 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0200/G89
355 BX Box 2/0200/G89 CA Case 2/0200/G89 CT Carton 2/0200/G89 DZ Dozen 2/0200/G89 EA Each 2/0200/G89 KG Kilogram 2/0200/G89 LB Pound 2/0200/G89 PK Package 2/0200/G89 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0200/G89 UN Unit 2/0200/G89 BX Box 2/0400/G72 CA Case 2/0400/G72 CT Carton 2/0400/G72 DZ Dozen 2/0400/G72 EA Each 2/0400/G72 KG Kilogram 2/0400/G72 LB Pound 2/0400/G72 PK Package 2/0400/G72 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0400/G72 UN Unit 2/0400/G72 BX Box 3/0100/G72 CA Case 3/0100/G72 CT Carton 3/0100/G72 DZ Dozen 3/0100/G72 EA Each 3/0100/G72 KG Kilogram 3/0100/G72 LB Pound 3/0100/G72 PK Package 3/0100/G72 PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0100/G72 UN Unit 3/0100/G72
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 347 of 672 Fall 2004
810 Invoice Functional Group ID=IN
Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Invoice Transaction Set (810) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the billing for goods and services provided. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BIG Beginning Segment for Invoice M 1 0400 CUR Currency O 1 0500 REF Reference Information O 12 0600 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 0700 N1 Party Identification M 1 0800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 0900 N3 Party Location O 2 1000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 1300 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O >1 1400 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 1500 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - IT1 200000 M 0100 IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) M 1 0500 CTP Pricing Information O 25 LOOP ID - PID 1000 M 0600 PID Product/Item Description M 1 1000 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 1400 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500 LOOP ID - SAC >1 M 1800 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge
Information M 1
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 TDS Total Monetary Value Summary M 1 LOOP ID - SAC >1 M 0400 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge
Information M 1
LOOP ID - ISS >1 0600 ISS Invoice Shipment Summary O 1 M 0700 CTT Transaction Totals M 1 n1 M 0800 SE Transact ion Set Trailer M 1
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 348 of 672 Fall 2004
Transaction Set Notes 1. Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of IT1 segments. If used CTT02 is the hash
total of the quantities invoiced (IT102) for each IT1 segment.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 349 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 810 Invoice M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that mu st be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 350 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: BIG Beginning Segment for Invoice Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of an invoice transaction set and transmit identifying numbers
and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BIG01 is the invoice issue date. 2 BIG03 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 3 BIG10 is the consolidated invoice number associated with the invoice identified in
BIG02. When BIG07 contains code CI (Consolidated Invoice), BIG02 will contain the consolidated invoice number and BIG10 is not used.
Comments: 1 BIG07 is used only to further define the type of invoice when needed.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BIG01 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year M BIG02 76 Invoice Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer BIG03 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year Retailer's original purchase order date BIG04 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number N/U BIG05 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by
the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used N/U BIG06 327 Change Order Sequence Number O 1 AN 1/8 Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a
previously transmitted transaction set N/U BIG07 640 Transaction Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction This data element is used only when special identification of the invoice is
needed, between trading partners, to support business needs. N/U BIG08 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set N/U BIG09 306 Action Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating type of action N/U BIG10 76 Invoice Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer When BIG07 contains code CI, this data element is not used. N/U BIG11 1005 Hierarchical Structure Code O 1 ID 4/4 Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that
utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 351 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CUR Currency Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction Syntax Notes: 1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required. 2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required. 3 If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required. 4 If CUR11 is present, then CUR10 is required. 5 If CUR12 is present, then CUR10 is required. 6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required. 7 If CUR14 is present, then CUR13 is required. 8 If CUR15 is present, then CUR13 is required. 9 If CUR16 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required. 10 If CUR17 is present, then CUR16 is required. 11 If CUR18 is present, then CUR16 is required. 12 If CUR19 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR21 is required. 13 If CUR20 is present, then CUR19 is required. 14 If CUR21 is present, then CUR19 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CUR01 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) M CUR02 100 Currency Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified CAD Canada USD United States of America N/U CUR03 280 Exchange Rate O 1 R 4/10 Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value
from one currency to another N/U CUR04 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual N/U CUR05 100 Currency Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified N/U CUR06 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based N/U CUR07 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR08 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR09 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U CUR10 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 352 of 672 Fall 2004
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR11 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR12 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U CUR13 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR14 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR15 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U CUR16 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR17 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR18 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U CUR19 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR20 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR21 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 353 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs
Pharmacy Number See External Code Source 307 in Section III for
reference document. DP Department Number This code may be used in the header or detail area but
not in both IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the
retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the
vendor, for use within the vendor's system PD Promotion/Deal Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 354 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named CR Customer Relations Customer service representative SR Sales Representative or Department PER02 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER06 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER08 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable N/U PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O 1 AN 1/20 Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 355 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0700 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to specify the buying
party by using code BY in N101. It is assumed that, for a particular buying location, the retailer has the ship to and bill to in their system, therefore, it need not be sent. Use the ship to if there are multiple ship-to locations for the buying location. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment is used to specify the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, code BY is not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet invoice. It is assumed the retailer has the bill to and ship to for all of the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, this segment is normally not used. If either the bill-to or ship-to locations are to be overridden, this segment is used to specify those locations. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every buying location in the SDQ segment. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CT or RI. When the ship to (N101 contains code ST) is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO. When N101 contains code RI, N106 may be used to indicate that the remit-to party is a factor.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual AG Agent/Agency Buyer's agent BO Broker or Sales Office For a domestic purchase order, this is the manufacturer's
sales office. For an import purchase order this is the sales office that interacts with the manufacturer's/buyer's agent.
BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party CT Country of Origin
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 356 of 672 Fall 2004
FR Message From MF Manufacturer of Goods RI Remit To SE Selling Party SF Ship From ST Ship To TO Message To Z7 Mark-for Party The party for whom the needed material is intended This is the ultimate destination for the order when the
location is not the ship to and the mark for party is specified on the shipping label.
N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
See External Code Source 583 in Section III for reference document.
N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.
N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 357 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 0800 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 358 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 0900 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 359 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 1000 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document. N404 26 Country Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 360 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale Position: 1300 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD10 or ITD11 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ITD15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment
charge. Comments: 1 If the code in ITD01 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD10 or
ITD11 is required; if the code in ITD01 is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required. Notes: If text data is needed to be sent for terms, ITD12 will contain the free form text. If
additional text is needed, additional ITD segments will be used. Many times, deferred terms are specified on the purchase order with only the knowledge that the terms are to be based on a date value which is not known, e.g., invoice or delivery date. What is known is the percentage or dollar amount of each deferred installment, and the number of days after the date the terms are based on, that each installment will be due. In these cases, ITD01 will contain code 04, indicating deferred or installment terms, and ITD02 will contain the appropriate terms date basis code (most typically code 2 for Delivery Date, code 3 for Invoice Date, or code 15 for Receipt of Goods Date). ITD07 will contain the number of days after the terms basis date that this installment is due. ITD10 or ITD11 will be used to indicate a dollar amount (ITD10) for that installment or the percent (ITD11) for that installment. Use one ITD segment for each installment. When specifying deferred terms and the exact terms basis date is known, e.g., invoice date, ITD09 should be used to specify the exact deferred or installment date.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ITD01 336 Terms Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 05 Discount Not Applicable 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 14 Previously agreed upon ITD02 333 Terms Basis Date Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date 15 Receipt of Goods ITD03 338 Terms Discount Percent O 1 R 1/6 Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if
an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". ITD04 370 Terms Discount Due Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year ITD05 351 Terms Discount Days Due X 1 N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms
discount is earned
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 361 of 672 Fall 2004
The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of the term period, as qualified by ITD02.
ITD06 446 Terms Net Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year ITD07 386 Terms Net Days O 1 N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of
the term period, as qualified by ITD02. ITD08 362 Terms Discount Amount O 1 N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount N/U ITD09 388 Terms Deferred Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year N/U ITD10 389 Deferred Amount Due X 1 N2 1/10 Deferred amount due for payment N/U ITD11 342 Percent of Invoice Payable X 1 R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". ITD12 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U ITD13 765 Day of Month X 1 N0 1/2 The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of
the month being referenced N/U ITD14 107 Payment Method Type Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures L Letter of Credit N/U ITD15 954 Percentage as Decimal O 1 R 1/10 Percentage expressed as a decimal (e.g., 0.0 through 1.0 represents 0% through
100%)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 362 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested 011 Shipped >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format N/U DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 363 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions Position: 1500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required. 2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required. 3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required. 4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. 3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. 4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may
be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M FOB01 146 Shipment Method of Payment M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges CC Collect PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul PP Prepaid (by Seller) FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location DE Destination (Shipping) OR Origin (Shipping Point) FOB03 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of transportation responsibility location N/U FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the source of the transportation terms 01 Incoterms N/U FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation
responsibility N/U FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location See FOB02 for code list. N/U FOB07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of title passage location N/U FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes N/U FOB09 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 364 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) Position: 0100 Loop: IT1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the basic and most frequently used line item data for the invoice and related
transactions Syntax Notes: 1 If any of IT102 IT103 or IT104 is present, then all are required. 2 If either IT106 or IT107 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either IT108 or IT109 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either IT110 or IT111 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either IT112 or IT113 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either IT114 or IT115 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either IT116 or IT117 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either IT118 or IT119 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either IT120 or IT121 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either IT122 or IT123 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either IT124 or IT125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 IT101 is the line item identification. Comments: 1 Element 235/234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or
services. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 IT106 through IT125 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For
example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U IT101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> IT102 358 Quantity Invoiced X 1 R 1/15 Number of units invoiced (supplier units) >> IT103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll >> IT104 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be
sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate a no charge item or free goods, IT104 will contain a single zero (0)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 365 of 672 Fall 2004
and IT105 will contain code NC. Canadian Note:
Used by the Canadian Rx (Pharmaceutical Industry ONLY) all others specify price using the CTP segment instead.
N/U IT105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit
price expressed in IT104 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in IT103, unless otherwise specified in IT105.
IT106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
IT107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT109 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 366 of 672 Fall 2004
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT111 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT112 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT113 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT114 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT115 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT116 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT117 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT119 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT121 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT122 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT123 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT124 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in IT106. IT125 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 367 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 0500 Loop: IT1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 25 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90
would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments: 1
Notes: Canadian Note: Strongly recommend the use of the CTP segment to transmit pricing information.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade AG Agent BG Buying Group DE Dealer DI Distributor RS Resale WH Wholesaler >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification Canadian Note:
Net Price includes allowances ONLY or List Price before any allowance or charge. This is a trading partner established agreement.
RTL Retail UCP Unit cost price Item list cost Canadian Note:
Unit price in the CTP02 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case).
WHL Wholesale >> CTP03 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be
sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure. M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 368 of 672 Fall 2004
BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U CTP07 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O 1 R 1/18 Monetary amount CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item NT Net Indicates a net unit price PE Price per Each CTP10 499 Condition Value O 1 AN 1/10
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 369 of 672 Fall 2004
Identifies rate restrictions or provisions This data element is used to specify the price bracket ID. N/U CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 370 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0600 Loop: PID Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A
"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then PID04 is used. If
PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used. 2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in
the segment. 3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are published only in this guideline. This segment may be used to transmit semi-custom product descriptions, such as made-to-order window coverings, jewelry, furniture, apparel, automotive parts, and other customer specific products. When used for this purpose, PID04 will contain the multi-part VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code. The complete code list is contained in Section III. In addition to the VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code, PID05 may be used for text descriptions, PID06 for relative placement, and additional MEA segment(s) for actual measurement values.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. S Structured (From Industry Code List) The description will be found in PID04. X Semi -structured (Code and Text) The description will be found in PID04 and PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product N/U PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values PID04 751 Product Description Code O 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product
characteristic PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 371 of 672 Fall 2004
This element is used to describe the relative sequence of the item within the product, e.g., sequence of birthstones within a mother's birthstone ring. The ring is specified in the IT1 segment and the stones in the PID segment.
N/U PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier N/U PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response N/U PID09 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 372 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 1000 Loop: IT1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages
within the layers of packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost package.
2 PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of identifiers.
3 PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers. 4 PO418 is the number of packages in this layer. Comments: 1 PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for
purposes of defining the unit of measure of the "Size" identified in the PO402. For example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element 357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
2 PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412. Notes: This segment is used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. There
may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V (Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples. This segment may be used to specify the weight and/or volume (cube) for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and/or PO408 and PO409.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO401 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner
containers, per outer container PO402 357 Size X 1 R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 373 of 672 Fall 2004
CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U PO404 103 Packaging Code X 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:
Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required N/U PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack N/U PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the
upright position N/U PO411 189 Width X 1 R 1/8 Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the
object in the upright position N/U PO412 65 Height X 1 R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright
position N/U PO413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken PO414 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container N/U PO415 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described N/U PO416 350 Assigned Identification X 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO417 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO418 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 374 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 1400 Loop: IT1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,
SDQ09, SDQ11, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21. Comments: 1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number. 3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g., front room, back room,
selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or industry conventions.
Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurences of Data Element 67 in the segment function as N104. The SDQ segment functions as an N1 segment containing code BS or BT in N101, that is, the SDQ segment specifies various bill-to locations. The sum of all quantities, in the SDQ segment(s) for a line item must equal the quantity invoiced in IT102.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SDQ01 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll >> SDQ02 66 Identification Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 375 of 672 Fall 2004
2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
See External Code Source 583 in Section III for reference document.
M SDQ03 67 Identification Code M 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code M SDQ04 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identi fication Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 376 of 672 Fall 2004
Numeric value of quantity N/U SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 377 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 1800 Loop: SAC Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount
or percentage for the service, promo tion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 6 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 7 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.
2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 3 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 4 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 5 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is
different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. 6 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar
amount that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 7 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference
number as identified by the code used. 8 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more
than one option of the promotion. 9 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.
Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction with SAC03 to further define SAC02.
2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in SAC09.
Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the summary area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the summary area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC04 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for code list in addition to the Canadian Tax Codes listed
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 378 of 672 Fall 2004
below. D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian Note:
Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge Canadian Note:
Used for GST and HST Tax Charge H490 Subject To Tax On Resale Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Tobacco Tax. H770 Tax - State Tax Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Sales Tax. H806 Tax Credit Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Tax Credit. SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)
EDI See External Code Source 70 in Section III for
reference document. SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 AN 1/10 Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or
charge See Section III for Code List. SAC05 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount When SAC01 contains code A or code C, then this data element is required.
This will resolve any differences between the sender's and receiver's system calculations of amounts, i.e., rounding errors when allowances or charges are expressed in percentages or rates.
SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated 1 Item List Cost 2 Item Net Cost 3 Discount/Gross All allowances are off the gross price including cash
discount. 4 Discount/Net All allowances are off the gross price. Cash discounts
are off the net price. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 6 Base Price Amount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". SAC08 118 Rate O 1 R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency
specified SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 379 of 672 Fall 2004
BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will
contain the quantity of free goods. The unit of measure is in SAC09. SAC10 alone is used to indicate a specific quantity which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
N/U SAC11 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as
a separate item, i.e., a debit/credit memo or a separate invoice. The amount will not be reflected in the invoice total amount.
02 Off Invoice The allowance or charge amount will be reflected in the
total transaction amount, e.g., Total Invoice Amount = Merchandise Price + Charges - Allowances.
03 Vendor Check to Customer The vendor will issue a check directly to the customer
of the retailer, or end consumer, for the allowance or charge amount. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
04 Credit Customer Account The retailer's account will be credited for the amount of
the allowance or charge. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor The vendor is responsible for the allowance or charge
amount. The trading partners have agreed to the exact amount of adjudication. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
06 Charge to be Paid by Customer When the order/item is a direct ship to the customer, or
end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 380 of 672 Fall 2004
amount. SAC13 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Canadian Note: Used for Tax Registration Number SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639) See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 381 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TDS Total Monetary Value Summary Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the total invoice discounts and amounts Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 TDS01 is the total amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before
terms discount (if discount is applicable). 2 TDS02 indicates the amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated. 3 TDS03 is the amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice
or installment amount less cash discount). 4 TDS04 indicates the total amount of terms discount. Comments: 1 TDS02 is required if the dollar value subject to discount is not equal to the dollar
value of TDS01.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M TDS01 610 Amount M 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS02 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS03 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS04 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 382 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 0400 Loop: SAC Mandatory Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount
or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 6 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 7 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.
2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 3 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 4 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 5 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is
different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. 6 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar
amount that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 7 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference
number as identified by the code used. 8 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more
than one option of the promotion. 9 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.
Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction with SAC03 to further define SAC02.
2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in SAC09.
Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the summary area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the summary area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC04 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for code list in addition to the Canadian Tax Codes listed
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 383 of 672 Fall 2004
below. D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian Note:
Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge Canadian Note:
Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance H490 Subject To Tax On Resale Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Tobacco Tax. H770 Tax - State Tax Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Sales Tax. H806 Tax Credit Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Tax Credit. SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)
EDI See External Code Source 70 in Section III for
reference document. SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 AN 1/10 Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or
charge See Section III for Code List. SAC05 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount When SAC01 contains code A or code C, then this data element is required.
This will resolve any differences between the sender's and receiver's system calculations of amounts, i.e., rounding errors when allowances or charges are expressed in percentages or rates.
SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated 1 Item List Cost 2 Item Net Cost 3 Discount/Gross All allowances are off the gross price including cash
discount. 4 Discount/Net All allowances are off the gross price. Cash discounts
are off the net price. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". SAC08 118 Rate O 1 R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency
specified SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 384 of 672 Fall 2004
BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will
contain the quantity of free goods. The unit of measure is in SAC09. SAC10 alone is used to indicate a specific quantity which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
N/U SAC11 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as
a separate item, i.e., a debit/credit memo or a separate invoice. The amount will not be reflected in the invoice total amount.
02 Off Invoice The allowance or charge amount will be reflected in the
total transaction amount, e.g., Total Invoice Amount = Merchandise Price + Charges - Allowances.
03 Vendor Check to Customer The vendor will issue a check directly to the customer
of the retailer, or end consumer, for the allowance or charge amount. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
04 Credit Customer Account The retailer's account will be credited for the amount of
the allowance or charge. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor The vendor is responsible for the allowance or charge
amount. The trading partners have agreed to the exact amount of adjudication. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
06 Charge to be Paid by Customer When the order/item is a direct ship to the customer, or
end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 385 of 672 Fall 2004
SAC13 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Canadian Note: Used for Tax Registration Number SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639) See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 386 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ISS Invoice Shipment Summary Position: 0600 Loop: ISS Optional Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items shipped in terms of quantity, weight, and
volume Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of ISS01 ISS03 or ISS05 is required. 2 If either ISS01 or ISS02 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either ISS03 or ISS04 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either ISS05 or ISS06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ISS07 is the quantity of third party pallets. 2 ISS08 is the gross weight of third party pallets in pounds. Comments:
Notes: When used by the alcohol beverage industry, a single ISS segment is used to specify the total number of cases, bottles, etc., for which the customer is being invoiced. Additional iterations of the ISS/PID segments are used to summarize the total number of wine gallons, spirit gallons, etc.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ISS01 382 Number of Units Shipped X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item
or transaction set ISS02 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll ISS03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight ISS04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound N/U ISS05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U ISS06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measure ment has been taken N/U ISS07 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 387 of 672 Fall 2004
Numeric value of quantity N/U ISS08 81 Weight O 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 388 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0700 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness
and correctness.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of IT1 segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will
be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element.
CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound N/U CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 810 Canadian Page 389 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0800 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 390 of 672 Fall 2004
850 Purchase Order Functional Group ID=PO
Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order M 1 0400 CUR Currency O 1 0500 REF Reference Information O >1 0600 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 0800 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 M 1200 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge
Informat ion M 1
1300 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O >1 1500 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 2400 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit
Time) O >1
2500 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12 LOOP ID - N9 1000 M 2950 N9 Extended Reference Information M 1 3000 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 3100 N1 Party Identification M 1 3200 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3300 N3 Party Location O 2 3400 N4 Geographic Location O >1 3500 REF Reference Information O 12
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data M 1 n1 LOOP ID - CTP >1 M 0400 CTP Pricing Information M 1 LOOP ID - PID 1000 M 0500 PID Product/Item Description M 1 0900 PO4 Item Physical Details O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 M 1300 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge
Information M 1
1900 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 391 of 672 Fall 2004
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 M 0100 CTT Transaction Totals M 1 n2 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Transaction Set Notes 1. PO102 is required. 2. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 392 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 393 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Transaction Set and transmit identifying
numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:
Notes: If BEG02 contains code RL, then BEG04 is required. BEG03 contains the purchase order number which is being released against and BEG04 contains the release number.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BEG01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original 06 Confirmation 22 Information Copy This code is used to notify anyone other than the seller
about this order. M BEG02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order KC Contract A legally binding document wherein one party agrees to
provide supplies or services and another party agrees to provide compensation for the supplies or services
SA Stand-alone Order M BEG03 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number N/U BEG04 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by
the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used M BEG05 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year Retailer's original purchase order date N/U BEG06 367 Contract Number O 1 AN 1/30 Contract number N/U BEG07 587 Acknowledgment Type O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of acknowledgment N/U BEG08 1019 Invoice Type Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code defining the method by which invoices are to be processed N/U BEG09 1166 Contract Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying a contract type N/U BEG10 1232 Purchase Category O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the broad category of products or services being acquired N/U BEG11 786 Security Level Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the
information following N/U BEG12 640 Transaction Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 394 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CUR Currency Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction Syntax Notes: 1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required. 2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required. 3 If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required. 4 If CUR11 is present, then CUR10 is required. 5 If CUR12 is present, then CUR10 is required. 6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required. 7 If CUR14 is present, then CUR13 is required. 8 If CUR15 is present, then CUR13 is required. 9 If CUR16 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required. 10 If CUR17 is present, then CUR16 is required. 11 If CUR18 is present, then CUR16 is required. 12 If CUR19 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR21 is required. 13 If CUR20 is present, then CUR19 is required. 14 If CUR21 is present, then CUR19 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summar y Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CUR01 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) M CUR02 100 Currency Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified CAD Canada USD United States of America N/U CUR03 280 Exchange Rate O 1 R 4/10 Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value
from one currency to another N/U CUR04 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual N/U CUR05 100 Currency Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified N/U CUR06 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based N/U CUR07 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR08 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR09 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U CUR10 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 395 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U CUR11 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR12 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U CUR13 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR14 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR15 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U CUR16 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR17 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR18 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U CUR19 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR20 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U CUR21 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 396 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: When REF01 contains code PG, REF02 is used to specify the alphanumeric description of the product group or selling zone required on the shipping label. The maximum length is 18 characters. See UCC6 Application Standard for Shipping Container Codes for specific guidance.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs
Pharmacy Number See External Code Source 307 in Section III for
reference document. DP Department Number This code may be used in the header area or the detail
area, but not both. IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the
retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the
vendor, for use within the vendor's system PD Promotion/Deal Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 397 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 398 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named BD Buyer Name or Department IC Information Contact PER02 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER06 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER08 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable N/U PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O 1 AN 1/20 Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 399 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions Position: 0800 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required. 2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required. 3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required. 4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. 3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. 4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may
be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M FOB01 146 Shipment Method of Payment M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges CC Collect PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul PP Prepaid (by Seller) FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location DE Destination (Shipping) OR Origin (Shipping Point) FOB03 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of transportation responsibility location N/U FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the source of the transportation terms N/U FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation
responsibility N/U FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location See FOB02 for code list. N/U FOB07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of title passage location N/U FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes N/U FOB09 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 400 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 1200 Loop: SAC Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount
or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 6 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 7 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.
2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 3 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 4 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 5 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is
different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. 6 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar
amount that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 7 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference
number as identified by the code used. 8 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more
than one option of the promotion. 9 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.
Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction with SAC03 to further define SAC02.
2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in SAC09.
Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the header area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the header area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC04 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for Code List.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 401 of 672 Fall 2004
D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian Note:
Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge Canadian Note:
Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance H490 Subject To Tax On Resale Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Tobacco Tax. H770 Tax - State Tax Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Sales Tax. H806 Tax Credit Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Tax Credit. SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)
EDI See External Code Source 70 in Section III for
reference document. SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 AN 1/10 Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or
charge See Section III for Code List. SAC05 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount When SAC01 contains code A or code C, then this data element is required.
This will resolve any differences between the sender's and receiver's system calculations of amounts, i.e., rounding errors when allowances or charges are expressed in percentages or rates.
SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated 1 Item List Cost 2 Item Net Cost 3 Discount/Gross All allowances are off the gross price including cash
discount. 4 Discount/Net All allowances are off the gross price. Cash discounts
are off the net price. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 6 Base Price Amount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". SAC08 118 Rate O 1 R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency
specified SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 402 of 672 Fall 2004
BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound M4 Monetary Value Canadian Note:
This code identifies when there is a dollar value in the SAC10. It implies that the value is Canadian Dollars, unless the Header CUR Segment specifies differently.
PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will
contain the quantity of free goods. The unit of measure is in SAC09. SAC10 alone is used to indicate a specific quantity which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
N/U SAC11 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as
a separate item, i.e., a debit/credit memo or a separate invoice. The amount will not be reflected in the invoice total amount.
02 Off Invoice The allowance or charge amount will be reflected in the
total transaction amount, e.g., Total Invoice Amount = Merchandise Price + Charges - Allowances.
03 Vendor Check to Customer The vendor will issue a check directly to the customer
of the retailer, or end consumer, for the allowance or charge amount. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
04 Credit Customer Account The retailer's account will be credited for the amount of
the allowance or charge. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor The vendor is responsible for the allowance or charge
amount. The trading partners have agreed to the exact amount of adjudication. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
06 Charge to be Paid by Customer When the order/item is a direct ship to the customer, or
end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 403 of 672 Fall 2004
retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
SAC13 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Canadian Note: Tax Registration Number SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639) See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 404 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale Position: 1300 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD10 or ITD11 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ITD15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment
charge. Comments: 1 If the code in ITD01 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD10 or
ITD11 is required; if the code in ITD01 is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required. Notes: This segment may be used in the header area or the detail area, but not both.
Many times, deferred terms are specified on the purchase order with only the knowledge that the terms are to be based on a date value which is not known, e.g., invoice or delivery date. What is known is the percentage or dollar amount of each deferred installment, and the number of days after the date the terms are based on, that each installment will be due. In these cases, ITD01 will contain code 04, indicating deferred or installment terms, and ITD02 will contain the appropriate terms date basis code (most typically code 2 for Delivery Date, code 3 for Invoice Date, or code 15 for Receipt of Goods Date). ITD07 will contain the number of days after the terms basis date that this installment is due. ITD10 or ITD11 will be used to indicate a dollar amount (ITD10) for that installment or the percent (ITD11) for that installment. Use one ITD segment for each installment. When specifying deferred terms and the exact terms basis date is known, e.g., invoice date, ITD09 should be used to specify the exact deferred or installment date.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ITD01 336 Terms Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 02 End of Month (EOM) 04 Deferred or Installment 05 Discount Not Applicable 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 12 10 Days After End of Month (10 EOM) 14 Previously agreed upon 21 Fast Pay Code indicating that an invoice is subject to accelerated
payment Purchase order is subject to anticipation. ITD02 333 Terms Basis Date Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 1 Ship Date 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date 7 Effective Date The date is specified in the DTM segment in the header
area using code 007 in DTM01. 8 Invoice Transmission Date 15 Receipt of Goods
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 405 of 672 Fall 2004
ITD03 338 Terms Discount Percent O 1 R 1/6 Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if
an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". N/U ITD04 370 Terms Discount Due Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year ITD05 351 Terms Discount Days Due X 1 N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms
discount is earned The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of
the term period, as qualified by ITD02. N/U ITD06 446 Terms Net Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year ITD07 386 Terms Net Days O 1 N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of
the term period, as qualified by ITD02. ITD08 362 Terms Discount Amount O 1 N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount N/U ITD09 388 Terms Deferred Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year N/U ITD10 389 Deferred Amount Due X 1 N2 1/10 Deferred amount due for payment N/U ITD11 342 Percent of Invoice Payable X 1 R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". N/U ITD12 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U ITD13 765 Day of Month X 1 N0 1/2 The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of
the month being referenced N/U ITD14 107 Payment Method Type Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures N/U ITD15 954 Percentage as Decimal O 1 R 1/10 Percentage expressed as a decimal (e.g., 0.0 through 1.0 represents 0% through
100%)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 406 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment is used to specify order processing dates.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested 118 Requested Pickup Canadian Note: Pickup date for backhaul >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format N/U DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 407 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) Position: 2400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required. 3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required. 5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required. 6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required. 7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed. Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of
specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.
Notes: This segment is used to specify every carrier in the routing sequence or a specific routing sequence that has been previously identified (usually from a routing guide). The segment can also be used to indicate estimated transit time in days. Only use TD501 if needed for clarity; this is not a requirement in most retail applications. When referring to a pre-established routing guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502, and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2, and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used to specify transit time.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement 1 1st Carrier after Origin Carrier 2 2nd Carrier after Origin Carrier 3 3rd Carrier after Origin Carrier 4 4th Carrier after Origin Carrier 5 5th Carrier after Origin Carrier 6 6th Carrier after Origin Carrier 7 7th Carrier after Origin Carrier 8 8th Carrier after Origin Carrier 9 9th Carrier after Origin Carrier A Origin Carrier, Agent's Routing (Rail) B Origin/Delivery Carrier (Any Mode) O Origin Carrier (Air, Motor, or Ocean) S Origin Carrier, Shipper's Routing (Rail) TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCA C) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 408 of 672 Fall 2004
See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document.
21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
See External Code Source 583 in Section III for reference document.
TD503 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code X 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment H Customer Pickup M Motor (Common Carrier) TD505 387 Routing X 1 AN 1/35 Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the
originating carrier's identity Canadian Note:
1: The example below shows the switching of carriers. "ABC" will now haul the product instead of "XYZ" company. When the buyer creates the purchase order, he doesn't really care who the carrier is; this is the responsibility of the traffic department. It should not be up to the buyer or traffic clerk to pick up a phone, call the supplier and tell them the new routing. The purchase order should handle that. 2: Other examples where carriers have been switched based on weight. For example, if the buyers were to order product where the total purchase order weight is less than 250 pounds, the routing on the purchase order would say to ship via courier. If the purchase order weight were over 250 pounds the routing would say to ship via carrier "QRS". It was mentioned that sending a "master document" to each supplier that would outline who is to haul the product. This seems like a labour intensive process considering the number of suppliers (100's).
N/U TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any
difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item or transaction
N/U TD507 309 Location Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U TD508 310 Location Identifier X 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location When TD508 contains code PA or PE, refer to U.S. Census Schedule D, U.S.
Customs District/Port Codes and official code lists relevant to other countries (entry country). See External Code Source 54 in Section III for reference document.
N/U TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O 1 ID 2/2 The point of origin and point of direction N/U TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time N/U TD511 733 Transit Time X 1 R 1/4 The numeric amount of transit time
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 409 of 672 Fall 2004
Transit time in days N/U TD512 284 Service Level Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered
by the transportation carrier N/U TD513 284 Service Level Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered
by the transportation carrier N/U TD514 284 Service Level Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered
by the transportation carrier N/U TD515 26 Country Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 410 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) Position: 2500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TD301 40 Equipment Description Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment CV Closed Van FT Flat Bed Trailer RT Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer) TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) N/U TD302 206 Equipment Initial O 1 AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number N/U TD303 207 Equipment Number X 1 AN 1/15 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure
numeric form for equipment number is preferred) N/U TD304 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U TD305 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight N/U TD306 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U TD307 102 Ownership Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship of equipment to carrier or ownership of
equipment N/U TD308 407 Seal Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating condition of door seal upon arrival N/U TD309 225 Seal Number O 1 AN 2/15 Unique number on seal used to close a shipment N/U TD310 24 Equipment Type X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying equipment type
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 411 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N9 Extended Reference Information Position: 2950 Loop: N9 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs
Pharmacy Number See External Code Source 307 in Section III for
reference document. DP Department Number This code may be used in the header or detail area but
not in both. IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the
retailer, for use within the retailer's system. IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the
vendor, for use within the vendor's system. PD Promotion/Deal Number >> N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text N/U N904 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U N905 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U N906 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U N907 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 412 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 413 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: MTX Text Position: 3000 Loop: N9 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print", then MTX05
is required. Notes: This segment will contain any text clauses for the agreement referenced in the previous
N9 segment.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX01 363 Note Reference Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the functional area or purpose for which the note applies DEL Delivery ORI Order Instructions OTH Other Instructions WHI Warehouse Instruction >> MTX02 1551 Textual Data X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text MTX03 1551 Textual Data O 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text N/U MTX04 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X 1 ID 2/2 A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer N/U MTX05 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number N/U MTX06 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 414 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: This segment is used to identify the retailer's locations as they pertain to the order.
The ship-to (N101 contains code ST) may be identified in the header area or the detail area, but not both. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CT, L5, MA or OB, or for direct-to-consumer when N101 contains code ST. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO. For spreadsheet orders, the SDQ segment identifies the retailer's ultimate destinations. When necessary, the N1 segment may be used to identify the bill-to or ship-to location. Only one iteration of each of the bill-to or ship-to is allowed. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every location in the SDQ segment(s). For example, when the buyer is instructing the supplier to package goods for cross docking, one iteration of the N1 segment, with N101 containing code ST, may be used to indicate the ship-to location. The ship-to location overrides the ship to that is normally associated with the locations identified in the SDQ segment(s). For direct-to-consumer orders, there must be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to identify the retailer (N101 contains code BT or SN). When the ship to (N101 contains code ST) is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required. When a direct-to-consumer purchase order contains multiple ship-to locations, the N1 loop in the detail area is used to identify the ship-to locations.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual AG Agent/Agency Buyer's agent BO Broker or Sales Office For a domestic purchase order, this is the manufacturer's
sales office. For an import purchase order this is the sales office that interacts with the manufacturer's/buyer's agent.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 415 of 672 Fall 2004
BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party CT Country of Origin FR Message From MF Manufacturer of Goods Manufacturer of goods being supplied when supplier is
not the manufacturer RI Remit To SE Selling Party SF Ship From ST Ship To TO Message To Z7 Mark-for Party The party for whom the needed material is intended This is the ultimate destination for the order when the
location is not the ship to and the mark for party is specified on the shipping label. Canadian Note: This is the receiving location for the order where the location is neither the buying party nor the ship-to location and the mark-for party is specified on the shipping label, e.g., the mark-for party is a satellite warehouse, the buying party is the store, and the ship-to location is the distribution center.
N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for
reference document. N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 416 of 672 Fall 2004
addresses. N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 417 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3200 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 418 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 3300 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 419 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3400 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 420 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: This segment is used to identify a dock number, within the ship-to location, when the ship-to-location number does not uniquely identify the ship to and dock number. It also may be used to identify the floor number within the delivery location.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification DK Dock Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 421 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO102 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 PO101 is the line item identification. 2 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item.
For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> PO102 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity >> PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll PO104 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be
sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate a no charge item or free goods, PO104 will contain a single zero (0) and PO105 will contains code NC.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 422 of 672 Fall 2004
Canadian Note: Used by the Canadian Rx (Pharmaceutical Industry ONLY) all others specify price using the CTP segment instead.
N/U PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit
price expressed in PO104 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in PO103, unless otherwise specified in PO105.
PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO109 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 423 of 672 Fall 2004
PO111 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO112 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO113 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO114 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/s ource of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO115 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO116 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO117 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U PO119 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U PO121 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO122 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U PO123 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO124 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U PO125 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 424 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 0400 Loop: CTP Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90
would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade AG Agent BG Buying Group DE Dealer DI Distributor RS Resale WH Wholesaler >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification Canadian Note:
Net Price includes allowances ONLY or List Price before any allowance or charge. This is a trading partner established agreement.
RTL Retail UCP Unit cost price Item list cost Canadian Note:
Unit price in the CTP02 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case).
WHL Wholesale >> CTP03 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be
sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure. M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 425 of 672 Fall 2004
CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U CTP07 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O 1 R 1/18 Monetary amount N/U CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item N/U CTP10 499 Condition Value O 1 AN 1/10 Identifies rate restrictions or provisions This data element is used to specify the price bracket ID. N/U CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00 This is the quantity contained in a multipack for the retail selling price
specified in CTP03, e.g., 3 for $10.00, when the product will be sold as a multipack.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 426 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A
"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then PID04 is used. If
PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used. 2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in
the segment. 3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are published only in this guideline. This segment may be used to transmit semi-custom product descriptions, such as made-to-order window coverings, jewelry, furniture, apparel, automotive parts, and other customer specific products. When used for this purpose, PID04 will contain the multi-part VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code. The complete code list is contained in Section III. In addition to the VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code, PID05 may be used for text descriptions, PID06 for relative placement, and additional MEA segment(s) for actual measurement values.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. S Structured (From Industry Code List) The description will be found in PID04. X Semi -structured (Code and Text) The description will be found in PID04 and PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product N/U PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values N/U PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product
characteristic PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 427 of 672 Fall 2004
This data element is used to describe the relative sequence of the item within the product, e.g., sequence of birthstones within a mother's birthstone ring. The ring is specified in the PO1 segment and the stones in the PID segment.
N/U PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier N/U PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response N/U PID09 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 428 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 0900 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages
within the layers of packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost package.
2 PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of identifiers.
3 PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers. 4 PO418 is the number of packages in this layer. Comments: 1 PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for
purposes of defining the unit of measure of the "Size" identified in the PO402. For example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element 357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
2 PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412. Notes: This segment is used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. There
may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. This segment may be used to specify the weight and/or volume (cube) for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and/or PO408 and PO409.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO401 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner
containers, per outer container PO402 357 Size X 1 R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 429 of 672 Fall 2004
CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U PO404 103 Packaging Code X 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:
Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required N/U PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack N/U PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the
upright position N/U PO411 189 Width X 1 R 1/8 Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the
object in the upright position N/U PO412 65 Height X 1 R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright
position N/U PO413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken PO414 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container N/U PO415 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described N/U PO416 350 Assigned Identification X 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO417 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO418 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 430 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 1300 Loop: SAC Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount
or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 6 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 7 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.
2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 3 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 4 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 5 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is
different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. 6 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar
amount that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 7 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference
number as identified by the code used. 8 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more
than one option of the promotion. 9 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.
Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction with SAC03 to further define SAC02.
2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in SAC09.
Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the header area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the header area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC04 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for Code List.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 431 of 672 Fall 2004
D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian Note:
Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge Canadian Note:
Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance H490 Subject To Tax On Resale Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Tobacco Tax. H770 Tax - State Tax Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Sales Tax. H806 Tax Credit Canadian Note:
Used for Provincial Tax Credit. SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)
EDI See External Code Source 70 in Section III for
reference document. SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 AN 1/10 Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or
charge See Section III for Code List. SAC05 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amo unt When SAC01 contains code A or code C, then this data element is required.
This will resolve any differences between the sender's and receiver's system calculations of amounts, i.e., rounding errors when allowances or charges are expressed in percentages or rates.
SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated 1 Item List Cost 2 Item Net Cost 3 Discount/Gross All allowances are off the gross price including cash
discount. 4 Discount/Net All allowances are off the gross price. Cash discounts
are off the net price. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 6 Base Price Amount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". SAC08 118 Rate O 1 R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency
specified SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 432 of 672 Fall 2004
BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound M4 Monetary Value Canadian Note:
This code identifies when there is a dollar value in the SAC10. It implies that the value is Canadian Dollars, unless the Header CUR Segment specifies differently.
PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will
contain the quantity of free goods. The unit of measure is in SAC09. SAC10 alone is used to indicate a specific quantity which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
N/U SAC11 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as
a separate item, i.e., a debit/credit memo or a separate invoice. The amount will not be reflected in the invoice total amount.
02 Off Invoice The allowance or charge amount will be reflected in the
total transaction amount, e.g., Total Invoice Amount = Merchandise Price + Charges - Allowances.
03 Vendor Check to Customer The vendor will issue a check directly to the customer
of the retailer, or end consumer, for the allowance or charge amount. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
04 Credit Customer Account The retailer's account will be credited for the amount of
the allowance or charge. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor The vendor is responsible for the allowance or charge
amount. The trading partners have agreed to the exact amount of adjudication. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
06 Charge to be Paid by Customer When the order/item is a direct ship to the customer, or
end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 433 of 672 Fall 2004
retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
SAC13 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Canadian Note: Tax Registration Number N/U SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639) See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 434 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 1900 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,
SDQ09, SDQ11, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21. Comments: 1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number. 3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g., front room, back room,
selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or industry conventions.
Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurrences of Data Element 67 in this segment function as N104. The sum of all quantities in the SDQ segment(s) for a line item must equal the quantity ordered in PO102.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SDQ01 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll >> SDQ02 66 Identification Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 435 of 672 Fall 2004
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for
reference document. M SDQ03 67 Identification Code M 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code M SDQ04 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 436 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 437 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Mandatory Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness
and correctness.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of PO1 segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will
be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element.
CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 850 Canadian Page 438 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 439 of 672 Fall 2004
852 Product Activity Data
Functional Group ID=PD Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Activity Data Transaction Set (852) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to advise a trading partner of inventory, sales, and other product activity information. Product activity data enables a trading partner to plan and ship, or propose inventory replenishment quantities, for distribution centers, warehouses or retail outlets. The receiver of the transaction set will maintain some type of inventory/product movement records for its trading partners to enable replenishment calculations based on data provided by the distributor, warehouse or retailer. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 XQ Reporting Date/Action M 1 0300 XPO Preassigned Purchase Order Numbers O >1 0400 N9 Extended Reference Information O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 0600 N1 Party Identification M 1 n1 0700 N2 Additional Name Information O 1 0800 N3 Party Location O 2 0900 N4 Geographic Location O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - LIN 999999 M 0100 LIN Item Identification M 1 0300 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 LOOP ID - ZA >1 M 0800 ZA Product Activity Reporting M 1 n2 1100 SDQ Destination Quantity O >1 LOOP ID - G95 1 M 1200 G95 Performance Requirements M 1 1300 DTM Date/Time Reference O 2
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 CTT Transaction Totals M 1 n3 M 0200 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 440 of 672 Fall 2004
Transaction Set Notes 1. The reporting location is required. The reporting location is specified explicitly in the N1 segment using the
code RL in N101, or implicitly using the SDQ segment (Table 2) with the location data elements. They are mutually exclusive (the SDQ and the N1 with N101 containing RL).
2. The quantity for the item identified in the LIN segment is required. Quantity is specified either in the ZA segment (ZA02) or in the SDQ segment.
3. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of LIN segments. Hash total (CTT02) is not used in this transaction set.
When s ending item and activity data in the LIN loop, the CTT segment is required.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 441 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 852 Product Activity Data M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 442 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: XQ Reporting Date/Action Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify reporting dates, actions to be taken and an identifying number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 XQ02 is the reporting date. If reporting a date range, then XQ02 is the start date and
XQ03 is the end date. 2 XQ04 is a unique report identifier assigned by the sender. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M XQ01 305 Transaction Handling Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the action to be taken by all parties Use of code F or G requires the supplier to advise the distributor/warehouse of
replenishment quantity usually via Transaction Set 855 or Transaction Set 856. F Plan and Submit Suggested Purchase Order(s) G Plan Order(s) and Ship Product H Notification Only M XQ02 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year XQ03 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U XQ04 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U XQ05 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 443 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: XPO Preassigned Purchase Order Numbers Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To transmit preassigned purchase order numbers Syntax Notes: 1 If either XPO03 or XPO04 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 XPO01 is the preassigned purchase order number. If a range of purchase order
numbers is to be transmitted, use XPO01 for the first number and XPO02 as the ending number.
Comments: 1 XPO03 and XPO04 specify the location to which the purchase order numbers apply. Notes: This segment is used only when purchase order number assignment has not previously
been established by trading partners.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M XPO01 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser XPO02 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser N/U XPO03 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) N/U XPO04 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by XPO03. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 444 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N9 Extended Reference Information Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs
Pharmacy Number See External Code Source 307 in Section III for
reference document. DP Department Number This code may be used in the header or detail area but
not in both IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the
retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retialer, by the
vendor, for use within the vendor's system PD Promotion/Deal Number >> N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text N/U N904 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U N905 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U N906 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U N907 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 445 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 446 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0600 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: This segment is used to identify the retailer's location as it pertains to product activity
data and must contain the identity of each organizational entity or a physical location. This is accomplished in one of two ways: BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of this segment to identify the retailer's reporting location. If XQ01 contains code G, it is assumed that, for a particular reporting location, the vendor has the bill to and ship to. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment identifies the retailer's reporting locations. Therefore, code RL is not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet product activity. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party FR Message From RL Reporting Location ST Ship To TO Message To N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name >> N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 447 of 672 Fall 2004
See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document.
91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for
reference document. >> N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.
N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 448 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 0700 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment is normally not used in this transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 449 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 0800 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment is normally not used in this transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 450 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 0900 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: This segment is normally not used in this transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for refe rence document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 451 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: LIN Item Identification Position: 0100 Loop: LIN Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.
For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 452 of 672 Fall 2004
Universal Product Code (U.P.C.) VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
M LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN07 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN08 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN09 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN10 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN11 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN12 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN13 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying numb er for a product or service LIN14 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN15 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN16 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 453 of 672 Fall 2004
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN17 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN18 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN19 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN20 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN21 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN22 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN23 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN25 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN26 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN27 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN28 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN29 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN30 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN31 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 454 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PO4 Item Physical De tails Position: 0300 Loop: LIN Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages
within the layers of packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost package.
2 PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of identifiers.
3 PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers. 4 PO418 is the number of packages in this layer. Comments: 1 PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for
purposes of defining the unit of measure of the "Size" identified in the PO402. For example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element 357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
2 PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412. Notes: This segment is used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. There
may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V (Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples. This segment may be used to specify the weight and/or volume (cube) for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and/or PO408 and PO409.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO401 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner
containers, per outer container PO402 357 Size X 1 R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 455 of 672 Fall 2004
CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U PO404 103 Packaging Code X 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:
Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required N/U PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack N/U PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the
upright position N/U PO411 189 Width X 1 R 1/8 Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the
object in the upright position N/U PO412 65 Height X 1 R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright
position N/U PO413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken PO414 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container N/U PO415 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described N/U PO416 350 Assigned Identification X 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO417 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO418 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 456 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ZA Product Activity Reporting Position: 0800 Loop: ZA Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide activity details concerning product being reported Syntax Notes: 1 If either ZA02 or ZA03 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either ZA04 or ZA05 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either ZA06 or ZA07 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ZA08 determines if the product activity code in ZA01 refe rs to a product that is
categorized as In-bond merchandise. A "Y" indicates that the activity code applies to a product that is In-bond; an "N" indicates that the activity code does not refer to a product that is In-bond.
Comments: Notes: If ZA02 and ZA03 are used to specify the quantity of the item identified in the LIN
segment, the SDQ segment is not used. All quantity values (ZA03 or quantity values in the SDQ segment) are expressed as a positive number for all activities except for adjustments (code QA and QT in ZA01). An adjustment is any activity, other than a retail sale or warehouse withdrawal, that changes the inventory position for the item. Inter-store transfers are reported as a positive adjustment for the transfer-to store and a negative adjustment for the transfer-from store. An adjustment to inventory can also be made as a result of a physical inventory, for example, shrinkage is reported as a negative adjustment, understated inventory is reported as a positive adjustment. To express activity in dollars, use the unit of measure DO (Dollars, U.S.) in ZA03 or SDQ01. Multiple ZA segments may be used with the same activity code to specify units and dollars, and, to report activity at different prices. Sales types, promotion/event sales, clearance/markdown sales and non-promotion/non-clearance sales are used in conjunction with a CTP segment to specify the price and/or sales type. For example, if three stores sold an item for one price and five other stores sold the same item for a different price, two ZA loops may be used to report the sale quantity at the appropriate price. The first ZA loop would contain the price in the CTP segment and one SDQ segment with the three stores/quantities. The second loop would specify the other price and one SDQ segment for the remaining five stores/quantities.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ZA01 859 Activity Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying activity details for the product being reported DG Quantity Damaged Total product listed as damaged goods HL Quantity on Hold QA Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or
Sale Indicates the quantity currently available to be sold or
shipped On-hand inventory at store/distribution
center/warehouse available for shipment or sale QC Quantity Committed Quantity reserved for orders not shipped Quantity reserved for consumer delivery/pick up and
not yet withdrawn from inventory. Memo quantity to aid in calculating replenishment needs.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 457 of 672 Fall 2004
QD Additional Demand Quantity Incremental needs over and above normal
replenishment calculation QL Minimum Inventory Quantity The minimum inventory quantity for replenishment
purposes To define minimum inventory quantity for
replenishment calculations of the total model, i.e., the order point trigger
QM Maximum Inventory Quantity The maximum inventory quantity for replenishment
purposes To define maximum inventory quantity for
replenishment calculations of the total model, i.e., the order up to level quantity
QN Planned Inventory Quantity To define the planned inventory quantity for
replenishment purposes Planned inventory level for VMI (Vendor Managed
Inventory) replenishment calculations, i.e., the desired level on-hand at the store/distribution center/warehouse. If the quantity is zero, it indicates product replenishment is to be discontinued. Subsequent use of code QN with a quantity greater than zero would re-establish the product.
QO Quantity Out of Stock Quantity not available at store/distribution
center/warehouse resulting in lost sales, rainchecks or demand for merchandise that could not be satisfied, i.e., sale was not consummated and indicates potential adjustment of VMI (Vendor Managed Inventory) model areas
QP Quantity On Order, Not Yet Received Total quantity expected to be received from supplier for
current reporting period, but not yet received Total merchandise quantity ordered and not yet received
by the retailer QR Quantity Received Receipts at store, distribution center or warehouse QS Quantity Sold Sales at retail (gross quantity, no returns netted out) QT Adjustment to Inventory Quantity Adjustment to inventory quantity as a result of a
physical inventory discrepancy or internal movement of goods from one location to another
QU Quantity Returned By Consumer QW Quantity Withdrawn from Warehouse Inventory Total quantity withdrawn from the warehouse for sales
purposes, purposes of unsaleability, or as a result of an intracompany warehouse transfer, promotions, etc.
Internal store withdrawal from distribution center or warehouse inventory
QX Quantity Requested (Will Override Replenishment Planning)
Quantity to override the normal replenishment planning, but not intended to permanently change the model levels
ZA02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 458 of 672 Fall 2004
Numeric value of quantity ZA03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll ZA04 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested This code is used only when ZA01 contains code QD,
QP or QX. If promotion start and end dates associated with the additional demand quantity are needed, the G95 loop may be used.
007 Effective Inventory taken, on order as of, etc. 036 Expiration Date coverage expires 090 Report Start 091 Report End ZA05 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year ZA06 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs
Pharmacy Number See External Code Source 307 in Section III for
reference document. DP Department Number This code may be used in the header or detail area but
not in both. IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the
retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the
vendor, for use within the vendor's system PD Promotion/Deal Number ZA07 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U ZA08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 459 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 1100 Loop: ZA Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,
SDQ09, SDQ11, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21. Comments: 1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number. 3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g., front room, back room,
selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or industry conventions.
Notes: This segment is used to distribute item quantity to various locations. If this segment is used to specify the quantity of the item identified in the LIN segment, ZA02 and ZA03 are not used.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SDQ01 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll >> SDQ02 66 Identification Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 460 of 672 Fall 2004
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for
reference document. M SDQ03 67 Identification Code M 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code M SDQ04 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 461 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 462 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G95 Performance Requirements Position: 1200 Loop: G95 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the "AND" or "OR" condition for the option, or provide information related to
the promotion performance conditions and allocations required, or both Syntax Notes: 1 If either G9504 or G9505 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If G9502 equals "99", then G9506 is required. 2 G9507 contains the number of days included in the promotion period. Comments:
Notes: This loop is used only when ZA01 contains code QD, QX, of code QW, to identify a promotion and its start and end dates. When ZA01 contains code QW (Quantity Withdrawn from Warehouse Inventory), and is used to define the portion of warehouse withdrawls pertaining to a promotion for a specific product, G9504 is used to identify the quantity associated with the promotion.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U G9501 293 Promotion Condition Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code to inform retailer/wholesaler of the promotion M G9502 422 Promotion Condition Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code describing a performance or advertising condition 01 Product Allocation 02 Number of Buy Restriction 10 Ad, Size Not Specified Vendor requires a newspaper ad with no size
specification 11 Ad, 1 Col Inch 12 Ad, 2 Col Inch 13 Ad, 3 Col Inch 14 Ad, 4 Col Inch 15 Ad, 5 Col Inch 16 Ad, 6 Col Inch or Greater 17 Ad, Full Page 18 Ad, Half Page 19 Ad, Quarter Page 20 Ad, Coupon Vendor requires buyer to run a coupon ad that has a
monetary value discounting the product(s) that is /are applicable
21 Ad, Color Vendor requires buyer to run a color ad for the
product(s) offered. This condition code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.
22 Ad, Product Illustration Vendor requires buyer to picture illustrate the
product(s) offered. This condition code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.
23 Ad, National Line Rate Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in
media normally used. Payment is made for space (per inch or line) without restrictions for space used or frequency of insertion.
25 Ad, Roto
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 463 of 672 Fall 2004
26 Ad, Free Standing Vendor requires buyer to run a free standing ad
illustrating product(s) offered. This ad is separate and apart from normal weekly media used.
28 Ad, Window Signs Vendor requires buyer to post a store window sign
advertising the product(s) offered. 32 Ad, Price Reduction Vendor requires ad at a reduced price. This condition
code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.
33 Ad, Circulars Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in
a circular publication. Circulation intended for buyer's customers.
34 Ad, Television 35 Ad, Radio 36 Ad, Handbill Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in
a loose publication format to be distributed by hand. 37 Ad, Newspaper Insert 39 Ad, See Free-form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to
free form messages. Free form message will describe data such as amount to be reduced, number of stores, cases, days and other short text relating to a particular condition code.
40 Display Vendor requires an in-store display of product(s)
offered. 41 Display, End Aisle Vendor requires a display separate and apart from the
store shelf. 42 Display, Aisle Stack Vendor requires a display separate and apart from the
store shelf. 44 Display, Cases per Store Vendor requires a display with a specified number of
cases per store. 45 Display, Number of Days Vendor requires a display with a specified number of
days. 46 Display, Shelf Extender 49 Display, Number of Stores Vendor requires a display with a specified number of
stores. 51 Display, Price Reduction Vendor requires a display with a specified price
reduction. 59 Display, See Free-form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to
free form messages. Free form message will describe data such as amount to be reduced, number of stores, cases, days and other short text relating to a particular condition code.
60 Reduced Price Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered
with no amount, restriction or condition.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 464 of 672 Fall 2004
61 Reduced Price, Number of Days Vendor requires a price reduction for a specific number
of days. 62 Reduced Price With Shelf Sign Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered.
Buyer must list the price reduction in the retail store's price/order guide.
63 Reduced Price, In Price/Order Guide Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered.
Buyer must indicate price reduction with a point-of-sale shelf sign.
64 Reduced Price, In Store Coupons Vendor requires buyer to offer in-store coupons on the
product(s) offered. Coupons are redeemable from the point-of-sale at each buyer's retail outlet.
69 Reduced Price, See Free-form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to
free form messages. Free form message will describe data such as amount to be reduced, number of stores, cases, days and other short text relating to a particular condition code.
70 Retail Distribution (One Case per Store) 71 Retail Distribution (X Cases per Store) 72 Retail Distribution (X Number of Stores) 79 Retail Distribution Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to
free form messages. Free form message will describe data such as amount to be reduced, number of stores, cases, days and other short text relating to a particular condition code.
81 Accrual Limit A dollar amount customarily paid on a per case basis on
product purchases in a prior period as defined by the manufacturer or broker
82 Flat Limit A fixed or flat allowance amount paid for rendering
performance as specified by the option code 83 Number of Required Promotion Performances Number of times a promotion must be performed to
qualify for the allowance amount 88 Advertisement or Display or Reduced Price A promotion condition which requires an Advertisement
or an in-store display, or a reduction in the shelf price of an item in order to qualify for the allowance amount
A promotion condition which requires an advertisement, an in-store display, or a reduction in the shelf price of an item in order to qualify for the allowance amount.
99 See Free-form Text N/U G9503 554 Assigned Number O 1 N0 1/6 Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set G9504 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity G9505 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. BA Bale
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 465 of 672 Fall 2004
BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U G9506 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U G9507 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 466 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1300 Loop: G95 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 015 Promotion Start 016 Promotion End >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format N/U DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 467 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness
and correctness.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of LIN segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will
be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element.
CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound N/U CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 852 Canadian Page 468 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 469 of 672 Fall 2004
855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment
Functional Group ID=PR Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to a seller's acknowledgment of a buyer's purchase order. This transaction set can also be used as notification of a vendor generated order. This usage advises a buyer that a vendor has or will ship merchandise as prearranged in their partnership. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order
Acknowledgment M 1
0500 REF Reference Information O >1 1500 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 3000 N1 Party Identification M 1 3100 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3200 N3 Party Location O 2 3300 N4 Geographic Location O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data M 1 n1 0400 CTP Pricing Information O >1 0900 PO4 Item Physical Details O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 1300 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge
Information O 1
1900 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500 LOOP ID - ACK 104 2700 ACK Line Item Acknowledgment O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Party Identification O 1 3800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3900 N3 Party Location O 2 4000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 LOOP ID - SLN 1000 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 470 of 672 Fall 2004
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 M 0100 CTT Transaction Totals M 1 n2 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Transaction Set Notes 1. PO102 is required. 2. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 471 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 472 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Acknowledgment Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set and
transmit identifying numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BAK04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 2 BAK08 is the seller's order number. 3 BAK09 is the date assigned by the sender to the acknowledgment. Comments:
Notes: When notifying a retailer of a vendor-generated replenishment order, either code 00 or 16 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order, code 00 is used in BAK01 and either code AD or AK is used in BAK02. When changing a vendor-generated replenishment order, code 05 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order with change, code 19 is used in BAK01 and either code AC or AE is used in BAK02. When canceling a vendor-generated replenishment order, code 01 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order with a cancellation, code 01 is used in BAK01 and code RJ is used in BAK02.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BAK01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original NOTIFICATION: If XQ01, in Transaction Set 852,
contains code G, BAK01 will contain code 00. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This is the original acknowledgment.
01 Cancellation NOTIFICATION: Cancel the vendor-generated
replenishment order. The canceled purchase order number is not available for reuse until reissued within the normal business cycle. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Cancels the retailer's purchase order.
05 Replace NOTIFICATION: The previously transmitted vendor-
generated replenishment order has changed and should be replaced (re -transmitted) in its entirety. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This code is not valid for regular acknowledgments.
16 Proposed NOTIFICATION: If XQ01, in Transaction Set 852,
contains code F, BAK01 will contain code 16. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This code is not valid for regular acknowledgments.
19 Seller initiated change NOTIFICATION: This code is not valid for notification
of vendor-generated replenishment orders. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Change the retailer's purchase order.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 473 of 672 Fall 2004
M BAK02 587 Acknowledgment Type M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of acknowledgment Codes AC, AD, AE, AK and RJ may be used only for acknowledgments to a
retailer's purchase order. Code AP may only be used to indicate a vendor-generated replenishment acknowledgment (notification).
AC Acknowledge - With Detail and Change Full purchase order detail must be transmitted AD Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change AE Acknowledge - With Exception Detail Only Only transmit details of change AK Acknowledge - No Detail or Change AP Acknowledge - Product Replenishment RJ Rejected - No Detail M BAK03 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser NOTIFICATION: Purchase order numbers are negotiable as part of trading
partner relationships and can be pre-assigned in XPO01 or XPO02 in Transaction Set 852.
M BAK04 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year NOTIFICATION: The date the replenished order was created from the
suppliers modeling system N/U BAK05 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by
the parties involved in the transaction N/U BAK06 326 Request Reference Number O 1 AN 1/45 Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set
and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with contract number)
N/U BAK07 367 Contract Number O 1 AN 1/30 Contract number N/U BAK08 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U BAK09 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U BAK10 640 Transaction Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 474 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: There must be one occurrence of this segment to specify the retailer's department number, if the retailer has department numbers. Additional segments may be used to specify other reference numbers.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs
Pharmacy Number See External Code Source 307 in Section III for
reference document. DP Department Number IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the
retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the
vendor, for use within the vendor's system PD Promotion/Deal Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 475 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment is used to specify order processing dates.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 001 Cancel After If the order has not been shipped by this date, the order
is considered canceled 002 Delivery Requested 007 Effective For terms 009 Process Date and time transaction was generated
Used only by the alcohol beverage industry
010 Requested Ship 017 Estimated Delivery 068 Current Schedule Ship 086 Scheduled for Shipment (Week of) 118 Requested Pickup Pick-up date for backhaul >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
Used only by the alcohol beverage industry N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format N/U DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 476 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: This segment is used to identify the retailer's locations as they pertain to the order.
The ship-to (N101 contains code ST) may be identified in the header area or the detail area, but not both. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB, or for direct-to-consumer when N101 contains code ST. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO. For spreadsheet orders, the SDQ segment identifies the retailer's ultimate destination. When necessary the N1 segment may be used to identify the bill-to or ship-to location. Only one iteration of each of the bill-to or ship-to is allowed. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every location in the SDQ segment(s). For example, when the customer is instructing the supplier to package goods for cross docking, one iteration of the N1 segment, with N101 containing code ST, may be used to indicate the ship-to location. The ship-to location overrides the ship to that is normally associated with the locations identified in the SDQ segment(s). For direct-to-consumer orders, there must be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to identify the retailer (N101 contains code BT or SM). When the ship to (N101 contains code ST) is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required. When a direct-to-consumer purchase order contains multiple ship-to locations, the N1 loop in the detail area is used to identify the ship-to locations.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party FR Message From MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ultimate receiver SE Selling Party SF Ship From
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 477 of 672 Fall 2004
ST Ship To SU Supplier/Manufacturer TO Message To N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for
reference document. N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.
N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 478 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 479 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 3200 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 480 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3300 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 481 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO102 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 PO101 is the line item identification. 2 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item.
For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set PO102 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity >> PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll PO104 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be
sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate a no charge item or free goods, PO104 will contain a single zero (0) and PO105 will contains code NC.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 482 of 672 Fall 2004
Canadian Note: Used by the Canadian Rx (Pharmaceutical Industry ONLY) all others specify price using the CTP segment instead.
PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit
price expressed in PO104 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in PO103, unless otherwise specified in PO105.
LD Catalog Price per Dozen LE Catalog Price per Each NC No Charge PO Price per Ounce PP Price per Pound PR Promotion QT Quoted RD Retail Price per Dozen RE Retail Price per Each TD Contract Price per Dozen TE Contract Price per Each WD Wholesale Price per Dozen WE Wholesale Price per Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 483 of 672 Fall 2004
Identifying number for a product or service PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO109 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO111 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO112 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO113 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO114 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO115 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO116 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in PO106. PO117 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO119 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO121 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO122 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO123 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO124 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 484 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U PO125 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 485 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 0400 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90
would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade AG Agent BG Buying Group DE Dealer DI Distributor RS Resale >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification OPP Original Purchase Order Price Original unit price UCP Unit cost price Item list cost Canadian Note:
Unit price in the CTP02 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case).
>> CTP03 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be
sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples
of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 486 of 672 Fall 2004
CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U CTP07 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O 1 R 1/18 Monetary amount N/U CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item N/U CTP10 499 Condition Value O 1 AN 1/10 Identifies rate restrictions or provisions N/U CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00 This is the quantity contained in a multipack for the retail selling price
specified in CTP03, e.g., 3 for $10.00, when the product will be sold as a multipack.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 487 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 0900 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages
within the layers of packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost package.
2 PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of identifiers.
3 PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers. 4 PO418 is the number of packages in this layer. Comments: 1 PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for
purposes of defining the unit of measure of the "Size" identified in the PO402. For example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element 357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
2 PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412. Notes: This segment is used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. There
may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V (Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples. This segment may be used to specify the weight and/or volume (cube) for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and/or PO408 and PO409.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO401 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner
containers, per outer container PO402 357 Size X 1 R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 488 of 672 Fall 2004
CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U PO404 103 Packaging Code X 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:
Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required N/U PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack N/U PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the
upright position N/U PO411 189 Width X 1 R 1/8 Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the
object in the upright position N/U PO412 65 Height X 1 R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright
position N/U PO413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken PO414 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container N/U PO415 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described N/U PO416 350 Assigned Identification X 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO417 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO418 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 489 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 1300 Loop: SAC Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount
or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 6 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 7 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.
2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 3 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 4 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 5 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is
different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. 6 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar
amount that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 7 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference
number as identified by the code used. 8 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more
than one option of the promotion. 9 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.
Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction with SAC03 to further define SAC02.
2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in SAC09.
Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the header area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the header area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC04 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allo wance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for Code List.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 490 of 672 Fall 2004
SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)
EDI See External Code Source 70 in Section III for
reference document. SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 AN 1/10 Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or
charge See Section III for Code List. SAC05 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount When SAC01 contains code A or code C, then this data element is required.
This will resolve any differences between the sender's and receiver's system calculations of amounts, i.e., rounding errors when allowances or charges are expressed in percentages or rates.
SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated 1 Item List Cost 2 Item Net Cost 3 Discount/Gross All allowances are off the gross price including cash
discount. 4 Discount/Net All allowances are off the gross price. Cash discounts
are off the net price. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 6 Base Price Amount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent
as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". SAC08 118 Rate O 1 R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency
specified SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 491 of 672 Fall 2004
Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will
contain the quantity of free goods. The unit of measure is in SAC09. SAC10 alone is used to indicate a specific quantity which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
N/U SAC11 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as
a separate item, i.e., a debit/credit memo or a separate invoice. The amount will not be reflected in the invoice total amount.
02 Off Invoice The allowance or charge amount will be reflected in the
total transaction amount, e.g., Total Invoice Amount = Merchandise Price + Charges - Allowances.
03 Vendor Check to Customer The vendor will issue a check directly to the customer
of the retailer, or end consumer, for the allowance or charge amount. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
04 Credit Customer Account The retailer's account will be credited for the amount of
the allowance or charge. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor The vendor is responsible for the allowance or charge
amount. The trading partners have agreed to the exact amount of adjudication. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
06 Charge to be Paid by Customer When the order/item is a direct ship to the customer, or
end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
SAC13 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639) See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 492 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 1900 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,
SDQ09, SDQ11, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21. Comments: 1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number. 3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g., front room, back room,
selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or industry conventions.
Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurrences of Data Element 67 in this segment function as N104. The SDQ segment functions as an N1 segment containing code BY in N101, that is, the SDQ segment specifies various buying locations. The N1 segment, in the basic order, specifies only one location.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SDQ01 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll >> SDQ02 66 Identification Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 493 of 672 Fall 2004
See External Code Source 17 in Section III for reference document.
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix
See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document.
21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
See External Code Source 583 in Section III for reference document.
M SDQ03 67 Identification Code M 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code M SDQ04 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity Canadian Note: If other locations, repeat 67/380 pairs as necessary. SDQ05 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 494 of 672 Fall 2004
Numeric value of quantity N/U SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 495 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ACK Line Item Acknowledgment Position: 2700 Loop: ACK Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge the ordered quantities and specify the ready date for a specific line item Syntax Notes: 1 If either ACK02 or ACK03 is present, then the other is required. 2 If ACK04 is present, then ACK05 is required. 3 If either ACK07 or ACK08 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either ACK09 or ACK10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either ACK11 or ACK12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either ACK13 or ACK14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either ACK15 or ACK16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either ACK17 or ACK18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either ACK19 or ACK20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either ACK21 or ACK22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either ACK23 or ACK24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either ACK25 or ACK26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either ACK27 or ACK28 is present, then the other is required. 14 If ACK28 is present, then both ACK27 and ACK29 are required. Semantic Notes: 1 ACK29 Industry Reason Code may be used to identify the item status. In addition, it
may be used in conjunction with ACK01 to further clarify the status. Comments:
Notes: This segment may be used to indicate that a line item has been accepted, deleted, or changed. Some product production cycles, such as furniture, are long and may have different ship dates than the original purchase order. This segment may be used to inform the originator of the current ship date or that no ship date has been scheduled. The codes listed for ACK07 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the ACK segment.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ACK01 668 Line Item Status Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the
buyer IA Item Accepted IC Item Accepted - Changes Made ID Item Deleted Cancellation of a line item IE Item Accepted, Price Pending Used only by the alcohol beverage industry IH Item on Hold Used only by the alcohol beverage industry IP Item Accepted - Price Changed Used only by the alcohol beverage industry IR Item Rejected Used only by the alcohol beverage industry ACK02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity Quantity which the change affects, i.e., the quantity that applies to the dates
sent in ACK04 and ACK05 ACK03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 496 of 672 Fall 2004
BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll ACK04 374 Date/Time Qualifier O 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 068 Current Schedule Ship 100 No Shipping Schedule Established as of ACK05 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U ACK06 326 Request Reference Number O 1 AN 1/45 Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set
and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with contract number)
ACK07 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 497 of 672 Fall 2004
2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
ACK08 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ACK09 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in ACK07. ACK10 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ACK11 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in ACK07. ACK12 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ACK13 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in ACK07. ACK14 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK15 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U ACK16 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK17 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U ACK18 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK19 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U ACK20 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK21 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U ACK22 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK23 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U ACK24 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK25 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U ACK26 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK27 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 498 of 672 Fall 2004
Code identifying the agency assigning the code values N/U ACK28 822 Source Subqualifier X 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier N/U ACK29 1271 Industry Code X 1 AN 1/30 Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 499 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: There can be only one iteration of the N1 loop in the detail area for each PO1 segment.
This segment is used only by the alcohol beverage industry.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual CN Consignee MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended >> N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N/U N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) N/U N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 500 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment is used only by the alcohol beverage industry.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 501 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 3900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment is used only by the alcohol beverage industry.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 502 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 4000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: This segment is used only by the alcohol beverage industry.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 503 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline level is analogous
to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the subline item to the
baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated
segment. Comments: 1 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline item number.
Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.
2 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Notes: This segment can be used to specify the originally ordered SKU for substituted SKUs. This segment can also be used to specify SKU contents of an assortment. The assortment can be defined by the retailer or the vendor. The assortment identification is in the line item detail segment for the transaction. This segment may be used to specify partial deletions of SKUs ordered but not invoiced and/or shipped. If SLN03 contains code D or code I, then SLN04 and SLN05 are required.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities D Delete I Included S Substituted SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples
of use)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 504 of 672 Fall 2004
M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value SLN06 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be
sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate a no charge item or free goods, SLN06 will contain a single zero (0) and SLN07 will contain code NC.
SLN07 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 505 of 672 Fall 2004
Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit
price expressed in SLN06 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in SLN05, unless otherwise specified in SLN07.
LD Catalog Price per Dozen LE Catalog Price per Each NC No Charge PO Price per Ounce PP Price per Pound PR Promotion QT Quoted RD Retail Price per Dozen RE Retail Price per Each TD Contract Price per Dozen TE Contract Price per Each WD Wholesale Price per Dozen WE Wholesale Price per Each N/U SLN08 662 Relationship Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities SLN09 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
SLN10 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN11 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 506 of 672 Fall 2004
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.
SLN12 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN13 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in SLN09. SLN14 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN15 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) SLN16 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN17 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in SLN09. SLN18 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN19 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in SLN09. SLN20 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN21 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in SLN09. SLN22 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN23 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in SLN09. SLN24 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN25 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in SLN09. SLN26 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN27 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in SLN09.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 507 of 672 Fall 2004
SLN28 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 508 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Mandatory Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness
and correctness.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of PO1 segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will
be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element.
CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 855 Canadian Page 509 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 510 of 672 Fall 2004
856 Ship Notice/Manifest Functional Group ID=SH
Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Ship Notice/Manifest Transaction Set (856) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to list the contents of a shipment of goods as well as additional information relating to the shipment, such as order information, product description, physical characteristics, type of packaging, marking, carrier information, and configuration of goods within the transportation equipment. The transaction set enables the sender to describe the contents and configuration of a shipment in various levels of detail and provides an ordered flexibility to convey information. The sender of this transaction is the organization responsible for detailing and communicating the contents of a shipment, or shipments, to one or more receivers of the transaction set. The receiver of this transaction set can be any organization having an interest in the contents of a shipment or information about the contents of a shipment. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BSN Beginning Segment for Ship Notice M 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Shipment M 1 c1 1100 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) -
Shipment O 20
1200 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) - Shipment
O 12
LOOP ID - TD3 12 1300 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Shipment O 1 1400 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or
Hazardous Materials, or Both) - Shipment O 5
1500 REF Reference Information - Shipment O >1 1510 PER Administrative Communications Contact -
Shipment O 3
2000 DTM Date/Time Reference - Shipment O 10 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 2200 N1 Party Identification - Shipment M 1 2300 N2 Additional Name Information - Shipment O 2 2400 N3 Party Location - Shipment O 2 2500 N4 Geographic Location - Shipment O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Unit Load M 1 n1 LOOP ID - TD3 12 1300 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Unit Load O 1 1900 MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Unit Load O >1
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 511 of 672 Fall 2004
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Order M 1 0500 PRF Purchase Order Reference - Order O 1 1100 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Order O 20 1500 REF Reference Information - Order O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 2200 N1 Party Identification - Order O 1 2300 N2 Additional Name Information - Order O 2 2400 N3 Party Location - Order O 2 2500 N4 Geographic Location - Order O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Tare M 1 1900 MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Tare O >1 2150 PAL Pallet Type and Load Characteristics - Tare O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Pack M 1 0200 LIN Item Identification - Pack O 1 0300 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Pack O 1 1900 MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Pack O >1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Item M 1 0200 LIN Item Identification - Item O 1 0300 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Item O 1 0600 PO4 Item Physical Details - Item O 1 0700 PID Product/Item Description - Item O 200 1400 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or
Hazardous Materials, or Both) - Item O 5
1500 REF Reference Information - Item O >1 2000 DTM Date/Time Reference - Item O 10
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 M 0200 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 512 of 672 Fall 2004
Transaction Set Notes 1. Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of HL segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of units shipped (SN102) for each SN1 segment. Transaction Set Comments 1. The HL segment is the only mandatory segment within the HL loop, and by itself, the HL segment has no
meaning.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 513 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 856 Ship Notice/Manifest M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 514 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: BSN Beginning Segment for Ship Notice Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If BSN07 is present, then BSN06 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 BSN03 is the date the shipment transaction set is created. 2 BSN04 is the time the shipment transaction set is created. 3 BSN06 is limited to shipment related codes. Comments: 1 BSN06 and BSN07 differentiate the functionality of use for the transaction set.
Notes: In some implementations, it may be appropriate to omit the unit load level and packaging levels, i.e., tare and pack, from the transaction set. Depending on the retailer's receiving systems, carton identification may not be required. Code 0004 in BSN05 indicates the use of a hierarchical structure that does not include a unit load level or any packaging levels.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BSN01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original 07 Duplicate M BSN02 396 Shipment Identification M 1 AN 2/30 A unique control number assigned by the original shipper to identify a specific
shipment M BSN03 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year M BSN04 337 Time M 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
>> BSN05 1005 Hierarchical Structure Code O 1 ID 4/4 Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that
utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set 0001 Shipment, Order, Packaging, Item Pick and Pack Structure N/U BSN06 640 Transaction Type Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction N/U BSN07 641 Status Reason Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the status reason
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 515 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Shipment Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data
segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical
structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL
segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment
in a hierarchical structure The value for this level (shipment) is 1. N/U HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data
segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure S Shipment N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the
level being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 516 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Shipment Position: 1100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity Syntax Notes: 1 If TD101 is present, then TD102 is required. 2 If TD103 is present, then TD104 is required. 3 If TD106 is present, then TD107 is required. 4 If either TD107 or TD108 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either TD109 or TD110 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment, at the shipment level, is used to specify total containers and gross weight of the shipment as specified on the bill of lading (see VICS EDI 856 Ship Notice/Manifest Guidelines for further detail).
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD101 103 Packaging Code O 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:
Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required AAA Pallet, Returnable BAG Bag CTN Carton MIX Mixed Container Types More than one type of container is included in a shipment
(shipment could consist of 3 pieces that include 1 box, 1 crate, and 1 basket)
PLT Pallet SLP Slip Sheet Shipping containers utilizing slip sheets, which are
cardboard platforms used to hold product for storage or transportation
SRW Shrink Wrap In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by placing
a large "bag" of plastic film over the components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and cause the bag to tighten around the contents
25 Corrugated or Solid 76 Paper 94 Wood TD102 80 Lading Quantity X 1 N0 1/7 Number of units (pieces) of the lading commodity The number of packages in the shipment as described in TD101 TD103 23 Commodity Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/1 Code identifying the commodity coding system used for Commodity Code See Section III for code list . TD104 22 Commodity Code X 1 AN 1/30 Code describing a commodity or group of commodit ies TD105 79 Lading Description O 1 AN 1/50 Description of an item as required for rating and billing purposes TD106 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 517 of 672 Fall 2004
G Gross Weight TD107 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight TD108 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound TD109 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure Gross volume TD110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 518 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) - Shipment Position: 1200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required. 3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required. 5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required. 6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required. 7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed. Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of
specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.
Notes: This segment is used to specify every carrier in the routing sequence or a specific routing sequence that has been previously identified (usually from a routing guide). The segment can also be used to indicate estimated transit time in days. Only use TD501 if needed for clarity; this is not a requirement in most retail applications. When referring to a pre-established routing guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502 and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2 and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used to specify transit time. When using a small package service provider as the carrier, TD502 will contain code 2, TD503 will contain the carrier's SCAC, and TD504 will contain code U to inform the receiver of a small package service shipment.
Data Element Summar y
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement 1 1st Carrier after Origin Carrier 2 2nd Carrier after Origin Carrier 3 3rd Carrier after Origin Carrier 4 4th Carrier after Origin Carrier 5 5th Carrier after Origin Carrier 6 6th Carrier after Origin Carrier 7 7th Carrier after Origin Carrier 8 8th Carrier after Origin Carrier 9 9th Carrier after Origin Carrier A Origin Carrier, Agent's Routing (Rail) B Origin/Delivery Carrier (Any Mode) O Origin Carrier (Air, Motor, or Ocean) S Origin Carrier, Shipper's Routing (Rail) TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 519 of 672 Fall 2004
91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent Canadian Note:
Only used when identifying routing sequence. 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent Canadian Note:
Only used when identifying routing sequence. UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
See External Code Source 583 in Section III for reference document.
TD503 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code X 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment H Customer Pickup M Motor (Common Carrier) R Rail TD505 387 Routing X 1 AN 1/35 Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the
originating carrier's identity TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any
difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item or transaction
CC Shipment Complete on (Date) N/U TD507 309 Location Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U TD508 310 Location Identifier X 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location See External Code Source 54 in Section III for reference document.
When TD508 contains code PA or PE, refer to U.S. Census Schedule D, U.S. Customs District/Port Codes and official code lists relevant to other countries (entry country).
N/U TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O 1 ID 2/2 The point of origin and point of direction N/U TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time N/U TD511 733 Transit Time X 1 R 1/4 The numeric amount of transit time Transit time is based on the ship date and time in the DTM segment. N/U TD512 284 Service Level Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered
by the transportation carrier N/U TD513 284 Service Level Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered
by the transportation carrier N/U TD514 284 Service Level Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered
by the transportation carrier N/U TD515 26 Country Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 520 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Shipment Position: 1300 Loop: TD3 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment is used to specify the trailer number for a truckload shipment. This segment may be used also to specify the type of import container.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD301 40 Equipment Description Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) AT Closed Container (Controlled Temperature) CI Container, Insulated CK Container, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated CN Container CZ Refrigerated Container RC Refrigerated (Reefer) Car TA Trailer, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) TD302 206 Equipment Initial O 1 AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number TD303 207 Equipment Number X 1 AN 1/15 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure
numeric form for equipment number is preferred) N/U TD304 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U TD305 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight N/U TD306 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U TD307 102 Ownership Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship of equipment to carrier or ownership of
equipment N/U TD308 407 Seal Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating condition of door seal upon arrival N/U TD309 225 Seal Number O 1 AN 2/15 Unique number on seal used to close a shipment N/U TD310 24 Equipment Type X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying equipment type Use ISO 6346:1995 code list.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 521 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both) - Shipment
Position: 1400 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials
information, or both Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A
"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not exist for this product.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TD401 152 Special Handling Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code specifying special transportation handling instructions CC Container, Consolidator Load Full container Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code CF Container, Factory Load Full container, not to be opened for consolidation Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code LN Less Than Container, Consolidator Load Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code LR Less Than Container, Factory Load Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code TC Trailer, Consolidator Load Full trailer Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code TF Trailer, Factory Load Full trailer, not to be opened for consolidation Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code N/U TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209) N/U TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X 1 AN 1/4 Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material N/U TD404 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 522 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information - Shipment Position: 1500 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Notes: In some cases, individual shipments with bill of lading may be grouped under a Master Bill of Lading. Under this circumstance, specifying both the bill of lading and the associated Master Bill of Lading Number will facilitate tracking.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification BM Bill of Lading Number CN Carrier's Reference Number (PRO/Invoice) MB Master Bill of Lading UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for
reference document. UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for
reference document. >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particula r Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 523 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact - Shipment Position: 1510 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named DI Delivery Instructions Contact PER02 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER06 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER08 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when
applicable N/U PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O 1 AN 1/20 Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 524 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference - Shipment Position: 2000 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 011 Shipped 017 Estimated Delivery 067 Current Schedule Delivery 068 Current Schedule Ship AA1 Estimated Point of Arrival >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format N/U DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 525 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification - Shipment Position: 2200 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB, or for direct-
to-consumer when N101 contains code ST. When the ship to is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required. In some EDI imp lementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ult imate receiver SF Ship From ST Ship To N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent Canadian Note:
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 526 of 672 Fall 2004
92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent Canadian Note:
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III in
reference document. N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.
N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 527 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information - Shipment Position: 2300 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 528 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N3 Party Location - Shipment Position: 2400 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 529 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location - Shipment Position: 2500 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Notes: N401 and N402 are required unless N405 and N406 are used.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III in reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III in reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 530 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Unit Load Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data
segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical
structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL
segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment
in a hierarchical structure >> HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data
segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure UT Unit or Lot Unit load N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the
level being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 531 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Unit Load Position: 1300 Loop: TD3 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD301 40 Equipment Description Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment 20 20 ft. IL Container (Open Top) 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) 40 40 ft. IL Container (Open Top) 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) CN Container CZ Refrigerated Container N/U TD302 206 Equipment Initial O 1 AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number N/U TD303 207 Equipment Number X 1 AN 1/15 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure
numeric form for equipment number is preferred) N/U TD304 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U TD305 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight N/U TD306 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U TD307 102 Ownership Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship of equipment to carrier or ownership of
equipment N/U TD308 407 Seal Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating condition of door seal upon arrival N/U TD309 225 Seal Number O 1 AN 2/15 Unique number on seal used to close a shipment N/U TD310 24 Equipment Type X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying equipment type Use ISO 6346:1995 code list.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 532 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Unit Load Position: 1900 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks
and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a
sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a
sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MAN01 contains code "UC" (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and
MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.
2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers. When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID
numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: This segment, at the unit load level, is used to specify the identification number for the
unit load.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM EAN.UCC Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC) and
Application Identifier This is a twenty-character UCC/EAN-128 Serial
Shipping Container Code (SSCC-18) that includes the two digit application identifier. The symbology code and the modulo 103 check digit are not included.
M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) N/U MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 533 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Order Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data
segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical
structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL
segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment
in a hierarchical structure >> HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data
segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure O Order N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the
level being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 534 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PRF Purchase Order Reference - Order Position: 0500 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide reference to a specific purchase order Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 PRF04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PRF01 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number N/U PRF02 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by
the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used N/U PRF03 327 Change Order Sequence Number O 1 AN 1/8 Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a
previously transmitted transaction set N/U PRF04 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year Retailer's original purchase order date N/U PRF05 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set The number assigned to the original purchase order line item; the value of
PO101 for the previously transmitted purchase order, if used N/U PRF06 367 Contract Number O 1 AN 1/30 Contract number N/U PRF07 92 Purchase Order Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 535 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Order Position: 1100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity Syntax Notes: 1 If TD101 is present, then TD102 is required. 2 If TD103 is present, then TD104 is required. 3 If TD106 is present, then TD107 is required. 4 If either TD107 or TD108 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either TD109 or TD110 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: This segment, at the order level, is used to specify the number and type of shipping containers in the order.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD101 103 Packaging Code O 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:
Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required BAG Bag CTN Carton MIX Mixed Container Types More than one type of container is included in a shipment
(shipment could consist of 3 pieces that include 1 box, 1 crate, and 1 basket)
PLT Pallet SLP Slip Sheet Shipping containers utilizing slip sheets, which are
cardboard platforms used to hold product for storage or transportation
SRW Shrink Wrap In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by placing
a large "bag" of plastic film over the components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and cause the bag to tighten around the contents
25 Corrugated or Solid 76 Paper 94 Wood TD102 80 Lading Quantity X 1 N0 1/7 Number of units (pieces) of the lading commodity N/U TD103 23 Commodity Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/1 Code identifying the commodity coding system used for Commodity Code N/U TD104 22 Commodity Code X 1 AN 1/30 Code describing a commodity or group of commodities N/U TD105 79 Lading Description O 1 AN 1/50 Description of an item as required for rating and billing purposes TD106 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight G Gross Weight TD107 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight TD108 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 536 of 672 Fall 2004
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U TD109 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure Gross volume N/U TD110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 537 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information - Order Position: 1500 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 6B U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number Customs entry number BM Bill of Lading Number BT Batch Number CH Customer Catalog Number CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer DP Depart ment Number HB Bill & Hold Invoice Number IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the
retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the
vendor, for use within the vendor's system IV Seller's Invoice Number MR Merchandise Type Code PD Promotion/Deal Number QC Product Specification Document Number Model designation of replacement component Schematic reference number SB Sales Region Number UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for
reference document. UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for
reference document. VN Vendor Order Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 538 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 539 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification - Order Position: 2200 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N103 and N104 are required exc ept when N101 contains code CT, MA or OB.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ultimate receiver SE Selling Party N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent Canadian Note:
It is recommended that the UL - Global Location Number (GLN) be used. This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent Canadian Note:
It is recommended that the UL - Global Location Number (GLN) be used. This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 540 of 672 Fall 2004
UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III in
reference document. N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.
N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 541 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information - Order Position: 2300 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 542 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N3 Party Location - Order Position: 2400 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 543 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location - Order Position: 2500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III in reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III in reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 544 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Tare Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data
segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical
structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL
segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment
in a hierarchical structure >> HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data
segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure T Shipping Tare N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the
level being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 545 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Tare Position: 1900 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks
and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a
sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a
sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MAN01 contains code "UC" (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and
MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.
2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers. When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID
numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: This segment, at the tare level, is used to specify the identification numbers for the pallet.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM EAN.UCC Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC) and
Application Identifier This is a twenty-character UCC/EAN-128 Serial
Shipping Container Code (SSCC-18) that includes the two digit application identifier. The symbology code and the modulo 103 check digit are not included.
M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) N/U MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 546 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PAL Pallet Type and Load Characteristics - Tare Position: 2150 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify the type and physical attributes of the pallet, and, gross weight, gross volume,
and height of the load and the pallet Syntax Notes: 1 If either PAL05 or PAL06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PAL07 is present, then PAL10 is required. 3 If PAL08 is present, then PAL10 is required. 4 If PAL09 is present, then PAL10 is required. 5 If PAL10 is present, then at least one of PAL07 PAL08 or PAL09 is required. 6 If either PAL11 or PAL12 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PAL13 or PAL14 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PAL04 (Pack) is the number of pieces on the pallet. 2 PAL05 (Unit Weight) is the weight of the pallet alone, before loading. 3 PAL07 and PAL08 (Length and Width) are the dimensions of the pallet before
loading. 4 PAL09 (Height) is the height of the pallet and load. 5 PAL11 and PAL13 (Gross Weight and Gross Volume) are measured after loading
and includes the pallet. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PAL01 883 Pallet Type Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating the type of pallet 1 Aluminum 2 As Specified by the Department of Transportation (DOT) 3 Metal 4 Standard 5 Steel 6 Wood 7 Slip sheet Typically cardboard or plastic sheets used to hold product
for storage or transportation PAL02 884 Pallet Tiers O 1 N0 1/3 The number of layers per pallet PAL03 885 Pallet Blocks O 1 N0 1/3 The number of pieces (cartons) per layer on the pallet PAL04 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner
containers, per outer container N/U PAL05 395 Unit Weight X 1 R 1/8 Numeric value of weight per unit N/U PAL06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PAL07 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the
upright position N/U PAL08 189 Width X 1 R 1/8
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 547 of 672 Fall 2004
Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the object in the upright position
N/U PAL09 65 Height X 1 R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright
position N/U PAL10 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PAL11 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack N/U PAL12 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PAL13 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PAL14 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. PAL15 399 Pallet Exchange Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code specifying pallet exchange instructions 1 No Exchange/No Return 2 Exchange Pallets 3 Return Pallets 4 Pallets to be Purchased by Customer 5 Third-Party Pallet Exchange A pallet exchange program where a third party rents
pallets for internal or external use N/U PAL16 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container N/U PAL17 1699 Pallet Structure Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code identifying the pallet structure
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 548 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Pack Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data
segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical
structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL
segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment
in a hierarchical structure >> HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data
segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure P Pack N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the
level being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 549 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: LIN Item Identification - Pack Position: 0200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.
For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: This segment, at the pack level, is used to specify the U.P.C. Case Code or the
U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (SCC-14), and production information. The SN1 segment that follows is used to specify the number of cases identified in the LIN segment. The LIN segment, at the item level, is used to indicate the individual consumer units for the case code.
Canadian Note: The LIN segment is to be used when the PACK is a standard shipping unit. The MAN segment is to be used when the PACK is a variable, single use shipping unit.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
LT Lot Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian Note:
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
M LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 550 of 672 Fall 2004
LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian Note:
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) Canadian Note:
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
LIN05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian Note:
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) Canadian Note:
This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
UP UCC - 12
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 551 of 672 Fall 2004
Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
LIN07 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN08 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN09 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN10 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN11 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN12 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN13 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN14 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN15 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN16 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN17 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN18 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN19 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN20 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN21 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN22 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN23 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 552 of 672 Fall 2004
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN25 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN26 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN27 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN28 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN29 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN30 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN31 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 553 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Pack Position: 0300 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify line-item detail relative to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If either SN105 or SN106 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SN101 is the ship notice line-item identification. 2 SN105 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 SN103 defines the unit of measurement for both SN102 and SN104.
Notes: This segment, at the pack level, is used only to specify the number of cases identified by the U.P.C./EAN Case Code or the U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (SCC-14) in the previous LIN segment. The LIN segment in the item level is used to indicate the individual consumer units for the case code.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U SN101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M SN102 382 Number of Units Shipped M 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item
or transaction set M SN103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken CA Case N/U SN104 646 Quantity Shipped to Date O 1 R 1/15 Number of units shipped to date N/U SN105 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity N/U SN106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U SN107 728 Returnable Container Load Make-Up Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the load make -up of the returnable containers in the shipment N/U SN108 668 Line Item Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the
buyer
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 554 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Pack Position: 1900 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks
and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a
sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a
sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MAN01 contains code "UC" (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and
MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.
2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers. When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID
numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: When the shipping container is the same as the consumer unit, the U.P.C. may be the
only UCC identification code on the container. In many applications, it is necessary to positively identify what identification code is to be scanned and matched at point of receipt. Since the U.P.C. is not a unique serial shipping container code, only one pack level for each item is required when using the pick and pack structure. The total number of shipping units for this item is the same as the quantity for the item in the SN1 segment at the item level.
Canadian Note: The MAN segment is to be used when the PACK is a variable, single use shipping unit. The LIN segment is to be used when the PACK is a standard shipping unit.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM EAN.UCC Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC) and
Application Identifier This is a twenty-character UCC/EAN-128 Serial
Shipping Container Code (SSCC-18) that includes the two digit application identifier. The symbology code and the mo dulo 103 check digit are not included.
UC U.P.C. Shipping Container Code This is the fourteen-digit U.P.C. Shipping Container
Code. Submit Change Request to remove this code. UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1) Submit Change Request to remove this code. M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 555 of 672 Fall 2004
Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) N/U MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 556 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Item Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data
segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical
structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL
segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment
in a hierarchical structure >> HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data
segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure I Item N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the
level being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 557 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: LIN Item Identification - Item Position: 0200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.
For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 558 of 672 Fall 2004
1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).
M LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN07 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN08 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN09 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN10 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN11 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN12 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN13 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN14 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN15 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN16 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:
Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN17 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 559 of 672 Fall 2004
Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN18 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN19 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN20 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN21 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN22 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN23 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN25 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN26 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN27 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN28 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN29 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN30 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN31 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 560 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Item Position: 0300 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify line-item detail relative to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If either SN105 or SN106 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SN101 is the ship notice line-item identification. 2 SN105 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 SN103 defines the unit of measurement for both SN102 and SN104.
Notes: This segment is used to specify the quantities associated with the item identified in the LIN at the item level. When specifying an item, which is comprised of two or more components that are in unique shipping containers, SN103 will contain code ST for set and the quantity specified in SN102 is the number of sets as identified in the LIN segment. Each different component is identified in one pack level. See the VICS Note, on the SLN segment, at the pack level.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U SN101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M SN102 382 Number of Units Shipped M 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item
or transaction set M SN103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U SN104 646 Quantity Shipped to Date O 1 R 1/15 Number of units shipped to date N/U SN105 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity N/U SN106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U SN107 728 Returnable Container Load Make-Up Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the load make -up of the returnable containers in the shipment
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 561 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U SN108 668 Line Item Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the
buyer
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 562 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details - Item Position: 0600 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages
within the layers of packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost package.
2 PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of identifiers.
3 PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers. 4 PO418 is the number of packages in this layer. Comments: 1 PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for
purposes of defining the unit of measure of the "Size" identified in the PO402. For example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element 357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
2 PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412. Notes: This segment is used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. There
may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V (Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples. This segment can be used to specify the weight for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and to specify the volume (cube) by using PO408 and PO409.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO401 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner
containers, per outer container N/U PO402 357 Size X 1 R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack N/U PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U PO404 103 Packaging Code X 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:
Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required N/U PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 563 of 672 Fall 2004
Code defining the type of weight PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the
upright position N/U PO411 189 Width X 1 R 1/8 Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the
object in the upright position N/U PO412 65 Height X 1 R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright
position N/U PO413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken PO414 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container N/U PO415 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described N/U PO416 350 Assigned Identification X 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO417 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO418 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 564 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PID Product/Item Description - Item Position: 0700 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 200 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A
"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then PID04 is used. If
PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used. 2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in
the segment. 3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are published only in this guideline.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product N/U PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values N/U PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product
characteristic PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described N/U PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier N/U PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response N/U PID09 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list
maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 565 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both) - Item
Position: 1400 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials
information, or both Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A
"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not exist for this product.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD401 152 Special Handling Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code specifying special transportation handling instructions CO No Marshalling Required for Hazardous Materials DA Dangerous EX Explosive Flammable Gas FG Flammable Gas FL Flammable FP Flammable Poison Gas HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material NPR No Placards Required NW In Case of Fire Do Not Use Water PG Poisonous Gas RM Radioactive Material UN Unload as Placarded TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209) 9 Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) U United Nations TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X 1 AN 1/4 Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material N/U TD404 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 566 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information - Item Position: 1500 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer LT Lot Number SE Serial Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 567 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference - Item Position: 2000 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 036 Expiration Date coverage expires Used for perishable products >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format N/U DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 568 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness
and correctness.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of HL segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will
be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element.
N/U CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight N/U CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 856 Canadian Page 569 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 570 of 672 Fall 2004
867 Product Transfer and Resale Report
Functional Group ID=PT Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Transfer and Resale Report Transaction Set (867) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to: (1) report information about product that has been transferred from one location to another; (2) report sales of product from one or more locations to an end customer; or (3) report sales of a product from one or more locations to an end customer, and demand beyond actual sales (lost orders). Report may be issued by either buyer or seller. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BPT Beginning Segment for Product Transfer and
Resale M 1
LOOP ID - N1 5 0800 N1 Party Identification O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PTD >1 M 0100 PTD Product Transfer and Resale Detail M 1 0200 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 LOOP ID - N1 5 0500 N1 Party Identification O 1 0800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 0900 REF Reference Information O 20 LOOP ID - QTY >1 1100 QTY Quantity Information O 1 1200 LIN Item Identification O 1 1300 UIT Unit Detail O 12 1400 AMT Monetary Amount Information O 12
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n1 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Transaction Set Notes 1. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of LIN segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities (QTY02) for each QTY segment.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 571 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 572 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: BPT Beginning Segment for Product Transfer and Resale Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Product Transfer and Resale Report Transaction Set and
transmit identifying data Syntax Notes: 1 If either BPT05 or BPT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 BPT02 identifies the transfer/resale number. 2 BPT03 identifies the transfer/resale date. 3 BPT08 identifies the transfer/resale time. 4 BPT09 is used when it is necessary to reference a Previous Report Number. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BPT01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original 22 Information Copy BPT02 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier M BPT03 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year BPT04 755 Report Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item IV Invoice N/U BPT05 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U BPT06 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U BPT07 306 Action Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating type of action N/U BPT08 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U BPT09 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U BPT10 786 Security Level Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the
information following
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 573 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual DS Distributor VN Vendor N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system.
See External Code Source 583 in Section III in reference document.
N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 574 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PTD Product Transfer and Resale Detail Position: 0100 Loop: PTD Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of detail information relating to the transfer/resale of a product and
provide identifying data Syntax Notes: 1 If either PTD02 or PTD03 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PTD04 or PTD05 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PTD01 521 Product Transfer Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of product transfer SS Stock Sale SU Summary N/U PTD02 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U PTD03 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U PTD04 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U PTD05 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U PTD06 486 Product Transfer Movement Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 To indicate the type of product transfer movement
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 575 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 0200 Loop: PTD Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 003 Invoice >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format N/U DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 576 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual 1C Group Purchasing Organization (GPO) Used when identifying a group of stores under one
banner (name). SF Ship From ST Ship To N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system.
See External Code Source 583 in Section III in reference document.
N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 577 of 672 Fall 2004
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 578 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 0800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III in reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III in reference document. N/U N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 579 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 0900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IV Seller's Invoice Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 580 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: QTY Quantity Information Position: 1100 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 31 Additional Demand Quantity 39 Shipped Quantity 74 Damaged Goods 76 Returns BQ Backorder Quantity >> QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples
of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken EA Each N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 581 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multip lier to obtain a new value N/U QTY04 61 Free-form Information X 1 AN 1/30 Free-form information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 582 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: LIN Item Identification Position: 1200 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.
For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in
2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
M LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number LIN05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 583 of 672 Fall 2004
LT Lot Number LIN07 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN08 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN09 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN10 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN11 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN12 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN13 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN14 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN15 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN16 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN17 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN18 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN19 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN20 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN21 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN22 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN23 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN25 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN26 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN27 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN28 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN29 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 584 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U LIN30 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN31 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 585 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: UIT Unit Detail Position: 1300 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify item unit data Syntax Notes: 1 If UIT03 is present, then UIT02 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M UIT01 C001 Composite Unit of Measure M 1 To identify a composite unit of measure. M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken EA Each N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value UIT02 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. N/U UIT03 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 586 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: AMT Monetary Amount Information Position: 1400 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AMT01 522 Amount Qualifier Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code to qualify amount 1 Line Item Total M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M 1 R 1/18 Monetary amount N/U AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 587 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Optional Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness
and correctness.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of LIN segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will
be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element. Example: -.0018 First occurrence of value being hashed. .18 Second occurrence of value being hashed. 1.8 Third occurrence of value being hashed. 18.01 Fourth occurrence of value being hashed. 18E2 Fifth occurrence of value being hashed. -------- 1873 Hash Total
N/U CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight N/U CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 867 Canadian Page 588 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 589 of 672 Fall 2004
870 Order Status Report Functional Group ID=RS
Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Order Status Report Transaction Set (870) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to report on the current status of a requirement forecast, an entire purchase order, selected line items on a purchase order, selected products/services on a purchase order, or purchase orders for a specific customer in their entirety or on a selection basis. The transaction set can also be used to report on the current status of single or multiple requisitions. The report format allows for the inclusion of "reasons" relative to the status. This transaction set may also be used to update the supplier's scheduled shipment or delivery dates. This transaction set can result from either an inquiry or a prearranged schedule agreed to by the trading partners. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BSR Beginning Segment for Order Status Report M 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 0500 N1 Party Identification O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 1000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level M 1 0200 PRF Purchase Order Reference O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 1000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level M 1 n1 LOOP ID - PO1 1000 1500 PO1 Baseline Item Data O 1 LOOP ID - ISR 104 2100 ISR Item Status Report O 1 2300 QTY Quantity Information O 4 3000 REF Reference Information O 12
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 M 0200 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Transaction Set Notes 1. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of HL segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 590 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set He ader Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 870 Order Status Report M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 591 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: BSR Beginning Segment for Order Status Report Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of an Order Status Report Transaction Set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BSR03 indicates a status report document number assigned by the sender. 2 BSR04 indicates the date of this report from the sender. 3 BSR07 indicates the time of this report from the sender. 4 BSR08 indicates a status report document number assigned by the inquirer. 5 BSR09 indicates the date this report was requested from the sender by the inquirer. 6 BSR10 indicates the time this report was requested from the sender by the inquirer. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BSR01 850 Status Report Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating the reason for sending the report 3 Unsolicited Report M BSR02 847 Order/Item Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying a group of orders and items PP Selected Orders - Selected Items The item levels represent the status of only those
specific items requested. M BSR03 127 Reference Identification M 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Number assigned by the sender to identify the request within their application
system M BSR04 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U BSR05 848 Product/Date Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating whether the inquiry is based on products and/or date
parameters N/U BSR06 849 Location Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating the selection of a supplier's and/or buyer's locations or group
of locations N/U BSR07 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U BSR08 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier This will be the value in BSI01 of the Order Status Inquiry that generated this
report. If BSR01 contains code 2 or 3, this data element will not be used. N/U BSR09 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year This will be the value in BSI02 of the Order Status Inquiry that generated this
report. If BSR01 contains code 2 or 3, this data element will not be used.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 592 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U BSR10 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U BSR11 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set N/U BSR12 306 Action Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating type of action
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 593 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual SF Ship From N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name >> N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for
reference document. >> N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.
N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 594 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: HL Hierarchical Level Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data
segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical
structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL
segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the order level HL segment (HL03 contains code O), since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Order and Item.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment
in a hierarchical structure N/U HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data
segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure O Order N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the
level being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 595 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PRF Purchase Order Reference Position: 0200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide reference to a specific purchase order Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 PRF04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PRF01 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number N/U PRF02 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by
the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used N/U PRF03 327 Change Order Sequence Number O 1 AN 1/8 Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a
previously transmitted transaction set PRF04 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year Retailer's original purchase order date N/U PRF05 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PRF06 367 Contract Number O 1 AN 1/30 Contract number N/U PRF07 92 Purchase Order Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 596 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: HL Hierarchical Level Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies amo ng and the content of hierarchically related groups of data
segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical
structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL
segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the order level HL segment (HL03 contains code O), since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Order and Item.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment
in a hierarchical structure N/U HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data
segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure I Item N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the
level being described
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 597 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data Position: 1500 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO102 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 PO101 is the line item identification. 2 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item.
For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: There can be only one iteration of the PO1 loop at the item level to maintain a one-to-one
relation between the PO1 segment and the item level HL segment.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO102 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity N/U PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO104 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be
sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate a no charge item or free goods, PO104 will contain a single zero (0) and PO105 will contains code NC.
N/U PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit
price expressed in PO104 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in PO103, unless otherwise specified in PO105.
PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 598 of 672 Fall 2004
PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO109 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO111 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO112 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO113 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO114 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO115 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO116 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO117 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO119 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO121 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO122 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO123 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO124 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO125 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 599 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ISR Item Status Report Position: 2100 Loop: ISR Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify detailed purchase order/item status Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 If ISR01 specifies a date, ISR02 is required. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ISR01 368 Shipment/Order Status Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any
difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a l ine item or transaction
AS Available Now - Scheduled to Ship (date) DS Out Of Stock Condition ED Expect to Ship By (Date) EW Expect To Ship Week of (Date) IC Item Canceled ISR02 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year If ISR01 contains code AS, BP, CC, CP, ED, EW, RD or RW, ISR02 is
required. ISR03 641 Status Reason Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the status reason P03 Production Falldown Shipper held order for stock W01 Out of Stock W08 Material Shortage
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 600 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: QTY Quantity Information Position: 2300 Loop: ISR Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 4 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:
Notes: This represents the quantity associated with the previous ISR segment.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 01 Discrete Quantity >> QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples
of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BO Bottle BX Box CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00108 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00109 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 601 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U QTY04 61 Free-form Information X 1 AN 1/30 Free-form information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 602 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 3000 Loop: ISR Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 603 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness
and correctness.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of HL segments present in the transaction set CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will
be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element.
N/U CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight N/U CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 870 Canadian Page 604 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 605 of 672 Fall 2004
882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information
Functional Group ID=IG Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Direct Store Delivery Summary Information Transaction Set (882) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. This transaction set can be used to summarize detailed delivery, return and adjustment information which was previously reconciled at time of delivery in a retail direct store delivery environment, and also to request payment for the products delivered. This transaction set will provide only a summary of direct store deliveries and adjustments without product detail. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 G47 Statement Identification M 1 LOOP ID - 0100 10 M 0300 N1 Party Identification M 1 n1 0400 N2 Additional Name Information O 1 0500 N3 Party Location O 2 0600 N4 Geographic Location O 1 0700 N9 Extended Reference Information O 10
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - 0200 9999 M 0100 G48 Statement/Invoice Identification M 1 LOOP ID - 0210 99 0200 G72 Allowance or Charge O 1 0600 G31 Total Invoice Quantity O 1 M 0700 G33 Total Dollars Summary M 1
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 G49 Statement Total M 1 M 0200 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Transaction Set Notes 1. One iteration of the N1 segment must be used to identify the party to receive the remittance.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 606 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 607 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G47 Statement Identification Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G4701 is the statement date. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G4701 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year Statement date M G4702 613 Statement Number M 1 AN 1/16 Identifying number for statement assigned by issuer for charges
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 608 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0300 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing
organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: At least one occurrence of the N1 segment is required to specify the remit-to party by
using code RI in N101.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual BT Bill-to-Party RI Remit To SE Selling Party N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name >> N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification
Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for
reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character
Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for
reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for
reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent Canadian Note:
It is recommended that the UL - Global Location Number (GLN) be used. This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent Canadian Note:
It is recommended that the UL - Global Location Number (GLN) be used. This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 609 of 672 Fall 2004
UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a
legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system
This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for
reference document. >> N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an
individual
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 610 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 0400 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 611 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 0500 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 612 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 0600 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to
specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks
(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 613 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N9 Extended Reference Information Position: 0700 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AI Associated Invoices Submit Change Request to add this Code DP Department Number GT Goods and Service Tax Registration Number Canadian GST MR Merchandise Type Code PG Product Group Q8 Registration Number Code describing which type of registration is being
submitted Quebec Sales Tax Registration Number >> N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text N/U N904 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U N905 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U N906 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U N907 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 614 of 672 Fall 2004
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 615 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G48 Statement/Invoice Identification Position: 0100 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To uniquely identify an invoice or adjustment Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G4801 or G4807 is required. 2 If either G4801 or G4802 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either G4807 or G4808 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G4802 is the invoice issue date. 2 G4804 is the date assigned by the purchaser to the purchase order. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> G4801 76 Invoice Number X 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer >> G4802 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year >> G4803 614 Store Number O 1 AN 1/10 A number assigned to uniquely identify a retail outlet or store Assigned by the retailer N/U G4804 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U G4805 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser N/U G4806 424 Vendor Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Number assigned by a vendor referencing a particular customer purchase order N/U G4807 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U G4808 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U G4809 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 616 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 0200 Loop: 0210 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,
the use of these codes is discouraged. Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 490 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian GST and Harmonized credit allowance 491 Tax Credit Allowance Canadian Provincial Tax credit allowance 537 State or Province Tax Canadian Provincial Sales Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge Canadian GST and Harmonized Sales Tax M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 02 Off Invoice 18 Non-Payable Tax N/U G7203 341 Allowance or Charge Number X 1 AN 1/16 The number assigned by a vendor referencing an allowance, promotion, deal or
charge N/U G7204 769 Exception Number O 1 AN 1/16 A unique number identifying an exception or modification to an offered or
existing promotion N/U G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit N/U G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the
purchase order or invoice quantity N/U G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken >> G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge N/U G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) N/U G7210 828 Dollar Basis For Percent X 1 R 1/9 Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or
tax N/U G7211 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 617 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G31 Total Invoice Quantity Position: 0600 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items shipped in terms of quantity, weight, and
volume, and to specify payment method Syntax Notes: 1 If either G3103 or G3104 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either G3105 or G3106 is present, then the other is required. 3 If G3107 is present, then G3104 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G3110 should only be used to express the quantity of third party pallets 2 G3111 is the gross weight of third party pallets in pounds. Comments: 1 G3102 qualifies G3101.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G3101 382 Number of Units Shipped M 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item
or transaction set M G3102 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll G3103 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight G3104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound N/U G3105 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U G3106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken N/U G3107 398 Order Sizing Factor O 1 R 1/10 A product specification other than gross or net weight, or cubic feet for a line
item or transaction used for order sizing and pricing purposes N/U G3108 417 Price Bracket Identifier O 1 AN 1/3 Identifier assigned by the vendor for a specific price bracket
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 618 of 672 Fall 2004
N/U G3109 107 Payment Method Type Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures N/U G3110 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity N/U G3111 81 Weight O 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 619 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G33 Total Dollars Summary Position: 0700 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the total invoice amount, including charges less allowances, before terms
discount Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G3301 610 Amount M 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 620 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G49 Statement Total Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide essential billing totals to the purchaser Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G4901 is the total monetary amount for all changes billed on a statement since
issuance of the last statement. 2 G4902 is the monetary amount for all unpaid charges prior to issuance of the current
transaction. 3 G4903 identifies the total monetary amount currently due the issuer of the charges. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G4901 610 Amount M 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount N/U G4902 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount N/U G4903 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 882 Canadian Page 621 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 622 of 672 Fall 2004
894 Delivery/Return Base Record
Functional Group ID=DX Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Delivery/Return Base Record Transaction Set (894) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to enable a Direct Store Delivery (DSD) vendor to communicate the details of a DSD delivery and is to be used during the check-in procedure. Notes: Refer to the "Canadian Implementation Guideline" for VICS EDI Direct Store Delivery Implementation and User Guide for specific implementation guidelines for this transaction set. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 G82 Delivery/Return Base Record Identifier M 1 0250 N9 Extended Reference Information O >1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 LS Loop Header O 1 LOOP ID - 0100 9999 0200 G83 Line Item Detail/Direct Store Delivery O 1 0300 G22 Pre-Pricing Information O 1 0400 G72 Allowance or Charge O 10 0600 LE Loop Trailer O 1
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 G72 Allowance or Charge O 20 0200 G23 Terms of Sale O 20 M 0300 G84 Delivery/Return Record of Totals M 1 M 0400 G86 Signature Identification M 1 M 0500 G85 Record Integrity Check M 1 M 0600 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 623 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 894 Delivery/Return Base Record M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The control number is comprised of the functional group control number (Data
Element 28 in the GS segment) followed by a four-digit sequence number. The sequence number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within each functional group. For each functional group, the first sequence number will be 0001 and will incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 624 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G82 Delivery/Return Base Record Identifier Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 When G8201 equals "D" (debit), information in this segment is for a delivery. When
G8201 equals "C" (credit), information in this segment is for a return. 2 G8203 is the receiver's DUNS number. 3 G8205 is the supplier's DUNS number.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8201 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit C Credit D Debit M G8202 861 Supplier's Delivery/Return Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by the supplier to the transaction Invoice Number M G8203 860 D-U-N-S Number M 1 ID 9/9 Identifying number assigned by Dun & Bradstreet (Data Universal Numbering
System) M G8204 862 Receiver's Location Number M 1 AN 1/6 Number assigned by the customer that when combined with receiver Duns
number uniquely identifies the receiving location M G8205 860 D-U-N-S Number M 1 ID 9/9 Identifying number assigned by Dun & Bradstreet (Data Universal Numbering
System) Supplier's Duns Number M G8206 871 Supplier's Location Number M 1 AN 1/6 Number assigned by supplier that provides uniqueness when combined with
sender Duns number Route or Driver Number M G8207 872 Physical Delivery or Return Date M 1 DT 8/8 Actual or intended date of physical delivery or return expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year N/U G8208 873 Product Ownership Transfer Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date which is meaningful for both supplier and distributor for various mutually
defined purposes (i.e., date of product ownership transfer) expressed in format CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
N/U G8209 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser N/U G8210 323 Purchase Order Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date assigned by the purchaser to Purchase Order expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year N/U G8211 146 Shipment Method of Payment O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges For all air shipments, use code in IATA rule 650.
For Warehouse Transaction Set usage only
CC Collect
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 625 of 672 Fall 2004
PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul PC Prepaid but Charged to Customer PP Prepaid (by Seller) N/U G8212 625 COD Method of Payment Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating method of payment acceptable for C.O.D. charge collection
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 626 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: N9 Extended Reference Information Position: 0250 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 08 Carrier Assigned Package Identification Number A reference number assigned by a carrier to uniquely
identify a single package 4G Provincial Tax Identification 4O Canadian Goods & Services or Quebec Sales Tax
Reference Number LA Shipping Label Serial Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text N/U N904 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year N/U N905 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or
HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
N/U N906 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards
Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow
N/U N907 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as
specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 627 of 672 Fall 2004
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as
specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 628 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: LS Loop Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the next segment begins a loop Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested
loop terminates before the outer loop. When specified by the standard setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LE", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.
Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M LS01 447 Loop Identifier Code M 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this
data element in segments LS and LE
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 629 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G83 Line Item Detail/Direct Store Delivery Position: 0200 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the basic, and most frequently used line item data for the delivery record
transaction Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G8304 or G8305 is required. 2 If either G8305 or G8306 is present, then the other is required. 3 If G8307 is present, then G8309 is required. 4 If either G8311 or G8312 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 G8303 qualifies G8302.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8301 204 Direct Store Delivery Sequence Number M 1 N0 1/4 Direct Store Delivery sequential number of the line item detail or a new line
item detail This is the sequential number of the line item detail in the Delivery/Return
Base Record Transaction Set (894) or a new line item detail to the Delivery/Return Acknowledgement and/or Adjustment Transaction Set (895).
M G8302 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity M G8303 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken The unit or basis for measurement code is used to qualify the contents of
various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies and the convention within industry groups.
BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G8304 766 U.P.C./EAN Consumer Package Code X 1 AN 12/12 Code (Universal Product Code - U.P.C.) identifying the retail shelf unit;
consists of 2 high order digits identifying the system (U.S. Grocery = 00, 06 or 07, U.S. Drug = 03); the next ten digits are manufacturer ID: 5, Item ID: 5
G8305 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families) Used to identify a group (e.g. a style). DI Deposit Item Number Used for deposit items such as empty bottles that do not
contain products for resale. EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 630 of 672 Fall 2004
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit) number UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
G8306 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service G8307 438 U.P.C. Case Code O 1 AN 12/12 Code (Universal Product Code - U.P.C.) including two high order digits
identifying the "system" (U.S. Grocery = 00, 06 or 07; U.S. Drug = 03); using the U.S. Grocery system, the next ten digits are: Manufacturer (5) Case Code (5)
G8308 237 Item List Cost O 1 R 1/9 Gross unit cost within the appropriate price bracket for a line item Gross unit cost expressed in decimal dollars per unit of measure. G8309 356 Pack X 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner
containers, per outer container If G8303 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code = CA, then G8309 Pack is
required. The number of retail units per secondary case
G8310 878 Cash Register Item Description O 1 AN 1/20 The cash register description of an item N/U G8311 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) N/U G8312 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U G8313 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 631 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G22 Pre-Pricing Information Position: 0300 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify pre-pricing information Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 If G2201 equals "A", then G2202 and G2203 are required. 2 If G2201 equals "Y", then G2202 is required. 3 G2205 is the effective date of the price information. Comments: 1 If G2201 equals "Z" or G2201 equals "N", then neither G2202 nor G2203 are
required.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G2201 288 Pre-priced Option Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code specifying pre-pricing option selected One data element is mandatory if this optional segment is used. A Pre-Priced Prices included and price qualifie r applies N Not Pre -Priced Y Pre-Priced (Prices Included) Z Pre-Priced (Prices Not Included) G2202 420 Price New, Suggested Retail O 1 N2 2/7 The consumer package price or retail unit price associated with the product
applicable on or after an effective price date G2203 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00 Used ONLY if G2201 is equal to A. (e.g. if G2202=198 and G2203=3, the pre-
price mark reads (3/$1.98). G2204 3 Free-form Message O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form text This data element should only be used when information cannot be expressed
in machine readable/processable form and is important in the processing of a transaction.
G2205 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 632 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 0400 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,
the use of these codes is discouraged. Notes: If an adjustment needs to be made to one or more of the G72 segments for an item, the
entire set of G72 segments for the item should be replaced with a complete, new set. (This convention is invoked in order to avoid ambiguity concerning the segment being adjusted).
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge For Deposit Charges associated with Resale Items should be set equal to "525"
to indicate a deposit charge. 97 Cents Off 525 Deposit Charge - Resale Item 527 Environmental Handling Charge 537 State or Province Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back 02 Off Invoice Allowance included on invoice 05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor 15 Information Only When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts
are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only
When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only.
G7203 341 Allowance or Charge Number X 1 AN 1/16 The number assigned by a vendor referencing an allowance, promotion, deal or
charge G7204 769 Exception Number O 1 AN 1/16 A unique number identifying an exception or modification to an offered or
existing promotion G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit This data element is used if the allowance or charge is specified in terms of a
rate (e.g. a dollar amount per unit. It is Positive for CHARGES and Negative for ALLOWANCES.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 633 of 672 Fall 2004
G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the
purchase order or invoice quantity G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken The unit or basis for measurement code is used to qualify the contents of
various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies and the convention within industry groups. G7207 and G7206 specify the quantity and unit of measure to which the rate in G7205 is applied. They should only be used where these quantities are different from those expressed in G8302 and G8303.
BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge In hundredths of dollars. G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) G7210 828 Dollar Basis For Percent X 1 R 1/9 Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or
tax G7211 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 634 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: LE Loop Trailer Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the loop immediately preceding this segment is complete Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested
loop terminates before the other loop. When specified by the standards setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LS", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop beginning segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.
Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M LE01 447 Loop Identifier Code M 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this
data element in segments LS and LE
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 635 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,
the use of these codes is discouraged.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 97 Cents Off 525 Deposit Charge - Resale Item 527 Environmental Handling Charge 537 State or Province Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back 02 Off Invoice Allowance included on invoice 05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor 15 Information Only When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts
are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only
When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only.
G7203 341 Allowance or Charge Number X 1 AN 1/16 The number assigned by a vendor referencing an allowance, promotion, deal or
charge G7204 769 Exception Number O 1 AN 1/16 A unique number identifying an exception or modification to an offered or
existing promotion G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the
purchase order or invoice quantity G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken The unit or basis for measurement code is used to qualify the contents of
various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 636 of 672 Fall 2004
and the convention within industry groups. BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) G7210 828 Dollar Basis For Percent X 1 R 1/9 Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or
tax G7211 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 637 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G23 Terms of Sale Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G2308 or G2309 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The G23 segment may be used for the detail or the total transaction set level. Refer
to the transaction set assumptions for details on proper usage. 2 If G2301 equals "04" (deferred or installment) then either G2313 or G2314 is
required and the data in the segment pertains only to the portion of the invoice described in G2313 or G2314. If G2301 equals "11" (elective) then G2304 is required. If G2301 is not equal to "05"' (discount not applicable) then (G2305 or G2310) and (G2306 or G2307) is required. If G2301 equals "ZZ" (other) then G2315 is required. Multiple use of this segment when G2301 equals "04" (deferred or installment) always implies an "AND" relationship. When G2301 equals "06" (mixed) or "11" (elective) an "OR" relationship is always implied.
3 G2310 is a memo figure requiring specific payment performance and therefore should not be negative.
4 When elective terms are offered in a deferred or installment situation, G2316 (Installment Group Indicator - DE 713) must be used to properly group the terms within each installment.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G2301 336 Terms Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 02 End of Month (EOM) 03 Fixed Date 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 12 10 Days After End of Month (10 EOM) 14 Previously agreed upon 24 Anticipation A discount allowance given when an invoice is paid
before its due date (anticipation = (agreed rate/365) x invoice amount x number of days early)
M G2302 333 Terms Basis Date Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 1 Ship Date 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date 7 Effective Date 8 Invoice Transmission Date G2303 282 Terms Start Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date from which payment terms are calculated expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2304 283 Terms Due Date Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the method to be used for payment in conjunction with due
date G2305 338 Terms Discount Percent O 1 R 1/6 Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 638 of 672 Fall 2004
an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date G2306 370 Terms Discount Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2307 351 Terms Discount Days Due O 1 N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms
discount is earned G2308 446 Terms Net Due Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2309 386 Terms Net Days X 1 N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) G2310 362 Terms Discount Amount O 1 N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount G2311 391 Discounted Amount Due O 1 N2 1/10 Amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice or
installment amount less cash discount) G2312 390 Amount Subject to Terms Discount O 1 N2 1/10 Amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated G2313 343 Installment Total Invoice Amount Due O 1 N2 1/10 Deferred or installment portion of the total invoice (including charges, less
allowances) before terms discount (if discount is applicable) G2314 342 Percent of Invoice Payable O 1 R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent G2315 3 Free-form Message O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form text This data element should only be used when information cannot be expressed
in machine readable/processable form and is important in the processing of a transaction.
G2316 713 Installment Group Indicator O 1 N0 2/2 The installment group indicator is a 2-digit serial number beginning with 01
(i.e., 01, 02, 03 or 04); it is used to group "elective" terms types in an installment payment situation; the same indicator must be used for all segments in the same installment
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 639 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G84 Delivery/Return Record of Totals Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items in terms of quantity or amount Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G8401 or G8402 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8401 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity G8401 is equal to the sum of all line item detail quantities for G8302. G8402 361 Total Invoice Amount X 1 N2 1/10 Amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before terms discount
(if discount is applicable) This is the total delivery/return record amount, after all deposits, charges
(positive), and all allowances (negative) have been applied. G8403 865 Total Deposit Dollar Amount O 1 N2 1/6 Sum of deposit amounts separately identified
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 640 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G86 Signature Identification Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit an electronic identity Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G8602 is a keyed representation of a signature. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8601 867 Signature O 1 AN 1/12 Electronic identity. Calculation algorithm obtained from the Uniform Code
Council When used in Direct Store Delivery applications, this is the sender's electronic
identity. N/U G8602 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 641 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G85 Record Integrity Check Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8501 866 Integrity Check Value M 1 AN 1/12 Data element providing secure method for identifying authenticity of content.
Value calculated by using CRC 16 algorithm
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 894 Canadian Page 642 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments When used in the SE segment, the count includes the total number of segments
in the transaction including the ST and SE segments. M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The transaction set control number (SE02) is the same as that used in the
corresponding header (ST02).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 643 of 672 Fall 2004
895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment
Functional Group ID=DX Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Transaction Set (895) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to enable a distributor or Direct Store Delivery (DSD) vendor to communicate adjustments to a DSD delivery or to acknowledge the completion of a delivery. The transaction set contains changes to the Delivery/Return Base Record identified during the check-in procedure. A Delivery/Return Acknowledgment and/or Adjustment Transaction containing no changes is considered to be an acceptance of the preceding Base Record or Adjustment. The transaction set will contain only the detail data which is to be changed. Notes: Refer to the "Canadian Implementation Guideline" for VICS EDI Direct Store Delivery Implementation and User Guide for specific implementation guidelines for this transaction set. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 n1 M 0200 G87 Delivery/Return Adjustment Identification M 1 0300 G88 Delivery/Return Identification Adjustment O 1
Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 LS Loop Header O 1 LOOP ID - 0100 9999 0200 G89 Line Item Detail - Adjustment O 1 0300 G22 Pre-Pricing Information O 1 0400 G72 Allowance or Charge O 10 0600 LE Loop Trailer O 1
Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 G72 Allowance or Charge O 20 0200 G23 Terms of Sale O 20 0300 G84 Delivery/Return Record of Totals O 1 M 0400 G86 Signature Identification M 1 M 0500 G85 Record Integrity Check M 1 M 0600 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Transaction Set Notes 1. The individual data fields will contain replacement values, not differences. The authentication code in the
identification segment will contain the corresponding authentication code from the authentication segment in the Base or Adjustment Transaction immediately preceding it.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 644 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The control number is comprised of the functional group control number (Data
Element 28 in the GS segment) followed by a four-digit sequence number. The sequence number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within each functional group. For each functional group, the first sequence number will be 0001 and will incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 645 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G87 Delivery/Return Adjustment Identification Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 G8704 must contain the integrity check value from the G85 (Record Integrity Check)
segment in the preceding base or adjustment transaction.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8701 868 Initiator Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code identifying initiator of the transaction R Receiver S Supplier M G8702 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit C Credit (Return) D Debit (Delivery) M G8703 861 Supplier's Delivery/Return Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by the supplier to the transaction Invoice Number M G8704 866 Integrity Check Value M 1 AN 1/12 Data element providing secure method for identifying authenticity of content.
Value calculated by using CRC 16 algorithm This element should duplicate the value contained in the data element G8501
of the base record. M G8705 869 Adjustment Sequence Number M 1 N0 1/1 Sequential number for adjustment beginning with 1 and incremented by 1 for
each additional adjustment regardless of which party is the originator G8706 870 Receiver Delivery/Return Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by the customer to the transaction This element provides the transaction number assigned by the receiver to
identify this particular record set.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 646 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G88 Delivery/Return Identification Adjustment Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit adjustments for identification data Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8801 872 Physical Delivery or Return Date O 1 DT 8/8 Actual or intended date of physical delivery or return expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year Corresponds to G8207 in the base record. Can be used to supply a REVISED
value. G8802 873 Product Ownership Transfer Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date which is meaningful for both supplier and distributor for various mutually
defined purposes (i.e., date of product ownership transfer) expressed in format CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
Corresponds to G8208. Can be used to supply a revised value. G8803 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Corresponds to G8209. Can be used to supply a revised value. G8804 323 Purchase Order Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date assigned by the purchaser to Purchase Order expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year Corresponds to G8210. Can be used to supply a revised value. G8805 862 Receiver's Location Number O 1 AN 1/6 Number assigned by the customer that when combined with receiver Duns
number uniquely identifies the receiving location Corresponds to G8204. Can be used to supply a revised value.
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 647 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: LS Loop Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the next segment begins a loop Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested
loop terminates before the outer loop. When specified by the standard setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LE", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.
Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M LS01 447 Loop Identifier Code M 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this
data element in segments LS and LE
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 648 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G89 Line Item Detail - Adjustment Position: 0200 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit line-item detail adjustments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8901 204 Direct Store Delivery Sequence Number M 1 N0 1/4 Direct Store Delivery sequential number of the line item detail or a new line
item detail This is the sequential number of the line item detail in the Delivery/Return
Base Record Transaction Set (894) or a new line item detail to the Delivery/Return Acknowledgement and/or Adjustment Transaction Set (895). Corresponds to G8301 of the base record.
G8902 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity G8903 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken The unit or basis for measurement code is used to qualify the contents of
various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies and the convention within industry groups.
BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G8904 766 U.P.C./EAN Consumer Package Code O 1 AN 12/12 Code (Universal Product Code - U.P.C.) identifying the retail shelf unit;
consists of 2 high order digits identifying the system (U.S. Grocery = 00, 06 or 07, U.S. Drug = 03); the next ten digits are manufacturer ID: 5, Item ID: 5
G8905 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
Product/Service ID (234) AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families) Used to identify a group (e.g. a style). DI Deposit Item Number Used for deposit items such as empty bottles that do not
contain products for resale. EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 649 of 672 Fall 2004
EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)
NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit) number Used to identify items that are not for resale (example
display racks). UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)
UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN
International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)
G8906 234 Product/Service ID O 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service G8907 438 U.P.C. Case Code O 1 AN 12/12 Code (Universal Product Code - U.P.C.) including two high order digits
identifying the "system" (U.S. Grocery = 00, 06 or 07; U.S. Drug = 03); using the U.S. Grocery system, the next ten digits are: Manufacturer (5) Case Code (5)
G8908 237 Item List Cost O 1 R 1/9 Gross unit cost within the appropriate price bracket for a line item Gross unit cost expressed in decimal dollars per unit of measure. G8909 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner
containers, per outer container G8910 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 650 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G22 Pre-Pricing Information Position: 0300 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify pre-pricing information Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 If G2201 equals "A", then G2202 and G2203 are required. 2 If G2201 equals "Y", then G2202 is required. 3 G2205 is the effective date of the price information. Comments: 1 If G2201 equals "Z" or G2201 equals "N", then neither G2202 nor G2203 are
required. Notes: If an adjustment needs to be made in this data segment, the entire data segment should be
furnished and used to entirely replace the previous G22 segment for this item.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G2201 288 Pre-priced Option Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code specifying pre-pricing option selected A Pre-Priced Prices included and price qualifier applies The Price listed in the G2202 is for the quantity in
G2203. N Not Pre -Priced Y Pre-Priced (Prices Included) G2202 MUST be used and G2203 must NOT be used. Z Pre-Priced (Prices Not Included) G2202 420 Price New, Suggested Retail O 1 N2 2/7 The consumer package price or retail unit price associated with the product
applicable on or after an effective price date G2203 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00 Used only if G2201 is equal to A - Pre-Priced Prices included and price
qualifier applies. G2204 3 Free-form Message O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form text This data element should only be used when information cannot be expressed
in machine readable/processable form and is important in the processing of a transaction.
G2205 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of
the calendar year
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 651 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 0400 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,
the use of these codes is discouraged. Notes: If an adjustment needs to be made to one or more of the G72 segments for an item, the
entire set of G72 segments for the item should be replaced with a complete, new set. (This convention is invoked in order to avoid ambiguity concerning the segment being adjusted).
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 97 Cents Off 525 Deposit Charge - Resale Item 527 Environmental Handling Charge 537 State or Province Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back 02 Off Invoice Allowance included on invoice 05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor 15 Information Only When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts
are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only
When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only.
G7203 341 Allowance or Charge Number X 1 AN 1/16 The number assigned by a vendor referencing an allowance, promotion, deal or
charge G7204 769 Exception Number O 1 AN 1/16 A unique number identifying an exception or modification to an offered or
existing promotion G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit The rate is expressed positive for charges and negative for allowances. G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the
purchase order or invoice quantity G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 652 of 672 Fall 2004
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
The unit or basis for measurement code is used to qualify the contents of various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies and the convention within industry groups.
BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) G7210 828 Dollar Basis For Percent X 1 R 1/9 Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or
tax G7211 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 653 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: LE Loop Trailer Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the loop immediately preceding this segment is complete Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested
loop terminates before the other loop. When specified by the standards setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LS", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop beginning segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.
Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M LE01 447 Loop Identifier Code M 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this
data element in segments LS and LE
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 654 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,
the use of these codes is discouraged.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 97 Cents Off 525 Deposit Charge - Resale Item 527 Environmental Handling Charge 537 State or Province Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back 02 Off Invoice Allowance included on invoice 05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor 15 Information Only When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts
are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only
When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only.
G7203 341 Allowance or Charge Number X 1 AN 1/16 The number assigned by a vendor referencing an allowance, promotion, deal or
charge G7204 769 Exception Number O 1 AN 1/16 A unique number identifying an exception or modification to an offered or
existing promotion G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the
purchase order or invoice quantity G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in
which a measurement has been taken The unit or basis for measurement code is used to qualify the contents of
various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 655 of 672 Fall 2004
and the convention within industry groups. BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through
100%) G7210 828 Dollar Basis For Percent X 1 R 1/9 Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or
tax G7211 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when
more than one is offered
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 656 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G23 Terms of Sale Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G2308 or G2309 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The G23 segment may be used for the detail or the total transaction set level. Refer
to the transaction set assumptions for details on proper usage. 2 If G2301 equals "04" (deferred or installment) then either G2313 or G2314 is
required and the data in the segment pertains only to the portion of the invoice described in G2313 or G2314. If G2301 equals "11" (elective) then G2304 is required. If G2301 is not equal to "05"' (discount not applicable) then (G2305 or G2310) and (G2306 or G2307) is required. If G2301 equals "ZZ" (other) then G2315 is required. Multiple use of this segment when G2301 equals "04" (deferred or installment) always implies an "AND" relationship. When G2301 equals "06" (mixed) or "11" (elective) an "OR" relationship is always implied.
3 G2310 is a memo figure requiring specific payment performance and therefore should not be negative.
4 When elective terms are offered in a deferred or installment situation, G2316 (Installment Group Indicator - DE 713) must be used to properly group the terms within each installment.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G2301 336 Terms Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 02 End of Month (EOM) 03 Fixed Date 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 12 10 Days After End of Month (10 EOM) 14 Previously agreed upon M G2302 333 Terms Basis Date Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 1 Ship Date 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date 7 Effective Date 8 Invoice Transmission Date 15 Receipt of Goods G2303 282 Terms Start Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date from which payment terms are calculated expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2304 283 Terms Due Date Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the method to be used for payment in conjunction with due
date 01 Mailed by Date (Postmark Date) 02 Received by date 03 Electronics Funds Transfer Settlement Date 04 Funds Deposited by Date G2305 338 Terms Discount Percent O 1 R 1/6
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 657 of 672 Fall 2004
Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date
G2306 370 Terms Discount Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2307 351 Terms Discount Days Due O 1 N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms
discount is earned G2308 446 Terms Net Due Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2309 386 Terms Net Days X 1 N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) G2310 362 Terms Discount Amount O 1 N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount G2311 391 Discounted Amount Due O 1 N2 1/10 Amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice or
installment amount less cash discount) G2312 390 Amount Subject to Terms Discount O 1 N2 1/10 Amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated G2313 343 Installment Total Invoice Amount Due O 1 N2 1/10 Deferred or installment portion of the total invoice (including charges, less
allowances) before terms discount (if discount is applicable) G2314 342 Percent of Invoice Payable O 1 R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent G2315 3 Free-form Message O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form text This data element should only be used when information cannot be expressed
in machine readable/processable form and is important in the processing of a transaction.
G2316 713 Installment Group Indicator O 1 N0 2/2 The installment group indicator is a 2-digit serial number beginning with 01
(i.e., 01, 02, 03 or 04); it is used to group "elective" terms types in an installment payment situation; the same indicator must be used for all segments in the same installment
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 658 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G84 Delivery/Return Record of Totals Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items in terms of quantity or amount Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G8401 or G8402 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8401 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity G8401 is equal to the sum of all line item detail quantities for G8302. G8402 361 Total Invoice Amount X 1 N2 1/10 Amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before terms discount
(if discount is applicable) G8403 865 Total Deposit Dollar Amount O 1 N2 1/6 Sum of deposit amounts separately identified
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 659 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G86 Signature Identification Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit an electronic identity Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G8602 is a keyed representation of a signature. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8601 867 Signature O 1 AN 1/12 Electronic identity. Calculation algorithm obtained from the Uniform Code
Council When used in Direct Store Delivery applications, this is the sender's electronic
identity. N/U G8602 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 660 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: G85 Record Integrity Check Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8501 866 Integrity Check Value M 1 AN 1/12 Data element providing secure method for identifying authenticity of content.
Value calculated by using CRC 16 algorithm
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 895 Canadian Page 661 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments When used in the SE segment, the count includes the total number of segments
in the transaction including the ST and SE segments. M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The transaction set control number (SE02) is the same as that used in the
corresponding header (ST02).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 662 of 672 Fall 2004
997 Functional Acknowledgment
Functional Group ID=FA Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set (997) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to define the control structures for a set of acknowledgments to indicate the results of the syntactical analysis of the electronically encoded documents. The encoded documents are the transaction sets, which are grouped in functional groups, used in defining transactions for business data interchange. This standard does not cover the semantic meaning of the information encoded in the transaction sets. Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 n1 M 0200 AK1 Functional Group Response Header M 1 n2 LOOP ID - AK2 >1 0300 AK2 Transaction Set Response Header O 1 n3 LOOP ID - AK3 >1 0400 AK3 Data Segment Note O 1 c1 0500 AK4 Data Element Note O 99 M 0600 AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer M 1 M 0700 AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer M 1 M 0800 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1
Transaction Set Notes 1. These acknowledgments shall not be acknowledged, thereby preventing an endless cycle of
acknowledgments of acknowledgments. Nor shall a Functional Acknowledgment be sent to report errors in a previous Functional Acknowledgment.
There is only one Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set per acknowledged functional group. Only one acknowledgement, a single Transaction Set 997, should be generated for a functional group unless
mutually agreed upon. 2. AK1 is used to respond to the functional group header and to start the acknowledgment for a functional
group. There shall be one AK1 segment for the functional group that is being acknowledged. The Functional Acknowledgement is generated at the point of translation, intended for the originator (not any
intermediate parties). The Functional Group Header Segment (GS) is used to start the envelope for the Functional
Acknowledgment Transaction Sets. In preparing the functional group of acknowledgments, the application sender's code and the application receiver's code, taken from the functional group being acknowledged, are exchanged; therefore, one acknowledgment functional group responds to only those functional groups from one application receiver's code to one application sender's code.
3. AK2 is used to start the acknowledgment of a transaction set within the received functional group. The AK2 segments shall appear in the same order as the transaction sets in the functional group that has been received and is being acknowledged.
Transaction Set Comments 1. The data segments of this standard are used to report the results of the syntactical analysis of the functional
groups of transaction sets; they report the extent to which the syntax complies with the standards or proper subsets of transaction sets and functional groups. They do not report on the semantic meaning of the transaction sets (for example, on the ability of the receiver to comply with the request of the sender).
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 663 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the
interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 997 Functional Acknowledgment M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within
each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.
N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 664 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: AK1 Functional Group Response Header Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To start acknowledgment of a functional group Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 AK101 is the functional ID found in the GS segment (GS01) in the functional group
being acknowledged. 2 AK102 is the functional group control number found in the GS segment in the
functional group being acknowledged. 3 AK103 is the version release industry identifier code in the GS segment (GS08) in
the functional group being acknowledged. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK101 479 Functional Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying a group of application related transaction sets This is the functional group ID of the group that is being acknowledged, e.g., if
a purchase order group is being acknowledged, the value would be PO. It is the value sent in GS01 for the original transmission.
DX Direct Exchange Delivery and Return Information (894, 895)
IG Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) IN Invoice Information (810) PD Product Activity Data (852) PO Purchase Order (850) PR Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) PT Product Transfer and Resale Report (867) RS Order Status Information (870) SH Ship Notice/Manifest (856) M AK102 28 Group Control Number M 1 N0 1/9 Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender This is the control number assigned to the group being acknowledged, e.g., this
is the control number assigned by the sender of the original transmission. It is the value sent in GS06 for the original transmission.
N/U AK103 480 Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code O 1 AN 1/12 Code indicating the version, release, subrelease, and industry identifier of the
EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the version number; positions 4-6 are the release and subrelease, level of the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment is T, then other formats are allowed
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 665 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: AK2 Transaction Set Response Header Position: 0300 Loop: AK2 Optional Level: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To start acknowledgment of a single transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 AK201 is the transaction set ID found in the ST segment (ST01) in the transaction
set being acknowledged. 2 AK202 is the transaction set control number found in the ST segment in the
transaction set being acknowledged. 3 AK203 is the implementation convention reference, if any, found in the ST segment
(ST03) in the transaction set being acknowledged. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK201 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set This is the transaction set ID of the transaction being acknowledged, e.g., if a
purchase order is being acknowledged, the value would be 850. It is the value sent in ST01 for the original transmission.
810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order 852 Product Activity Data 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment 856 Ship Notice/Manifest 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report 870 Order Status Report 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information 894 Delivery/Return Base Record 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment M AK202 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This is the control number assigned to the transaction set being acknowledged,
e.g., this is the control number assigned by the sender of the original transmission. It is the value sent in ST02 for the original transmission.
N/U AK203 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 666 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: AK3 Data Segment Note Position: 0400 Loop: AK3 Optional Level: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To report errors in a data segment and identify the location of the data segment Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK301 721 Segment ID Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code defining the segment ID of the data segment in error. M AK302 719 Segment Position in Transaction Set M 1 N0 1/10 The numerical count position of this data segment from the start of the
transaction set: the transaction set header is count position 1 AK303 447 Loop Identifier Code O 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this
data element in segments LS and LE AK304 720 Segment Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a segment 1 Unrecognized segment ID 2 Unexpected segment 3 Mandatory segment missing
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 667 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: AK4 Data Element Note Position: 0500 Loop: AK3 Optional Level: Usage: Optional Max Use: 99 Purpose: To report errors in a data element or composite data structure and identify the location of
the data element Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 In no case shall a value be used for AK404 that would generate a syntax error, e.g.,
an invalid character. Comments:
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK401 C030 Position in Segment M 1 Code indicating the relative position of the simple data element or composite
data structure in error within a segment, count beginning with 1 for the position immediately following the segment ID; additionally indicating the relative position of a repeating structure in error, count beginning with 1 for the position immediately following the preceding element separator; additionally indicating the relative position of a component of a composite data structure in error, count beginning with 1 for the position following the preceding element or repetition separator
M C03001 722 Element Position in Segment M N0 1/2 This is used to indicate the relative position of a simple data element, or the
relative position of a composite data structure with the relative position of the component within the composite data structure, in error; in the data segment the count starts with 1 for the simple data element or composite data structure immediately following the segment ID
N/U C03002 1528 Component Data Element Position in Composite O N0 1/2 To identify the component data element position within the composite that is in
error N/U C03003 1686 Repeating Data Element Position O N0 1/4 To identify the specific repetition of a data element that is in error AK402 725 Data Element Reference Number O 1 N0 1/4 Reference number used to locate the data element in the Data Element
Dictionary M AK403 723 Data Element Syntax Error Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating the error found after syntax edits of a data element 1 Mandatory data element missing 2 Conditional required data element missing. 3 Too many data elements. More data elements existed than defined for the segment 4 Data element too short. 5 Data element too long. 6 Invalid character in data element. 7 Invalid code value. AK404 724 Copy of Bad Data Element O 1 AN 1/99 This is a copy of the data element in error
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 668 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer Position: 0600 Loop: AK2 Optional Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge acceptance or rejection and report errors in a transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:
Notes: The codes listed for AK502 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 718 in the AK5 segment.
Data Element Summary
Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK501 717 Transaction Set Acknowledgment Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating accept or reject condition based on the syntax editing of the
transaction set A Accepted E Accepted But Errors Were Noted R Rejected AK502 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer
Do Not Match 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual
Count 5 One or More Segments in Error AK503 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer
Do Not Match 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual
Count 5 One or More Segments in Error AK504 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer
Do Not Match 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual
Count 5 One or More Segments in Error AK505 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer
Do Not Match 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual
Count
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 669 of 672 Fall 2004
5 One or More Segments in Error AK506 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer
Do Not Match 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual
Count 5 One or More Segments in Error
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 670 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer Position: 0700 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge acceptance or rejection of a functional group and report the number of
included transaction sets from the original trailer, the accepted sets, and the received sets in this functional group
Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 If AK901 contains the value "A" or "E", then the transmitted functional group is
accepted. Notes: The codes listed for AK905 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 716 in the AK9
segment.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK901 715 Functional Group Acknowledge Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating accept or reject condition based on the syntax editing of the
functional group A Accepted E Accepted, But Errors Were Noted. P Partially Accepted, At Least One Transaction Set Was
Rejected R Rejected M AK902 97 Number of Transaction Sets Included M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of transaction sets included in the functional group or
interchange (transmission) group terminated by the trailer containing this data element
M AK903 123 Number of Received Transaction Sets M 1 N0 1/6 Number of Transaction Sets received M AK904 2 Number of Accepted Transaction Sets M 1 N0 1/6 Number of accepted Transaction Sets in a Functional Group AK905 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group
header and/or trailer 1 Functional Group Not Supported 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header
and Trailer Do Not Agree 5 Numb er of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match
Actual Count AK906 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group
header and/or trailer 1 Functional Group Not Supported 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header
and Trailer Do Not Agree 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match
Actual Count AK907 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 671 of 672 Fall 2004
header and/or trailer 1 Functional Group Not Supported 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported 3 Functional Group Tra iler Missing 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header
and Trailer Do Not Agree 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match
Actual Count AK908 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group
header and/or trailer 1 Functional Group Not Supported 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header
and Trailer Do Not Agree 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match
Actual Count AK909 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group
header and/or trailer 1 Functional Group Not Supported 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header
and Trailer Do Not Agree 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match
Actual Count
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
5010 – 997 Canadian Page 672 of 672 Fall 2004
Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0800 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted
segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE
segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set
functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.